
Class- 
Book. 



LATIN READER, -ill. 

TO WHICH IS PREFIXED AN 

EPITOME OF LATIIsT GEAMMAR 

V 

TOGETHER WITH 

IfOTES AXD COPIOUS EEFEEESCES 

TO THE 

GRA]^fMARS OF HARKNESS, ANDREWS AND STODDARD, AND BULLIONS; 

ALSO 

A VOCABULARY 

AND 

EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. 



BY 

WILLIAM B:sILBEE, A. M., 

COLLEGE or THE CITY OP NEW YORK. 

AUTHOR OF « PROSEESSIVE LESSONS IN GEEEK." 
V^^ 18 68 %y 

•^ NEW YORK : 
A. S. BARKES AND COMPANY 

111 & 113 WILLIAM STEEET. ' 

(CORNER OF JOHN STREET.) 

1867. 

/ 




a^ 



> "^ 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1867, by 
WILLIAM B. SILBER, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the 
Southern District of New York. 



to 

HORACE WEBSTER, LL. D., 

FIEST PRESIDENT 

OF THE 

COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK, 

THE FRIEND AND ADVOCATE OF SOUND AND LIBERAL LEARNING, 
WHO HAS DEVOTED A LIFE TO THE CAUSE OF EDUCATION, 

THIS VOLUME 

IS 

EESPECTFrLLY INSCEIBED 

BY HIS FRIEND AND CO-LABOEER, 

THE AUTHOR. 



PKEFACE 



In the preparation of the work now offered to the public, the 
Editor has endeavored to present a volume, which shall be, as far 
as is possible, complete in itself. It contains, accordingly, an 
Epitome of Latin Grammar, followed by reading exercises and 
notes and references to standard Latin Grammars, and also a 
Vocabulary and exercises in Latin Prose composition. 

In the part relating to the grammar, the Editor, besides con- 
sulting some of the best and most recent works upon the subject, 
has introduced some features peculiarly his own. He has aimed 
to present a succinct, yet comprehensive view of the whole 
subject. 

The reading exercises are so arranged that the transition from 
one step to another shall be natural, easy and gradual At first, 
it was his intention to furnish additional reading matter, consisting 
of extracts from the writings of the best Latin authors, but upon 
reflection, he concluded that the amount furnished, was as much, 
if not more, than is usually read before studying Caesar or some 
equally easy author. 

The Notes are copious, and illustrate many points occurring in 
the text, besides touching pretty extensively upon the references 
to the geography and mythology of the ancients. 

There are numerous references to the grammars of Harkness, 
Andrews and Stoddard, and Bullions. Those to Harkness will be 
found at the foot of the page, those to Andrews' and Stoddard's at 
the end of the volume, and those to Bullions' and the Epitome of 



VI PEEFACE. 

Latin grammar will be found scattered very plentifullj through the 
[N'otes. A student, therefore, having either of these grammars, 
will find it available, and should he have neither, the Epitome 
at the beginning will be serviceable on account of the references 
made to it in the i^otes. 

The Vocabulary has been prepared with much care, and it has 
been the aim of the Editor, to give in most instances, the mean- 
ings which the words have in the text. This plan, which to some 
may seem objectiouable, saves time to the student and yields more 
satisfactory results. 

The exercises in Latin Prose composition are intended to be 
easy, varied, and to illustrate all the more important and most 
frequently recurring principles of grammar. And it is hoped that 
tlicy will serve to direct attention to this important part of the 
study of Latin, than which, no other is so well calculated to 
ground one into a thorough acquaintance with the language, and 
prove an introduction to the study of some other more extensive 
work upon the subject. 

In the hope, therefore, that it may be an acceptable offering to 
the public, and prove serviceable to those for whom it is intended, 
in facilitating their attempts to master a language characterized 
by so much dignity and pathos, and which enters so largely into 
our vernacular, and lies at the basis of several of our modern 
languages, he sends it forth. 

New York, September^ 186T. 



CONTENTS- 



PART FIRST. 

OKTHOGRAPHY. 

PAGE. 

Alphabet. 13 

Division of Letters 13 

Diphthongs 13 

PART SECOND. 

ORTHOEPY. 

Continental pronunciation 14 

Sounds of vowels 14 

Sounds of Diphthongs 14 

English pronunciation 14 

Sounds of Yowels 14 

Sounds of Diphthongs , 15 

Quantity 15 

Accentuation 15 



PART THIRD. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

Kouns . . . , 15 

Gender * ^ ^ 

dumber , • , 16 

Person • • ^^ 



VUl CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

Oases 16 

Declensions IT 

First Declension 17 

Case-Endings ... ; , 17 

Paradigm 17 

Second Declension 17 

Case-Endings 18 

Paradigms 18 

Third Declension 18 

Case-Endings 18 

Masculine Forms 19 

Feminine Forms 19 

Neuter Forms 19 

E"ouns of the Common Gender 20 

Summary of Eules of Gender fo' the formation of the E'om- 

inative 20 

Eules for the formation of the Gen. Sing 21 

Dat., Ace, Yoc, and Abl. Sing., and Gen., Dat., and Abl. 

Plur 23 

Irregular ISTouns 23 

Fourth Declension 24 

Case-Endings 24 

Paradigm 24 

Fifth Declension 25 

Case-Endings ^ 25 

Paradigm 25 

Adjectives 25 

Class ly uSj d^um 26 

Endings 26 

Paradigm 26 

Class II 27 

Paradigms 28 

Class III 28 

Comparison of Adjectives 29 

Paradigm 29 

Irregular Comparison 30 

Comparison of Adverbs 30 

Numerals 30 

Pronouns . , ::. . . 33 



CONTENTS. IX 

PAGE. 

Verbs 36 

Voices 8T 

Moods 87 

Tenses 37 

Numbers 87 

Persons 38 

Participles, Gerunds, and Supines 88 

Conjugation 88 

Verb Sum 89 

Compounds of Sum , 41 

Synopsis of the Verb Amo 41 

Pirst Conjugation 42 

Synopsis of the Verb Monea 46 

Second Conjugation 46 

Synopsis of the Verb Eego 50 

Third Conjugation 50 

Synopsis of the Verb Audio 54 

Fourth Conjugation 54 

Verbs in io of the third Conjugation 58 

Synopsis of Capio, 58 

Verbs conjugated like Capio 62 

Deponent Verbs 62 

Synopsis of Hortor, — First Conjugation 62 

" '' F^>^(5r,— Second '' 63 

" " L6qubr,--T\i\Y^ "- 63 

. " '' Parfior—'Foxxvih. '' 63 

Semi-Deponents 64 

Periphrastic Conjugations 64 

Active Periphrastic Conjugation 64 

Passive " " 64 

Irregular Verbs 64 

Defective " . . . « 75 

Impersonal " 75 

Redundant " 76 

Frequentative " 76 

Inceptive " 76 

Desiderative '• 76 

Diminutive " 76 

Intensive " 76 

1^ 



X CONTEKTS. 

PAGE. 

Particles T6 

Comparison of Adverbs 7T 

Prepositions 77 

Conjunctions 77 

Interjections 77 



PART FOURTH 

SYNTAX. 

A Summary of the Rules of Syntas 77 

Moods 81 

Participles 81 

Gerunds and Gerundives 82 

Supines 82 

Adverbs 82 

Conjunctions 82 

PART FIFTH. 

PSOSODY. 

Versification , 82 

I^^TRODUCTOEY EXERCISES. 

Substantive and Adjective 85 

A Substantive depending upon another Substantive or upon 

an Adjective 86 

Subject-l^ominative and Verb 87 

Predicate-Nominative. (The pred. a noun) 90 

Pred. Kom. continued. (The prcd. an adj.) 90 

Genitive after IsTouns 91 

Genitive after Adjectives 92 

Dative 92 

Accusative after Verbs 93 

Accusative after Prepositions 93 

Ablative after Prepositions 94 

In and Sub 94 

Ablative without a Preposition * . . . . 95 

Ablative after Comparatives 95 



COIN^TJENTS. XI 

PAGK. 

Apposition 96 

Subjunctive Mood 96 

Subjunctive afcer Particles 97 

Subjunctive in Indirect Questions 97 

Subjunctive after Qui 97 

Eelative Pronouns . 98 

Infinitive 98 

Participles 99 

Ablative Absolute .... 99 

Gerunds and Gerundives 100 

Supines 100 

Adverbs 101 

Conjunctions , 101 

Fables feom Aesop 103 

Mythology 127 

2!T0TES AND EeFEEENOES . 141 

yocabulaey 173 

Refeeences to Andeews and Stoddaed's Latin Geammae.. 203 

ExEECiSEs IN Latin Peose Composition • 217 



LATIN GRAMMAR 



1. Latik Grammar treats of the principles of the 
Latin language. It comprises Orthography, Orthoepy, 
Etymology, Syntax^ and Prosody. 



PART FIEST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 



alphabet. 

2. Orthography relates to the written characters of 
the language. 

1. The alphabet of the Latin language consists of twenty-five letters. 
They are 

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, 
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, 

N, 0, P, Q, R, S, T, U, Y, X, Y, Z, 

n, o, p, q, r, s, t, u, v, x, y, z. 

Division of Letters. 

3. The letters are divided into vowels and consonants. 

1. The vowels are — a, c, i, o, w, and y. 

2. The consonants are — b, <?, c?, /, ^, h, j^ ^, Z, m, w, p, q^ r, s, t, v, x^ 
andsr. 

3. X is equivalent to cs or gs ; Z to ds or ts.^ 

Diphthongs, 

4. Diphthongs are combinations of two vowels in one 
syllable. The most common are ae, oe and au. 



14 LATIJC GRAMMAR. 



PART SECOm 

GETHOEPT. 



S. Orthoepy relates to the correct pronunciation of 
words. 

1. The ancient pronunciation of Latin being to a great extent lost, 
the moderns have applied to it the principles which regulate the pronun- 
ciation of their own languages. Two distinct systems, however, are recog- 
nized, generally known as the English and the Continental methods. 

2. The difference between them is principally in the pronunciation of 
the vowels and diphthongs ; the consonants being pronounced, according to 
both methods, nearly as in EngUsh. 

I. Continental Method. 



1. Sounds 


of Vowels. 


2. Sounds of Diphthongs, 


a as in hat. 


a as in father. 


Ae and oe as a in made. 


€ " " net. 


e '' " there. 


au " ou *' our. 


? " " sit. 


I " *' machine. 


eu " eu *' feud. 


" **not. 


6 " *' no. 




u " " tub. 


u " " full. 





n. English Method. 

1, Sounds of Vowels, 

6, The vowels have their English long or short sounds. 

1. A final, in words of more than one syllable, has a broad sound; 
as musa. 

2. In words of one syllable, if the vowel be the last letter, it has the 
long sound ; as c/o . if any other, the short sound ; as ob. 

3. Before another vowel, or a single consonant, the vowel of an ac- 
cented penult has the long sound ; as Beus^ Jovis, 

4. Before two consonants, or a double consonant, it has the short 
sound ; as, mimdus^ rexii, 

5. The vowel of an accented antepenult has the short sound ; as, 
dominus, 

6. An accented vowel before a mute, followed by a liquid, has usually 
the long sound ; aa, Sacra, 



ETYMOLOGY. 15 

2. Sounds of Diphthongs. 

Ae and o^ a3 e : Caesar, Oeta. 

Au " aw: laus, aurum. 

Eu " long u : Orpheus. 

Quantity. 
y. The quantity of a syllable is the time required in 
its pronunciation. 

1. In respect to quantity, syllables are either long, short, or common, 
that is, either long or short 

Accentuation, 
8. Accent is a peculiar stress or elevation of the voice 
in pronouncing certain syllables of a Latin word. 

1. The Latin language has three accents, the acute ( ' ), the grave ( ^ ), 
and the circumflex ( a) or (~). 

2. In words of two syllables, the penult is always accented ; as, 
men'-sa, ma-ter. 

3. In words of more than two syllables, the penult, if long, is accented ; 
if short, the antepenult ; as ho-no'-riSj dom'-i-nus. 



PART THIRD. 

ETYMOLOGY. 



9. Etymology treats of the classification, derivation, 
and inflection of words. 

1. There are eight parts of speech in Latin: 

1. Substantive or Noun. 5. Adverb. 

2. Adjective. 6. Preposition. 

3. Pronoun. 7. Conjunction, 

4. Verb. 8. Interjection. 

2. The Latin language has no article. 

NOUNS. 

10. A Substantive or Noun is the name of an object ; 
Homay Rome ; domus., house. 



16 LATIN GEAMMAR. 

Jfouns are divided into 

1. Proper, denoting an individual object : as, Caesar ^ Caesar. 

2. Common, denoting one or more of a class of objects : as, homo^ 
man, leo^ a lion. 

8. Collective, denoting a collection of objects : as, populus^ people. 
4. Abstract, denoting a quality : as, virtus, virtue. 
6. Material, denoting the material : as, lignum, wood. 
6, Nouns have gender, number, person, and case. 

GENDER. 

11. The gender of a noun is its distinction with re- 
gard to sex. 

1. There are three genders — Masculine, Femhiine, and Neuter, 

2. Males, Months, Mountains, Rivers and Winds are Masculine. 

3. Females, Cities, Countries, Gems, Islands, Plants, Poems, Ships and 
Trees are Feminine. 

4. Indeclinable nouns and words and clauses used as such, are Neuter. 

5. Nouns which have but one form for the masculine and feminine are 
common. 

NUMBER. 

1 S. Number is that property of a noun by which it 
expresses one object, or more than one. 

1. In Latin there are two numbers — the singular and the plural, dis- 
tinguished by their terminations. 

2. The singular denotes one, the plural more than one. 

PERSON. 

13, Person is the relation of a noun or pronoun to 
what is said in discourse. 

1. There are three persons — the first, which denotes the speaker ; the 
second, the person spoken to ; and the third, the person or thing spoken of. 

Cases, 

14. Cases are those endings of nouns which denote 
their relations to other words. 

1. Latin nouns have six cases : Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accusa- 
tive, Vocative, and Ablative. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



11 



DECLENSIONS. 

15. Declension is the regular formation of the several 
cases in both numbers, by annexing the appropriate term- 
inations to the root. 

1. The root is the part not changed by inficction. 

2. The termination is the part annexed to the root. 

8. In Latin there are five declensions, and these are distinguished from 
each other by the termination of the genitive singular. 



)ec. I. 


Dec. n. 


Dec. IIL 


Dec. IV. 


Dec. V. 


ae, 


i. 


is, 


us, 


ei. 



First Declension. 

16. Nouns of the first declension end in d and e^ and 
are fe7ninine ; as and es^ which are masculine, 

1. Pure Latin nouns end only in a. Those in e^ as^ and es are of 
Greek origin. 

Case- Endings. 

PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

ae I Ace. am as 

arum Yoc. a ae 

is I Abl. a is. 

By addmg these endings to the stem or root mws-, we obtain the fol- 
lowing 

Paradigm, 

SINGULAR. 

Nom. mus-a, a muse. 

Gen. mus-ae, of a muse. 

Dat. mus-ae, to a micse. 

Ace. mus-am, a muse. 

Voc. mus-a, O m.use ! 

Abl. mus-a, 'with^ <&c.^ a muse. 



SINGULAR. 

Nom. a 
Gen. ae 

Dat. ae 



PLURAL. 

mus-ae, muses. 
mus-arum, of muses, 
m.us-is, to muses. 
mus-as, muses. 
m.us-ae, muses ! 
m.us'is, with^ <i'c., micses. 



Second Declension. 

17. Nouns of the second declension end in e>, ir^ us^ 
OS, and are mascidine ; and mn and on^ which are neuter. 

1. Pure Latin nouns end only in er, zr, us^ and um. The terminations 
OS and on belong to Greek nouns. 



18 



LATIN GRAMx>IAR. 







Case-Endings. 








SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 




Masc. 




Neut. 


Masc. 


Neut. 


Kom. 


er, ir, us, os. 




urn, on. 


i. 


a. 


Gen. 


i. 




i. 


oriim. 


oriim. 


Dat. 


o. 




0. 


IS. 


IS. 


Ace. 


lim, on. 




um, on. 


OS. 


a. 


Voc. 


e, or like Nom. 




iim, on. 


i. 


a. 


Abl. 


0. 




0. 


is. 


is. 



By adding these endings to the stems 
declension, we obtain the followino; 



of the various nouns of this 









Paradigms. 












SINGULAR. 






Nom. 


Pield (m.) 
ag-er. 


Boy (m.) 
puer, 


Man (m.) 
vir, 


Lord (m.) 
dominus. 


Kingdom (n.) 
regrnum., 


Gen. 


agrr-i. 


puer-i, 


vir-i, 


domin-i. 


regn-i, 


Dat. 


agr-o. 


puer-o. 


vir-o. 


domin-o. 


regn-o, 


Ace. 


agr-um, 


puer-um, 


vir-um, 


domin-um. 


reg-n-uni. 


Yoc. 


ag-er, 


puer. 


vir, 


domin-e. 


regn-um. 


Abl. 


agr-o. 


puer-o. 


vir-o. 

PLURAL. 


domin-o. 


regTL-o. 


Nom. 


agr-i, 


puer-i. 


vir-i, 


domin-i, 


regn-a. 


Gen. 


agr-orum. 


puer-orum 


, vir-orum, 


domin-orum, 


reg-n-orum, 


Dat. 


agr-is, 


puer-is, 


vir-i s, 


domin-is, 


reg-n-is, 


Ace. 


agr-os. 


puer-os, 


vir-os, 


domin-os, 


reg-n-a. 


Yoc. 


agrr-i. 


puer-i, 


vir-i, 


domin-i, 


reg-n-a, 


Abl. 


agr-is. 


puer-is. 


vir-is. 


domin-is. 


regn-is. 



Third Declension. 

18, The number of final letters in this declension is 
twelve. Of these, five are vowels, a, 6, i^ o, and y ; and 
seven are consonants, c, /, n, r, 5, t and x. 

The case-endings are as follov/s : 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL 






Masc. Fern. & Neut. 


MaBC. & Fern. 


ITeut. 


Nom. 


a, e, i, 0, y, c, 1, n, r, s, t, x. 


es, 


a or ia, 


Gen. 


is. 


urn, ium. 


um, ium, 


Dat. 


i, 


ibus. 


ibus, 


Ace. 


em, im. Neut. like Nom. 


es. 


a or ia, 


Voc. 


like Nom. 


es, 


a or ia, 


Abl. 


e, i. 


ibus. 


ibus. 



THIRD DECLENSION, 



19 



By adding these endings to the nouns of this declension, we obtain the 
following paradigms : 

I. Masculine Forms. 







SINGULAR. 








Speech. 


Father. 


Flower. 


King. 


Xom. 


sermo, 


pater, 


flos, 


rex, 


Gen. 


sermon-is, 


patr4s. 


fior-is, 


reg-'is, 


Dat. 


sermon-i, 


patr-i. 


fior-i. 


regr-i, 


Ace. 


sermon-em, 


patr-em, 


fior-em. 


regr-em. 


Voc. 


sermo, 


pater, 


fios, 


rex, 


Abl. 


sermon-e. 


patr-e. 

PLURAL. 


flor-e. 


reg--e. 


Nona. 


sermon-es, 


patr-es, 


flor-es. 


regr-es. 


Gen. 


sermon-um, 


patr-um. 


flor-um. 


regr-um 


Dat. 


sermon-ibus, 


patr-ibus, 


flor-ibus. 


reg-ibus, 


Ace. 


sermon-es. 


patr-es, 


flor-es, 


reg:-es. 


Voc. 


sermon-es. 


patr-es. 


flor-es, 


regr-es. 


Abl. 


serm.on-ibus. 


patr-ibus. 


flor-ibus. 


reg:-ibus. 






II. Feminine Forms. 








SINGULAR. 








Sister. 


City. 


Art. 


Voice. 


Kom. 


soror, 


urbs, 


ars. 


vox, 


Gen. 


soror-is, 


urb-is, 


art-is, 


voc-is. 


Dat. 


soror-i, 


urb-i. 


art-i, 


voc-i. 


Ace. 


soror-em, 


urb-em, 


art-em, 


voc-em. 


Yoc. 


soror, 


iirbs, 


ars, 


vox, 


Abl. 


soror-e. 


Tirb-e. 

PLURAL. 


art-e. 


voc-e. 


Nom. 


soror-es. 


urb-es. 


art-es, 


voc-es, 


Gen. 


soror-um, 


urb-ium. 


art-ium. 


voc-um, 


Dat. 


soror-ibus, 


urb-ibus, 


art-ibus, 


voc-ibus, 


Ace. 


soror-es. 


Tirb-es, 


art-es. 


voc-es, 


Voc. 


soror-es, 


■arb-es. 


art-es. 


voc-es. 


Abl. 


soror-ibus. 


urb-ibus. 


art-ibus. 


voc-ibus. 






///. Neuter Forms. 








SINGULAR. 








Poem. 


Sea. 


Animal. 


Song. 


Nom. 


poem-a. 


mar-e. 


animal, 


carmen, 


Gen. 


poemat-is, 


m.ar-is. 


animal-is. 


carmin-is. 


Dat. 


poemat-i, 


mar-i, 


animal-i, 


carmin-i, 



20 



LATIN GEAMMAR. 



Acc. 


poem-a, 


mar-e, 




animal, 


carmen, 


Voc. 


poem-a, 


mar-e, 




animal. 


carmen, 


Abl. 


poemat-e. 


mar-i. 




animal-i. 


carmin-e. 








PLURAL. 




Nom. 


poemat-a, 


mar-ia, 




animal-ia, 


carmin-a, 


Gen. 


poemat-um, mar-ium, 


animal-ium, 


carmin-um. 


Dat. 


poemat-ibus, ma^r-ibus, 


animal-ibus, 


carmin-ibus, 


Acc. 


poemat-a, 


mar-ia, 




animal-ia, 


carmin-a, 


Voc. 


poemat-a, 


mLar-ia, 




animal-ia, 


carmin-a, 


Abl. 


poemat-ibus. mar-ibus. 


animal-ibus. 


carmin-ibus. 




SINGULAR. 1 




PLURAL. 






Journey. 


Head. 




Journey. 


Head. 


Nom. 


iter, 


caput. 


Nom. 


itiner-a, 


capit-a, 


Gen. 


itiner-is, 


capit-is, 


Gen. 


itiner-um, 


capit-um, 


Dat. 


itiner-i, 


capit-i, 


Dat. 


itiner-ibus, 


capit-ibus, 


Acc. 


iter, 


caput, 


Acc. 


itiner-a. 


capit-a. 


Voc. 


iter. 


caput, 


Voc. 


itiner-a, 


capit-a. 


Abl. 


itiner-e. 


capit-e. 


Abl. 


itiner-ibus. 


capit-ibus. 






IV. Nouns c 


/ ihe Common Gender, 






SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 




Hostage. 


Leader. 


Hostage. 


Leader. 


Norn. 


obses. 


dux. 


Nom. 


obsid-es. 


duc-es, 


Gen. 


obsid-is, 


due-is, 


Gen. 


obsid-um, 


duc-um, 


Dat. 


obsid-i, 


duc-i, 


Dat. 


obsid-ibus, 


duc-ibus, 


Acc. 


obsid-em, 


duc-em, 


Acc. 


obsid-es, 


duc-es, 


Voc. 


obses, 


dux. 


Voc. 


obsid-es. 


duc-es, 


Abl. 


obsid-e, 


duc-e. 


Abl. 


obsid-ibus. 


duc-ibus. 



2. To find the stem of nouns of this declension, drop is of the genitive 
singular ; as, sermo^ ge^i-j sermdnis, stem, ser7non. 

19. Summary of Rules of Gender for the formation 
of the Nominative. 

1. 1. Mascuhnes either add s and change the stem-vowel before it ; as, 
gurges, gurgit-is, whirlpool ; miles, milit-is, soldier ; codex, codic-is, book. 

Exc. Merges, mergitis (fern.), sheaf. 

2. Or present the stem er, ul^ or^ without adding s ; as, anser, anser-is^ 
goose ; consul, consul-is, consul ; honor, honor-is, honor. 

Exc. er, fern : linter, boat. 
" er, neut: cadaver, uber, verber, ver, tuber, spinther, with all 
names of plants in er. 



THIRD DECLENSIOlSr. 21 

Exc. or, fcm : arbor, tree. 
" or, neut : cor, ad or, aequo r, raarmor. 

8. Or drop n without adding s ; as, sermo, sermon-is, speech ; carbo, 
carbon-is, coal. 

Exc. Abstract nouns in io are all fem. : as, ratio, rationis, reason. 

4. Or change er of the stem into is, and or into os ; as, cinis, ciner-is, 
ashes ; pulvis, pulver-is, dust ; fios, fior-is, flower. 

II. 1. Feminines either add s without changing the stem-vowel ; as, 
urb-s, urb-is, city ; nox (noct-s), noct-is, flight; vox (voc-s), voc-is, voice ; 
quies, quiet-is, quiet. 

Exc. Masculines. Fons, mons, pons, dens, and its compounds, torrecs, 
occidens, and oriens. Grex, Greek nouns in ax, and a few in ix ; lapis, 
vas, a surety^ paries and pes. 

2. Or insert a vowel (e or i) before adding s; as, nub-e-s, nub-is, cloud ; 
nav-i-s, nav-is, ship, 

Exc. Masculines, Latin nouns ending in nis ; as ignis, fire ; also 
piscis, orbis, callis, canalis, unguis, caulis, axis, annalis, fascis, sentis, 
fustis, cards, ensis, vectis, vermis, postis and mensis. 

3. Or drop n, and change i into o; as, imago, imagin-is, image; 
grando, grandin-is, hail. 

Exc. Masculines. Ordo, cardo, homo, and turbo. 
Common. Nemo, margo. 

III. 1. Neuters either add e to the stem ; as, mare, mar-is, the sea. 

2. Or present the unchanged stem al, ar, ur, or ; as animal, animal-is, 
animal; calcar, calcar-is, spur; fulgur, fulgur-is, lightning; aequor, 
aequ6r-is, sea. 

Exc. Sal, masc. and neut. in the singular ; masc. in the plural. Lar, 
laris, 7nasc. Fur, furfur, turtur, vultur, masc. 

3. Or change in of the stem into en, or into ur, and er, or, or ur into us ; 
as carmen, carmm-is, song ; ebur, ebor-is, ivory ; opus, oper-is, work ; 
corpus, corp6r-is, body ; crus, crur-is, leg. 

Exc. Masculine : changing in into en, only pecten, coinb ; changing 
or into iis, only lepus, hare ; changing ur into us, only mus, mouse. 
Feminine : tellus, earth. 

S@. Rules for the formation of the genitive singular. 

1. Nouns in a form their genitive in utis ; as, poema, poemutis, poem. 

2. Nouns in e form their genitive in is ; as, retCj retis^ a net. 

3. Nouns in i form their genitive in is, or are indeclinable ; as sinapi, 
sinapiSj mustard. 

4. Nouns in o form their genitive in onis; as leo, leonis, a lion. 



22 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

5. The following terminations to nouns ending in o also occur : -on^s, 
-^?^^s, -nis, -mis^ and -us. 

6. Nouns in y form their genitive in yis^ ys, or i/os^ or are indeclinable, 
as 7msy^ misyis^ and mysis^ or misi/os, copperas. 

'7. Only two nouns end in c ; Cdec^ alecis, pickle, and lac, lactis, 
milk. 

8. Nouns in /, n, and r, form their genitive by adding is ; but those 
in en form it in ini8 ; as so/, soZis, the sun ; canon^ canoniSy a rule ; 
flfnnen, fimiiinis, a river ; honor^ honoris^ honor. 

9. Nouns in ter^ also imher, a shower, and names of months in her 
drop e in the genitive ; as, pater ^ pair is, a father ; October , Octobris. 

10. Nouns in s, with a consonant before it, form their genitive by 
changing s into is or tis ; as, urbs, urbis, a city ; ars, ariis, art. 

11. Nouns in t form their genitive in itis ; as, caput j capitis, head. 

12. Nouns in a; form their genitive in cis or gis ; as, ^oa;, ?;om, the 
voice ; conjux, co7ijugis, a spouse. 

13. Nouns in as form their genitive in atis ; as, civitas, civitdiis, 
state. 

14. The following terminations also occur: -atis, -adis, -aris, -asis, 
assis, and antis, 

15. Nouns in es form their genitive in ^s, itis, or etis ; as, nubes, 
nubiSy a cloud ; 7niles, rnilitis^ a soldier ; seges, segitis, crop. 

16. ec?2s, eris, etis, essis, ^, and idis also occur. 

17. Nouns in is form their genitive in is ; as, awm, «wm, the ear. 

18. Nouns in os form their genitive in oris or dtis ; as, ^os, JloriSy a 
flower ; cos, cotis, whetstone. 

19. odiSy oisy oris J ossis, from as, a bone, and ovis, occur. 

20. Nouns in tis form their genitive in eris, or oris ; as, Idtus, lateris, 
side ; tempus, temporis, time. Some in uris^ utis, udis, &c. 

21. Nouns in ys form their genitive in yis, contracted ys, or altogether 
in the Greek form yos ; as, Othrys, Othryos, a mountain in Thessaly. 
Clilamys, a cloak, has chlamydis. 

22. Nouns in ax form their genitive in dcis ; as, pax, pads, peace. 

23. Nouns in ex form their genitive in icis ; as, judex, jiidicisj a 
judge. 

24. ecis, egisj ectilis, 2gis, and is occur. 

25. Nouns in ix form their genitive in Ids ; as, radix, radlcis, root. 
Also, ^^^s and wis. 

26. Nouns in i/x are of Greek origin, and form the genitive variously ; 
as, Eryx, Erycis^ Eryx ; Styx, Btygis, Styx. 

27. Nouns in x, with a consonant before it, change x into cis ; as, 
arx, arciSy a citadel. 



THIRD DECLENSIOJS". 23 

Dative Singular, 
SI. The dative singular ends in i ; as, urhs^ urhi^ 3^ 
city. 

1. The ending e also occurs ; as, morte for morti. 

Accusative Singular, 
32, The accusative singular of masculines and femi- 
nines ends in em and iin ; in neuters it is like the nomina- 
tive. 

Vocative Singular, 
3S. The vocative is like the nominative. 
1. Many Greek nouns drop 8 ; as, Daphnis^ Daphni, 

Ablative Singular, 

24. The ablative singular ends in e or ^. 

Nominative^ Accusative:^ and Vocative Plural, 

25. The nominative, accusative, and vocative plural 
end in es^ a, and id. 

Genitive Plural, 
2@, The genitive plural ends in um and ium. 

Dative and Ablative Plural, 
\ The dative and ablative plural end in Ihus, 

IKEEGITLAR N0II]S^S. 







SINGULAR. 




Jupiter (m.) 


Strength (f.) 


An ox or cow (o.) 


Norn. 


Jupiter, 


vis, 


bos, 


Gen. 


Jovis, 


vis, 


bov-is, 


Dat. 


Jovi, 




bov-i, 


Ace. 


Jovem, 


vim, 


bov-em, 


Voc. 


Jupiter, 


vis. 


bos. 


Abl. 


Jove. 


vi. 


bov-e. 






PLURAL. 


Nom. 




vires, 


bov-es, 


Gen. 




virium, 


bo-um, 


Dat. 


Wanting. 


viribus. 


bu-bus, less freq. bo-bus, 


Ace. 




vires. 


bov-es, 


Voc. 




vires. 


bov-es, 


Abl. 




viribus. 


bu-bus, less freq. bo-bus. 



24 



LATIiSr GRAMIMAR. 



Fourth Declension. 
S8. Nouns of the fourth declension end in iis^ mas- 
culine y ^^, neuter. 

The case-endinofs are as follows : 





SINGTJ 


LAR. 




PLURAL. 






Masc. 


Kent. 




Masc. 


Neut. 


j^om. 


US, 


% 


Nom. 


us, 


ua, 


Gen. 


US, 


us or u, 


Gen. 


iium, 


uiim, 


Dat. 


Ul, 


% 


Dat. 


ibus or ubiis, 


ibus or ubus. 


Ace. 


iim. 


u, 


Ace. 


us, 


ua. 


Voc. 


us, 


u, 


Yoe. 


us, 


iia. 


Abl. 


u. 


u. 


Abl. 


ibus or ubus. 


ibus or libus. 



By adding these endings to the stems curr- and corn-^ we obtain the 
Paradigm, 

SINGULAR. 





Chariot (m.) 


Horn (n.) 


Nom. 


curr-us, * 


corn-u. 


Gen. 


curr-us, 


corn-us^ 


Dat. 


curr-ui. 


corn-", 


Ace. 


CTirr-um, 


corn-u, 


Yoe. 


cTirr-us, 


com-u. 


Abl. 


curr-u. 

PLURAL. 


corn-ii. 


Nom. 


CTirr-us, 


corn-ua, 


Gen. 


curr-uum, 


corn-uum, 


Dat. 


curr-ibus, 


com-ibus. 


Ace. 


curr-us, 


com-ua, 


Yoe. 


curr-us, 


corn-ua, 


Abl. 


curr-ibus. 


com-ibus. 



1. The following words in us are feminine : AcuSy AnuSj DoinuSy 
IfanuSy Nurm^ Socrus^ Poriicus, Tribus^ Quercus^ Ficus^ Idus, and Qidii- 
quatrus. 

2. Do7nuSy a house, is both of the fourth and second declensions. It 
is thus declined : 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


Norn. 


dom 


dom-us, 


Gen. 


dom-us or i, 


dom uiim or orum, 


Dat. 


dom-iii or o, 


dom.-ibus. 


Ace. 


dom-uni, 


dom-us or os, 


Yoe. 


dom-iis. 


dom-us. 


Abl. 


dom-o. 


dom-ibtis. 



ADJECTIVES. 



25 



Fifth Declension. 
9©. Nouns of the fifth declension end in es, and are 



feminine. 




Case-Endings. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Yoc. 

Abl. 


es, 

& 
ei, 

em, 

es, 

e. 


es,* 

erum, 

ebus, 

es, 

es, 

ebus. 


By adding 


these endings to the stems 


r- and c?i-, we obtain the 


lowing 




Paradigm, 






SINGULAR. 
Thing (f.) 
Nom. r-es, 


Day (m.) 
di-es, 




Gen. 


r-ei, 


di-ei. 




Dat. 


r-ei, 


di-ei, 




Ace. 


r-em, 


di-em, 




Voc. 


r-es, 


di-es, 




Abl. 


re. 

PLURAL. 


di-e. 




Nom. 


r-es, 


di-es. 




Gen. 


r-erum. 


di-erum, 




Dat. 


r-ebus, 


di-ebus, 




Ace. 


r-es, 


di-es, 




Yoc. 


r-es, 


di-es, 




-Abl. 


r-ebus. 


di-ebus. 



1. Dies^ day, and meridies, midday, are masculine, though dies is 
sometimes feminine in the singular. 



ADJECTIVES. 

SO. An adjective is a word which expresses a quality 
or property belonging to an object. . 

1. In Latin, the adjective agrees with the noun in gender^ number^ and 
case^ and accordingly has endings to distinguish these ; as, puer bon-us, a 
good hoy ; puella bon-a, a good girl ; donum bon-um, a good gift. 

2. Adjectives are divided into three classes, according to their endings. 



26 



LATIN GKAMMAE. 



3. The first class has the feminine ending* of the first declension of 
nouns, and the masculine and neuter endings of the second declension. 









CLASS I 


., us, a, 


iim. 














Undings. 












SINGULAR. 








PLURAL. 






M. 


r. 


' N. 






M. 


F. 


K 


Norn. 


us, 


a, 


um, 




Nom. 


1, 


ae, 


a, 


Gen. 


i, 


ae, 


T, 




Gen. 


orum, 


arum. 


orum, 


Dat. 


0, 


ae, 


Oj 




Dat. 


IS, 


is, 


is. 


Ace. 


urn, 


am, 


um, 




Ace. 


OS, 


as. 


a, 


Voc. 


e, 


a, 


lim, 




Voc. 


i, 


ae, 


a. 


Abl. 


o. 


a. 


o. 




Abl. 


is. 


is. 


is. 



By adding these endings to the stem 5o';i-, we obtain the following 

Paradigm. 







B6n-us, good. 








SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


bon-us, 


bon-a. 


bon-um, 


Gen. 


bon-i, 


bon-ae, 


bon-i, 


Dat. 


bon-o. 


bon-ae, 


bon-o, 


Ace. 


bon-um, 


bon-am, 


bon-um, 


Voc. 


bon-e, 


bona, 


bon-um. 


Abl. 


bon-o. 


bon-a. 

PLURAL. 


bon-o. 


Kom. 


bon-i. 


b5n-ae. 


bon-a, 


Gen. 


bon-orum, 


bon-arum, 


bon-orum, 


Dat. 


bon-is. 


bon-is. 


bon-is. 


Ace. 


bon-os, 


bon-as, 


bon-a, 


Voc. 


bon-i, 


bon-ae. 


bon-a. 


Abl. 


bon-is. 


bon-is. 


bon-is. 



All participles in us, a, um are also declined like bonus. 

SI. Adjectives whose stem ends in er do not take the 
endings us of the nom., and e of the voc. 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 



M. 

tener, 
tener-i, 
tener-o, 



Tener, tender. 

SINGULAR. 

F. 

tener-a, 
tener-ae, 
tener-ae, 



K 

tener-um, 
tener-i, 
tener-o, 



ADJECTIVES. 



27 



Acc. 


tener-um, 


tener-am, 


tener-iim, 


Voc. 


tener, 


tener-a, 


tener-um, 


Abl. 


tener-o. 


tener-a. 

PLURAL. 


tener-o. 


Nom. 


tener-], 


tener-ae, 


tener-a, 


Gen. 


tener-orum, 


tener-arum, 


tener-orum, 


Dat. 


tener-is, 


tener-is, 


tener-is. 


Acc. 


tener-os, 


tener-as. 


tener-a, 


Voc. 


tener i, 


tener-ae, 


tener-a. 


Abl. 


tener-is. 


tener-is. 


tener-is. 


Most of them, however 


, drop the e in inflection. 








Piger, slothful. 








SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


pig-er. 


pigrr-a, 


pigr-um. 


Gen. 


pigr-i, 


pig-r-ae, 


pigr-i, 


Dat. 


pig-r-o, 


pigr-ae, 


pig-r-o, 


Acc. 


pigT-um, 


pigr-am, 


pigr-um, 


Yoc. 


piger. 


pig-r-a, 


pigr-um, 


Abl. 


pi&r-o, 


pigr-a, 

PLURAL. 


pigr-o. 


Xom. 


pigr-i. 


pig-r-ae, 


pigr-a, 


Gen. 


pigr-orum, 


pigr-arum, 


pigr-orum, 


Dat. 


pig-r-is, 


pig-r-is, 


pigr-is. 


Acc. 


pigT-os, 


pig-r-as, 


pigr-a. 


Voc. 


pigr-i, 


pig-r-ae, 


pigr-a. 


Abl. 


pigr-is, 


pig:r-is, 


pig:r-is. 



S^, There are six adjectives in t^5, and three in er, 
that have their genitive in ius^ and their dative in ^, in 
all the genders, viz. : Alius, JSTuUus, Solus, Totus, JJllus, 
Uhus, Alter, Titer, and Neuter. 



CLASS II. 

3S. Adjectives of the second class have Is in the 
nom. sing, for the masc. and fern., and e for the neut. 
They are declined like nouns of the third declension. 



28 



LATIIST GRAMMAR. 









Paradigm. 












Mitis, ynild. 








SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. &F. 


K 




M. & F. 


N. 


Norn. 


mit-is, 


mit-e, 




Nom. 


mit-es, 


mit-ia, 


Gen. 


mit-is, 


mit-is, 




Gen. 


mit ium, 


mit-ium, 


Dat. 


miti, 


mit-i, 




Dat. 


mit-ibus, 


mit-ibu3, 


Ace. 


mit-em, 


mit-e, 




Ace. 


mit-es, 


mit-ia, 


Yoc. 


mit-is, 


m.it-e, 




Voc. 


mit-es, 


mit-ia. 


Abl. 


mit-i. 


mit-i. 




Abl. 


mit-ibus. 


mit-ibus. 



There are twelve adjectives of this class that take er for the ending of 
the nom. sing, masc, instead of is. Among these is dcer^ dcris, dcrey 
sharp, which is thus declined : 







Paradigm. 








SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


acer, 


acr-is, 


acr-e. 


Gen. 


acr-is, 


acr-is. 


acr-is, 


Dat. 


acr-i. 


acr-i. 


acr-i, 


Ace. 


acr-em. 


acr-em, 


acr-e. 


Voc. 


acer. 


acr-is, 


acr-e. 


Abl 


acr-i. 


acr-i. 

PLURAL. 


acr-i. 


Nom. 


acr-es. 


acr-es, 


acr-ia, 


Gen. 


acr-ium, 


acr-ium, 


acr-ium, 


Dat. 


acr-ibus, 


acr-ibus. 


acr-ibus, 


Ace. 


acr-es. 


acr-es. 


acr-ia, 


Voc. 


acr-es, 


acres, 


acr-ia, 


Abl. 


acr-ibus. 


acr-ibus. 
CLASS III. 


acr-ibus. 



34:, Adjectives of the third class have only one end- 
ing in the Nom. for all the genders : as, felix (masc, 
fem., neut.), happy. 

Paradigm, 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

M. & F. N. M. (fe F. N. 

felix, felix, Nom. felic-es, felic-ia, 

felic-is, felic-is, Gen. felic-ium, felic-ium, 

felie-i, felic-i, Dat. felic-ibus, felic-ibus, 



Nom. 
Gen. 

Dat. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



29 



Acc. felic-em, felix, 
Voc. felix, felix, 

Abl. felic-e or i. felic-e or i. 



Acc. felic-es, 
Voc, felic-es, 
Abl. felic-ibus. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Acc. 

Yoc. 

Abl. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Acc. 

Yoc. 

Abl. 



PraesenSj present. 



5. - Paradigm. 

SINGULAR. 

M. & F. 
praesens, 
pr^esent-is, 
praessnt-i, 
praesent-em, 
praesens, 
praesent-e or i. 

PLURAL. 

M. &F. 
praesent-es, 
praesent-ium, 
praesent-ibus, 
praesent-es, 
praesent-es, 
praesent-ibus. 



felic-ia, 
felic-ia, 
felic-ibus. 



N. 
praesens, 
praesent-is, 
praesent-i, 
praesens, 
praesens, 
praesen-e or i. 

praesent-ia, 

praesent-ium, 

praesent-ibus, 

praesent-ia, 

praesent-ia, 

praesent-ibus. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

35« The comparison of an adjective is the expression 
of its quality in different degrees. 

1. There are three degrees of comparison — the positive, comparative, 
and superlative. 

2. The endings of the comparative are, lor for the masc, ior for the 
fem., and ius for the neut. 

3. The endings of the superlative are issimus for the masc, issima 
for the fem., and issimum for the neut. 

4. These endings are added directly to the stem of the adjective ; as, 
alt-US, hig\ alt-ior, alt-ius, highev^ alt-issimus, -a, -um, highestyVery high. 

The coniparative is declined as follows : 



Paradigm. 



SINGULAR. 
M. «& F. N. 

Nom. alt-ior, alt-ius, 

Gen. alt-ioris, alt-ioris, 
Dat. alt-iori, alt-iori, 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 



PLURAL. 
M. & F. K 

alt-iores, alt-iora, 

alt-iorum, alt-iorum, 
alt-ioribus, alt-ioribus. 



30 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



Acc. alt-i5rem, alt-ius, 
Yoc. ait-ior, alt-ius, 

Abl. alt-iore or i. alt-iore or i. 



Acc. 
Yoc. 

Abl. 



alt-iores, 
ait-iores, 
alt-ioribus. 



alt-iora, 
alt-iora, 
alt-ioribus. 



The superlative is .declined like bonuSy bona, bbnwn. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

3©. Adjectives whose stern ends in er add rlmus to 
form the superlative ; as, acei% acrior^ acerrimus, 

1. Several adjectives whose stems end ml Sidd limus ; rs, , facil-iSy 
easy, facil-ior, facil-lwius, 

Hf . Several adjectives are very irregular in their 
comparison. 



Bon-US, 


melior, 


optimus. 


good. 


Mal-us, 


pejor. 


pessimus, 


bad. 


Magn-us, 


major. 


maximus, 


great. 


Parv-us, 


mm-or. 


minimus, 


small. 


Mult-US, 


plus, 


plurimus. 


much. 


Nequam, 


nequior, 


nequissimus, 


worthless. 



38, If the stem ends in a vowel, the comparative and 
superlative are formed by the use of magis, more.^ and 
maxime, most; as, /^m^, pious, 'inclgis phis^ maxime phis. 



COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

3®. Adverbs derived from adjectives admit of com- 
parison. Those in e and ^e>, and most of those in o are 
compared like their primitives. 

1. The comparative is the neuter form of the comparative of the ad- 
jective : the superlative substitutes e for us ; as, facile, easily, facilius^ 
facillime ; acriter, sharply, acrms, acerrime; raro, rarely, rarius, rarissime. 

2. When the comparison of the adjective is irregular or defective, that 
of the adverb also is irregular or defective ; as bene, melius^ opUme. 

NUMERALS. 

4®. Numeral adjectives are such as denote number. 
They are partly adjectives and partly adverbs. 
They comprise three principal classes : 



NUMERALS. 



31 



1. Cardinal numbers, or such as answer to the question *' how many ? '* 
as, icmts, one ; duOj tvro. 

2. Ordinal numbers, or such as denote order or rank ; as, primus^ 
first; secundii^y second. 

3. Distributives, or such as denote how many to each ; as, bini^ two 
each, or two by two : terni^ three each, &c. 

To these may be added 

4. Multiplicatives, which denote how many-fold ; as, duplex^ twofold, 
triplex^ threefold, &c. 

6. Proportionals, which denote so many times as great ; duplus^ 
twice as great ; triplus, three times as great, &c. 

6. The adverbial numerals answer to the question *' how many times ? " 
as, bisy twice ; ter^ thrice, &c. 

41, The first three cardinal numhers are declined as 

follows : 

TJnus, one. 







SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


un-us. 


un-a, un-um. 


Xom. 


un-i. 


un-ae. 


un-a, 


Gen. 


un-ius. 


un-ius, iin-ius. 


Gen. 


un-orum. 


un-arum. 


un-orum, 


Dat. 


un-i, 


un-i, un-i, 


Dat. 


un-is, 


un-is. 


un-is. 


Ace. 


un-um, 


un-am, un-um. 


Ace. 


un-os. 


un-a?, 


un-a, 


Yoc. 


tm-e. 


un-a, un-um. 


Yoc. 


un-i, 


un-ae, 


un-a. 


Abl. 


un-o. 


un-a. un-o. 


Abl. 


un-is. 


un-is. 


un-is. 



DuOy two, and tres^ three, have no singular. They are thus declined : 









PLURAL. 








M. 


F. 


N. 


M. & F. 


I^. 


Nom. 


du-o. 


du-ae, 


du-o. 


tr-es, 


tr-ia, 


Gen. 


du-orum. 


du-arum. 


dii-orum. 


tri-um. 


tri-um, 


Dat. 


du-obus, 


du-abus. 


du-obus. 


tribus, 


tri-bus, 


Ace. 


du-os, 


du-o, du-as 


, du-o. 


tr-es, 


tr-ia, 


Yoc. 


du-o, 


du-ae. 


du-o. 


tr-es. 


tr-ia. 


Abl. 


du-obus. 


du-abus. 


du-obus. 


tri-bus. 


tri-bus. 



42, The other units, all the tens, and centum, are in- 
declinable. 

43, The hundreds are declined like the plural of 
bo7iics. 

44, Mille, a thousand, is used both as an adjective 
and a substantive. As an adjective, it is plural only, and 



32 



LATIN ORAMMAK. 



indeclinable. As a substantive, it is' used only in the 
nominative and accusative in the singular, but in the 
plural, it has tnillia^ millium^ milllhns^ millia^ millia^ 
millibus, 

45. Ordinal numbers and distributives are declined 
like the plural of bonus, 

4®. In the combination of cardinal numbers, from 20 
to 100, either the smaller number with et precedes, or the 
larger without et ; as, quatuor et viginti^ or viginti qua- 
tiior. Above 100, the larger number precedes with or 
without et y as, centum et unus, or centum luius. 

4T. In the combination of ordinal numbers, from 13 
to 19, the smaller number utually precedes, sometimes the 
larger, with or wdthout et y as, tertius decim^us^ decimus et 
tertius^ or decimus tertius, 

48. In the other compound numbers, the larger pre- 
cedes without et^ or the smaller with et ^' as, vicesimus 
quartuSj or quarius et vicesimus, 

4©. The following table exhibits the various classes 
of numerals, of which the first three are adjectives, and 
the fourth adverbs. 



Cardinal. 


Ordinal. 


Distributive. 


Adverbial. 


One, two, &c. 


First, second, &c. 


One by one, &c. 


Once, twice, «fec. 


1. uniis, 


primus, . 


singiili, 


semel. 


2. duo, 


secundus, 


bini. 


bis. 


S. tres, 


tertius, 


terni. 


ter. 


4. quattuor, 


quartus. 


quaterni, 


quater. 


5. qninque, 


quintus, 


quini. 


quinquies. 


6. sex, 


sextus. 


seni, 


sexies. 


'7. septem, 


Septimus, 


septeni, 


septies. 


8. octo, 


octavus, 


octoni. 


octios. 


9. novem, 


nonus. 


noveni, 


novies. 


10. decern, 


decimus. 


deni. 


decies. 


11. imdecim, 


undecimus, 


undeni. 


undecies. 


12. duodecim, 


duodecimus. 


duodeni. 


duodecies. 


13. tredecim, 


tertius- "] 




terni- 




tredecies. 


14, quattuordecim, 


quartus- 




quaterni- 




quatuordecies. 


15. quindecim 


quintus- 


^/^«Y 


quini- 




quindecies 


16. sexdecim. 


sextus- i.r:r 


4seni- V deni, 


sedecies. 


11, septendgcim, 


septimus- 


JJJUO, 


septeni- / 


decies & septies. 


18. octodecim, 


octavus- 




octoni- 


duodevicies. 


19. novemdecim, 


nonus- 




noveni- 




undevicies. 





PRONOUNS. 


33 


20. viginti, 


vicesimus, 


viceni, 


vicies. 


30. triginta, 


tricesimus, 


triceni, 


tricies. 


40. quadraginta, 


quadragesTmus, 


quadrageni, 


quadragies. 


50. quinquaginta 


quinquagesimus, 


quinquageni, 


qiiinquagies. 


60. sexaginta, 


sexagesimus, 


sexageni, 


sexagies. 


TO. septuaginta, 


septuagesimus, 


septuageiii, 


septuagies. 


80. octoginta, 


octogeslmus, 


octogeni, 


octogies. 


90. nonaginta, 


nonagesimus, 


nonageni, 


nonagies. 


100. centum, 


centesimus, 


centeni, 


centies. 


200. ducenti, 


ducentesimus, 


ducenteni, 


ducenties. 


300. trecenti, 


trecentesimus, 


trecenteni, 


trecenties. 


400. quadringenti, 


quadringentesimus, 


quadringenteni, 


quadringenties. 


500. quingenti, 


quingentesimus, 


quingenteni, 


quill genties. 


600. sexcenti, 


sexcentesimus, 


sexcenteni, 


sexcenties. 


VOO. septingenti, 


septingentesimus. 


septingenteni, 


septingenties. 


800. octingeuti, 


oetingentesimus, 


octingenteni, 


octingenties. 


900. nonlngenti, 


nongentesimus, 


Dongenteni, 


nongenties. 


1000. mille, 


millesimus, 


milleni, 


millies. 



PRONOUNS. 

50. The pronoun is a substitute for the noun. 

51. Pronouns are divided into substantive and ad- 
jective, JEgo^ tu^ and sid are commonly called j^ersonal 
pronouns. 

Ego^ I, tu^ thou, and sul^ of himself, &c., are thus 
declined :- 



-l^VA ,- 




SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


eg-o. 


tu, 




Gen. 


mei, 


tui. 


sui, 


Dat. 


miiii, 


tibi. 


sibi, 


Ace. 


me, 


te, 


se, 


Yoc. 


eg-o. 


tu, 




Abl. 


me. 


te. 

PLURAL. 


so. 


Nom. 


no3. 


VOS, 




Gen. 


nostri. 


nostrum, vestri, vestrum, sui, 


Dat. 


nobis, 


vobis, 


Sibi, 


Ace. 


nos, 


VOS, 


se, 


Yoc. 


nos, 


VOS, 




Abl. 


nobis. 


vobis. 


se. 



52. Adjective Pronouns are divided into Demon- 
strative^ Intensive^ Relative^ Interrogative^ Indefinite^ 
Possessive^ and Partial. 
2* 



34 



LATI]^ GRAMMAR. 



S3* Demonstrative pronouns are such as specify the 
objects to which they refer. 

They are ille^ iste^ hic^ and is^ and their compounds, 
and are thus declined : 







SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


iU-e, 


iU-a, 


iU-ud, 


Nom. ill-i, 


ill-ae, 


ill-a. 


Gen. 


ill"ius, 


ill-ius 


ill-ius, 


Gen. iU-orum, 


iU-arum, 


iU-orum, 


Dat. 


iU-i, 


ill-i, 


ill-i, 


Dat. in-is, 


ill-is, 


ill-is, 


Ace. 


ill-um, 


ill-am 


, iU-ud, 


Ace. ill-OS, 


ill-as, 


ill-a. 


Voc. 


ill-e, 


ill-a, 


ill-ud, 


Yoc. iU-i, 


ill-ae, 


ill-a, 


Abl. 


iU-o. 


ill-a. 


iil-o. 


Abl. iU-is. 


ill-is. 


ill-is. 


Iste is declined like Ille, 












SINGULAR. 










M. 


F. 


N. 






Nom. 


Mc, 


haec, 


hoc, 






Gen. 


hujiis 


, hujus. 


hujus. 




Dat. 


huic', 


huic, 


huic 






Ace. 


llTlllO, 


hanc, 


hoc. 






Yoc. 


hie, 


haec. 


hoc, 






Abl. 


hoc. 


hac. 

PLURAL. 


hoc. 








M. 


F. 


N. 






Nom. 


M, 


hae, 


haec 






Gen. 


licrnTYi, harum, 


horum. 




Dat. 


his, 


his. 


his, 






Ace. 


hos, 


has. 


haec 


, 




Voc. 


hi, 


hae, 


haec 


» 




Abl. 


his. 


his. 


his. 








SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. M. 


F. 


IT. 


Nom. 


is, 


ea. 


id. 


Nom. ii or ei. 


eae. 


ea, 


Gen. 


ejus, 


ejus, 


ejus. 


Gen. eorum, 


earum. 


eorum, 


Dat. 


ei, 


ei. 


ei, 


Dat. iis oreis, 


iis or eis, 


iis or eis, 


Ace. 


earn, 


earn. 


id, 


Ace. eos. 


eas. 


ea, 


Yoc. 








Yoc. 






Abl. 


eo. 


ea. 


eo. 




Abl. iis or eis. 


iis or eis. 


iis or eis. 



Idem, :adem, idem, the same^ compounded of is and dem^ is declined 
like is with dem added. 



1 Pronounced as if written hiJce. 



PRONOUNS. 



35 



INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. 

54. Intensive pronouns are such as serve to convey 
an emphatic meaning. To this class belongs ^p5e, he him- 
self, which is thus declined : 





SINGULAR. 
M. F. 


N. 




M. 


PLURAL. 
F. 


N. 


Nom. 


ips-e, ips-a, 


ips-um, 


Nom. 


ips-i, 


ips-ae, 


ips-a. 


Gen. 


ip3-ius, ips-ius, 


ips-ius. 


Gen. 


ips-orum 


, ips-arum, 


ips-6r 


Dat. 


ips-i, ips-i, 


ips-i, 


Dat. 


ips-is, 


ips-is, 


ips-is, 


Ace. 


ips-um, ip3-a:ri, 


ips-um, 


Ace. 


ips-os, 


ips-as, 


ips-a. 


Yoc. 


ips-e, ips-a, 


ips-um, 


Yoc. 


ips-i, 


ips-ae, 


ips-a. 


Abl. 


ips-o. ips-a. 


ips-o. 


Abl. 


ips-is. 


ips-is. 


ips-is. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

55. The relative pronoun is so called because it refers 
to an object already mentioned, called the antecedent. 

1. The relatives are qui^ who, and its compounds quicunque and 
quisquis^ whoever. 

Qui is thus declined : 







SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. 


F. N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


qui, 


quae, quod, 


Kom. 


qui. 


quae, 


quae, 


Gen. 


cujus, 


cujus, cujus, 


Gen. 


quorum, 


quarum. 


quorum 


Dat. 


ciii,! 


cui, cui, 


Dat. 


quibus, 


quibus, 


quibus. 


Ace. 


quem, 


quam, quod, 


Ace. 


quos, 


quas, 


quae, 


Yoc. 






Yoc. 








Abl. 


Q.110. 


qua. quo. 


Abl. 


quibus. 


quibus. 


quibus. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

50. Interrogative pronouns are used in asking ques- 
tions. The most important are qicis and qui and their 
compounds. 



Q 


has (whc 


), which 


, what ?) 


is declined as follows : 








SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Kom 


quis, 


quae, 


quid, 


Nom. qui, 


quae, 


quae, 


Gen. 


cujus, 


cujus, 


cujus, 


Gen. quorum. 


quarum., 


quorum, 


Dat. 


cui, 


cui, 


cui, 


Dat. quibus, 


quibus, 


quibus. 


Ace. 


quern., 


quam., 


quid, 


Ace. quos. 


quas. 


quae. 


Yoc. 










Yoc. 






Abl. 


quo. 


qua. 


quo. 


Abl. quibus. 


quibus. 


quibus. 








1 


Pronounced ki. 







38 



LATIN GRAMMAE. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

5f . Indefinite pronouns are such as denote an object 
in a general manner, without reference to a particular in- 
dividual or thing. Of these, aliquis^ some one, is thus 
declined : 







SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


aliquis, 


aliqua, 


aliquid or quod, 


Gen. 


alicujus, 


alicujus, 


alicujus. 


Dat. 


alicui. 


alicui. 


alicui. 


Ace. 


aliqLuem, 


aliquam, 


aliquid or quod. 


Yoc. 
Abl. 








aliquo. 


aliq.ua. 


aliquo. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


aliqui, 


aliquae, 


aliqua. 


Gen. 


alioLTiornm, 


aliquarum. 


aliquorum. 


Dat. 


aliQ.uibiis, 


aliquibus, 


aliquibus. 


Ace. 


aliquos. 


aliquas, 


aliqua. 


Voc. 
Abl. 








aliciuilDus. 


aliquibus. 


aliquibus. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 



58, Possessive pronouns are derived from the per- 
sonal, and indicate the property of an individual. They 
are meus^ tuus^ suuSy noster^ vester and ciijus. 



P ATRIAL PRONOUNS. 



IS@o Patrial pronouns refer to a person's country or 
the nation to v/hich he belongs. They are nostras^ vestras 
and cujas. 



VERBS. 

I. Verbs express existence, action, or state. 
Verbs are divided into two principal classes, transitwe 
and intransitive, 

1. Transitive verbs admit a direct object of their action; as, amo te^ I 
love thee. 



VERBS. 37 

2. Intransitive verbs do not admit a direct object of their action ; as, 
equus curritj the horse runs. 

3. To verbs belong voices^ moodSf tenses, numbers, and persons, 

VOICES. 

61. There are two voices, the active smd passive 

1. The active voice represents the agent as acting or being : as, the 
queen loves her daughter ; I am. 

2. The passive voice represents the object as acted upon by the agent ; 
as, the daughter is loved by the queen. 

3. A deponent verb has the passive form, but the active signification. 

MOODS. 

62. In Latin there are four moods — the indicative, 
subjunctive, imperative and infinitive. 

1. The indicative affirms a fact ; as, I write. 

2. The subjunctive expresses an affirmation in a doubtful, contingent 
or indefinite manner ; as, I may write^ etc. 

3. The imperative expresses an affirmation as an injunction or request ; 
as, write. 

4. The infinitive affirms indefinitely ; as, to write. 

TENSES. 

63. There are in Latin six tenses — the present, im- 
perfect, future, perfect, phiperfect, and future-perfect. 

1. The present tense represents an action as not terminated in the 
present time ; as, I write. 

2. The imperfect tense represents an action as not terminated in the 
past time ; as, I wrote. 

3. The future tense represents an action as not terminated in the 
future ; as, I shall write. 

4. The perfect tense denotes an action terminated in the present time ; 
as, I have written. 

5. The pluperfect tense denotes an action terminated in the past time ; 
as, I had written. 

6. The future-perfect tense denotes an action terminated in the future ; 
as, I shall have written. 

JSTUMBERS. 

64. The Latin verb has two numbers, the singular 
and plural. 



38 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

PERSONS. 

6S. There are three persons in each number, the first, 
second, and third ; and these are not expressed by special 
words, but are implied in the forms of the verb itself. 

PARTICIPLES, GERUNDS, AND SUPINES. 

@@. Participles are derived from verbs, and partake 
of their meaning, but have the form of adjectives. 

©f. Gerunds are verbal nouns of the second declen- 
sion, used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and 
ablative singular. 

6§ . Supines are also verbal nouns of the fourth de- 
clension, used only in the accusative and ablative singu- 
lar. 

CONJUGATION. 

©9, In Latin there are four conjugations or modes of 
forming the tenses of the verb. 

1. They are distinguished from each other by the vowel before re in 
the present infinitive active. 

2. This vowel in the first conjugation is a long, 
" *' *' second '' '* e long, 
" " " third *' " g short, 

" " *' fourth " " I long. 

T®. The verb, like the noun, consists of two parts — 
the root and the termination, 

H\. The verb has three roots — the first or general 
root consists of those letters which are not changed by 
inflection, and may always be found by removing the ter- 
mination of the present infinitive ; the second is found in 
the perfect ; and the third in the supine or perfect par- 
ticiple. 

•^S, The vowel vdiich unites the general root to the 
remaining letters of the verb, is called the connecting 
vowel. 



VERBS. 39 

73. The following are the personal terminations of 
the different persons of each number^ in the indicative and 
subjunctive moods, in both voices : 



ACTIVE. 


PASSIVE. 


SING. 


SING. 


1st Pers. 0, i, or m, 


1st Pers, r, 


2d " s, 


2d '^ ris, 


?>d '' t. 


Sc? ^' tur. 


PLTJR. 


PLUR. 


l5^ Pers. mus, 


1st Pers. mur, 


2d *' tis, 


2d " mini 



8c? ** nt, Zd * ntur. 

TJr, The four principal parts of the verb, from which 
all the others are formed, are, the present indicative, the 
present infinitive, the perfect indicative, and the supine in 

75. The substantive or auxiliary verb sum is thus 
conjugated : 





PRINCIPAL PARTS. 




PRES. INDIC. 


PKES. TNFIN. PERF. INDIC. 


PUT. PART. 


sum, 


esse, fui, 


futurus. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

J am. 
Sing, sum, es, est, 
Plur. sumus, estis, sunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing, eram, eras, erat, 
Plur. eramus, eratis, erant. 

FUTURE. 

I shall or will he. 

Sing, ero, eris, erit, 
Plur. erimus, eritis, erunt. 

PERFECT. 

I have heen^ or was. 

Sing, fui, fuisti, fuit, 

Plur. fuimus, fuistis, fuerunt or re. 



40 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had been. 

Sing. fuSram, fueras, fuerat, 
Plur. fueramus, fueratis, fuSrant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have been. 

Sing, fuero, fueris, fuerit, 
Plur. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may or can he. 

Sing, sim, sis, sit, 
Plur. simus, sitis, sint. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should he. 
Sing, essem, esses, esset, 
Plur. essemus, essetis, essent. 

PERFECT. 

J may or can have been. 

Sing, fuerira, fueris, fuerit, 
Plur. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would ov should have been. 

Sing, fuissem, fuisses, fuisset, 
Plur. fuissSmus, fuissetis, fuissent. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

be thou or be ye. 
Sing, es, Plur. este. 

FUTURE. 

thou or ye^ he or they shall be. 

Sing, esto, Plur. estote, 

esto, sunto. 



VERBS. 41 

INFIKITIVE MOOD. 

Pres. esse, to he. 

Perf. fuisse, to have been. 

Put. futurus, a, um esse, to be about to be. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Pres. only in compounds ; as, absens, absent, &c. 
Put. futurus, a, um, about to be, 

7©« Compounds of Sum : 

Absum, lam absent, 
Adsum, / am present, 
Desum, / am wanting, 
Insum, / am in. 
Intersum, / am among, 
Obsum, / am in the way, \ 

Praesum, / am before, 
Prosum, / am serviceable, 
Subsum, I am under, 
Supersum, / remain over. 
1. They are conjugated like Sum* but Prosum takes d before e, 

77. Synopsis of the verb amo, Hove. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. BUB J. IMPER. INFIN. PART. 

Pres, amo, amem, ama, amare, amans."'^ 

Imperf. amabam, amarem, 

Fut, amabo, Smato, amaturus essS, amaturus. 

Perf. amavl, amaverim, amavisse, 

Pluperf. amaveram, amavissem, 



Fut, Perf, amavero, 

Gerund^ amandi, do, &c. Supines, amatum, u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. SUBJ. IMPER. INFIN. PART. 

Pres, amor, amer, amare, amari, 

Imperf, amabar, amarer, • 

Fut. amabor, amator, amatum iri, amandiis. 

Perf, amatus sum, amatiis sim, amatus essS, amatiis. 

Pluperf, amatus gram, amatus essem, __ 

Fut, Perf amatus ero, «=«-«.. — __- 



42 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

FIEST OONJUGATIOIT. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

Amo, Hove, 

PRmCIPAL PARTS. 

PKES. INDIO. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIO. SUPINE. 

amo, amare, amavi, aiaatum. 

mDIOATIYE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE, 

Ilove^ am loving or do love. 

Sing, am-o, am-as, am-at, 
Plur. am-amus, am-atis, am-ant. 

IMPERFECT. 

I loved J was loving or did love. 
Sing, am-abam, am-abas, am-abat, 
Plur. am-abamus, am-abatis, am-abant. 

FUTURE. 

I shall or imll love. 

Sing, am-abo, am-abis, am-abit, 
Plur. am-abimuSj am-abitis, am-abunt. 

PERFECT. 

I loved or have loved. 

Sing, amav-i, amav-isti, amav-it, 

Plur. ainav-inius, amav-istis, amav-erunt or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had loved. 
Sing, amav-eram, amav-eras, amav-erat, 
Plur. amav-eramus, amav-eratis, amav-Srant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have loved. 
Sing, amav-ero, amav-eris, amav-erit, 
Plur. amav-erimus, amav-eritis, amav-erint. 

SUBJUFOTIYE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may or can love. 
Sing, am-em, am-es, am-et, 
Plur. am-emus, aiii-etis,-anx--ent. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 43 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should love. 

Sing, am-arem, am-ares, am-aret, 
Plur. am-aremus, am-aretis, am-arent. 

PERFECT. 

I may or ca7i have loved. 

Sing, amav-erim, amav-eris, amav-erit, 
Plur. amav-erimus, amav-eiitis, amav-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ woidd or should have loved. 

Sing, amav-issem, amav-isses, amav-isset, 
Plur. amav-issemus, amav-issetis, amav-issent. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

love thou or ye. 
Sing, am-a, Plur. am-ate. 

FUTURE. 

thou or ye, he or they shall love. 
Sing, am-ato, Plur. am-atote, 

am-ato, am-anto. 

INFIOTTIVE MOOD. 
Pres. am-are, to love. 
Perf, amav-isse, to have loved. 
Put. amat-urus (a, um) esse, to he about to love. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres. am-ans, loving. 
Put. amat-urus, a, um, about to love, 

GERUNDS. 
Gen. am-andi, of loving. 
Dot. am-ando, to or for loving. 
Ace, am-andum, loving. 
Abl, am-ando, by., 6cc.y loving, 

SUPINES. 
Former, amat-um, to love. Latter, amSt-u, to he loved. 



44 LATIN GRAMMAR. 





PASSIVE YOICE. 






PRINCIPAL PARTS. 




PRES. INDIO, 


PRES. INFIN. 


PERF. PART, 


amor, 


amari, 


amatus. 



mDIOATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I am loved. 

Sing, am-or, am-aris or re, am-atur, 
Plur. am-amur, am-amini, am-antur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was loved. 

Sing, am-abar, am-abaris or re, am-abatur, 
Plur. am-abamur, am-abamini, am-abantur. 

FUTURE. 

I shall or loill he loved. 

Sing, am-abor, am-aberis, or re, am-abitur, 
Plur. am-abimur, am-abimmi, am-abuntur. 

PERFECT. 

J have heen or was loved. 
Sing, amat-us, a, um, sum or fai, es or fuisti, est or fuit, 
Plur. amat-i, ae, a, sumus or fuimus, estis or fuistis, suiit or fuerunt. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had heen loved. 
Sing, axnat-us, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat, 
Plur. amat-i, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or 
fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT, 

I shall or will have heen loved. 
Sing. am.at-us, a, um, ero or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit, 
Plur. am.at-i, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fueritis, erunt or 
fuSrint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can he loved. 

Sing. am.-er, am.-eris, or re, am.-etur, 
Plur. am.-emur, am-emini, am-entur. 



FIRST CONJUGATION". 45 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty cGuld^ ivould or should he loved. 

Sing, am-arer, am-areris, or re, am-aretur, 
Plur. am-aremur, am-aremini, am-arentur. 

PERFECT. 

I may have heen loved. 

Sing, amat-us, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit. 
Plur. amat-i, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, sitis or fuentis, sint or fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Imigh% could^ woidd or should have heen loved. 

Sing, amat-us, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or 
fuisset, 

Plur. amat-i, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetisorfuissetis, essent or 
fuissent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

he thou or ye loved. 
Sing. am,-are. Plur. am-amini. 

FUTURE. 

thou or he^ ye or they shall he loved. 

Sing, am-ator, Plur. (am-abimini) 

am.-ator, am-antor. 

I^^IMTIVE. 

P^'es, am.-ari, to he loved. 

Perf. am.at-us esse, to have heen loved, 

Fut. am.at-um iri, to he about to he loved. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Perf. amat-us, a, um, loved or having heen loved, 
Fut, am-andus, a, um, to he loved. 



46 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

78, Synopsis of the verb moneo, I advise. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. BUB J. IMPERAT. INFIN. PART. 

Pres. moneo, moneam, mone, monere, monens. 



Imperf. monebam, monerem, • 

Fut, monebo, moneto, moniturus esse, momturus. 

Perf, monui, monuerim monuisse, 

Pluperf. raonueram, monuissem 

Put, Perf. monuero. ■ — — 



Gerund., monendi, do, &c. Supines^ monitum, u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. BtTBJ. IMPERAT. INFIN. PART. 

Pres, moneor, monear, monere, moneri, 

Imperf. monebar, monerer, — 

Put. monebor, monetor, monitum in. monendiis. 

Perf. monitus sum, monitus sim, monitus esse,m6nitus. 

Pluperf. monitiis eram, monitus essem, • ■ 

Put Perf. monitus ero. ■ 

SECOND COlSTJUGATIOIsr. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

Moneo, J advise, 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. SUPINE. 

moneo, monere, monui, m.6nitum» 

IKDIOATIYE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I advise. 

Sing, mon-eo, mon-es, m.6n-et, 
pLUR. mon-emus, mon-etis, mon-ent 

IMPERFECT. 

I was advising. 
Sing, mon-ebam, mon-ebas, mon-ebat, 



Plur. m.Gn-ebamus, m.on-ebatis, mon-ebant 
FUTURE. 

I shall or will advise. 
Sing, mon-ebo, mon-ebis, mon-ebit, 
Plur. mon-ebimus, mon-ebitis, m.on-ebuiit. 



SECOISTD co]s-jugatio:n'. 47 

PEHFECT. 

I advised or have advised. 

Sing, monu-i, momi-isti, monu-it, 

Plur. monu-imus, monu-istis, monu-erunt or re. 

PLTJPERFECT. 

Iliad advised. 

Sing, monu-eram, monu-eras, monu-erat, 
Plur. monu-eramus, monxi-eratis, monu-erant, 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or loill have advised. 

Sing, monu-ero, monu-eris, monu-^rit, 
Plur. monu-enmus, mcnu-eritis, monu-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can advise. 

Sing, mon-eam, mon-eaSf mon-eat, 
Plur. xaon-eamus, mon-eatis, mon-eant. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should advise. 

Sing, mon-erem, mcn-eres, mon-eret, 
Plur. mon-eremus, mon-eretis, mon-erent. 

PERFECT. 

I may have advised. 

Sing, monu-erim, monu-eris, monu-erit, 
Plur. monu-enmus, monu-eritis, monu-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could ^ would or should have advised. 
Sing, monu-issem, monii-isses, monu-isset, 
Plur, monu-issemus, monu-issetis, monu-issent. 

IMPEPvATIYE. 

PRESENT. 

-^ advise thou or ye. 

Sing, mon-e, Plur. mon-Ste. 



48 LATIN GEAMMAE. 

FUTURE. 

thou or ye^ he or they shall advise. 
Sing, mon-eto, Plur. mon-etote, 

mon-eto, mon-ento. 

IlNTIIlTITIYE. 

Pres, mon-ere, to advise. 

Ferf. monu-isse, to have advised. 

Fut, monit-urus esse, to he about to advise, 

PAETICIPLES. 
Pres. xaon-ens, advising. Fut. monit-urus, a, um, about to advise, 

GEEIWD. 
Gen. mon-endi, of advising. 
Dat. mon-endo, to ov for advising. 
Ace. mon-endum, advising. 
Abl. mon-endo, by &c., advising, 

SUPINES. 
Former, monit-um, to advise. Latter, monit-u, to be advised, 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRIN'CIPAL PARTS. 

PRE8. INDIO. PRES. INFIN. PERF. PART. 

moneor, moneri, monitus. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I am advised. 
Sing, mon-eor, mon-eris, or re, mon-etur, 
Plur. mon-emur, mon-emiDi, mon-entur. 

IMPERFECT. 

Iioas advised. 
Sing, mon-ebar, mon-ebaris or re, mon-ebatur, 
Plur. mon-ebamur, mon-ebanimi, mon-ebantur. 

FUTURE 

I shall or loill he advised. 
Sing, xnon-ebor, mon-eberis or re, mon-ebitur, 
Plur. mon-ebimur, mon-ebimmi, mon-ebuntur. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 49 

PERFECT. 

I have heeii or was advised. 
Sing, monit-us, a, um, sum or fui, es or fuisti, est or fait, 
Plur. monit-i, ae, a, sumus or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fuerunt. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had heen advised. 
Sing, monit-us, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat. 
Plur. monit-i, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or 

fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have heen advised. 

Sing, monit-us, a, um, ero or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit, 
Plur. monit-i, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fueritis, erunt or 
fuSrint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can he advised. 

Sing, mon-ear, mon-earis, or re, mon-eatur, 
Plur. mon-eamur, mon-eamini, mon-eantur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should he advised. 
Sing, mon-erer, mon-ereris, or re, mon-eretur, 
Plur. mon-eremur, mon-eremini, mon-erentur. 

PERFECT. 

I may have heen advised. 

Sing, monit-us, a, um, sim or fuerira, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit, 
Plur. monit-i, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, sitis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ woiild^ or should have heen advised. 

Sing, monit-us, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or fuisset, 
Plur. monit-i, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuissetis, essent 
or fuissent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

he thou or ye advised. 

Sing, mon-ere, Plur. mon-emim. 

3 



50 



LATIN GEAMMAR. 



FUTURE. 

thou or 2/6, he or they shall he advised. 

Sing, mon-etor, Plur. (mon-ebimini), 

mon-etor, mon-entor. 

IXFINITIYE. 
Pres. mon-eri, to he advised. 
Perf. monit-us esse, to have been advised. 
Fut. monit-um iri, to he about to he advised, 

PAETIOIPLES. 
Perf. monit-us, a, um, advised^ or having been 
Fut. mon-endus, a, um, to he advised. 

79. Synopsis of the verb rego, I rule. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 



Pre^, 

Imperf. 

Fut. 

Perf. 

Pluperf. 

Fut. Perf rexero. 



INDIC. SUBJ. 

rego, regam, 

regebam, regerem, 

regam, 

rexi, rexerim, 

rexSram, rexissSm, 



IMPERAT. 

rege 
regito, 



INFIN. 

regere, 



PART. 

regens. 



recturus esse, recturua 
rexisse, 



Gerund^ regendl, do, etc. 



Supines^ rectum, u. 



Pres. 
Imperf, 
Fut. 
Perf 



INDIC. 

regor, 
regebSr, 
regar, 
rectus siim, 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



SUBJ. 

regar, 
regerer, 



IMPERAT. INFIN. 

regere, rggi, 



rectus Sim, 

Pluperf rectus eram, rectus essem, 

Fut Perf rectus 6ro, 



regitor, rectum irI, regendiis. 
rectus esse, rectus. 



THIRD COKJUGATIOIsr. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

Rego, I rule. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



PBES. INDIC. 



PRES. INFIN. 

reg-ere, 



PERF. INDIO. 

rexi, 



SUPINE. 

rectum. 



THIRD COKJUGATIOK. 51 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I rule^ 
Sing, reg-o, regr-is, regr-it, 
Plur. reg'-imus, regr-itis, reg-unt. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was ruling. 

Sing, reg-ebam, reg-ebas, regr-ebat, 
Plur. reg-ebamus, reg-ebatis, reg-ebant. 

FUTURE. 

I shall or will rule. 
Sing, reg-am, reg-es, reg-et, 
Plur. reg-6mus, reg-etis, reg-ent. 

PERFECT. ■ ' ' ' 

I ruled or have ruled. 

Sing, rex-i, rex-isti, rex-it, 

Plur. rex-imus, rex-istis, rex-erunt or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had ruled. 
Sing, rex-eram, rex-eras, rex-erat, 
Plur. rex-eramus, rex-eratis, rex-erant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have ruled. 

Sing. rex-Sro, rex-eris, rex-erit, 
Plur. rex-erimus, rex-eiitis, rex-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can rule. 

Sing, reg-am, reg-as, reg-at, 
Plur. reg-amus, reg-atis, reg-ant. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should rule. 

Sing, reg-erem, reg-eres, reg-eret, 
Plur. reg-eremus, reg-eretis, reg-erent. 
PERFECT. 

I may have ruled. 

Sing, rex-erim, rex-eris, rex-erit, 
Plur. rex-erimus, rex-eritis, rex-erint. 



52 LATIN GKAMMAR. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would^ or should have ruled. 

Sing, rex-issem, rex-isses, rex-isset, 
Plur. rex-issemus, rex-issetis, rex-issent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

rule thou or ye. 
Sing, reg-e, Pltjk. reg-ite. 

FUTURE. 

thou or he^ ye or they shall rule. 
Sing, reg-ito, Plur. regr-itote, 

reg-ito, reg-unto.- 

IKFINITIYE. 
Pyc5. reg-ere, ^o rw^^. 
Pe?/. rex-isse, to have ruled. 
Fut rect-urus esse, to he about to rule, 

PARTICIPLES. '^ 

Pres. reg-ens, ruling^ Fat. rect-urus, a, um, about to rule* 

GERUND. 
Gen. regr-endi, of ruling. 
Dat. reg-endo, to ov for ruling. 
Ace. reg^endum, ruling, 
Abl. reg-endo, hy^ etc., ruling. 

SUPIKES. 
Former, rect-um, to rule. Latter, rect-u, to he ruled, 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PEES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. PART. 

regor, regi, rectus. 

mDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

J am ruled. 
Sing, reg-or, reg-Sris or re, reg-itur, 
Plur. reg-imur, reg-imini, reg-untur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was ruled. 
Sing, reg-ebar, reg-ebaris, or re, reg-ebatur, 
Plur. reg-ebamur, reg-ebamini, reg-ebantur. 



THIED CONJUGATION* 53 

FUTURE. 

I shall or will he ruled. 
Sing, regr-ar, reg'-eris, or re, reg-etur, 
Plur. regr-emur, regr-emini, reg--entur. 

PERFECT. 

I have been or was ruled. 
Sing, rect-us, a, um, sum or fui, es or fuisti, est or fuit, 
Plur. rect-i, ae, a, stinius or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fuenint, 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had been ruled. 
Sing, rect-us, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat, 
Plur. rect-i, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or 

fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have been ruled. 
Sing, rect-us, a, um, ero or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit, 
Plur. rect-i, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fueritis, erunt or fuerint. 

SUBJU:N"CTiyE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can be ruled. 

Sing, reg-ar, regr-aris or re, reg'-atur, 
Plur. regr-amur, regr-amini, regr-antur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ ivoidd or should be ruled. 
Sing, regr-erer, reg-ereris or re, regr-eretur, 
Plur. regr-eremur, reg:-erimini, regr-erentur. 

PERFECT. 

I may have been ruled. 
. Sing, rect-us, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit, 
Plur. rect-i, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, sitis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 
PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should have been ruled. 

Sing, rect-us, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or fuisset, 
Plur. rect-i, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuissetis, essent or 
fuissent. 

IMPEEATIYE. 

PRESENT. 

be thou or ye ruled. 
Sing, reg-ere, Plur. reg-iminl 



54: LATIN GEAMMAE. 

FUTURE. 
Sing, reg-itor, Pluk. (regr-imini,) 

regr-itor, reg-untor, 

liTFIOTTIVE. 
Pres. reg-i, to he ruled. 
Perf. rect-us esse, to have been ruled. 
Fut. rect-um iri, to he about to be ruled, 

PAKTICIPLES. 
Perf. rect-us, a, um, ruled, Fut reg'-endus, a, um, to he ruled, 

8®. Synopsis of the verb audio, I hear. 



act: 


EVE VOICE. 






IMPERAT. INFIX. 


PART. 


am. 


audi, audire, 


audiens. 



INDIC. SUB J. 

Pres. audio, 

Imperf, audiebam, audirem, — — 

Fut. audiam, audito, audituriis esse, audittirus. 

Perf, audivi, audiverim, audivissS, 

Pluperf, audlveram audlvissem, 

Fut. Perf audlvero, • 

Gerund^ audiendl, do, &c. Supines^ auditum, u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. SUBJ. IMPERAT. INFIN. PART. 

Pres. audior, audiar, audire, audiri, 

Imperf audiebar, audirer, 

Fut. audiar, — auditor, auditum iri, audiendus. 

Perf audltiis sum, auditus sim, auditiis essg, auditiis. 

Pluperf auditus eram, auditus essem, — — — ^ . 

Fut Perf auditus ero, — — 

rOUETH OOFJUGATION. 

active voice 
Audio, I hear. 

PEIKCIPAL PAET3. 



PRES. INDIO. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. 


SUPINE. 


audio, audire, audivi, 


auditum, 


IN"DIOATiyE MOOD. 




peesent tense. 




I hear. 




Sing, aud-io, aud-is, aud-it. 




Plur. aud-imus, aud-itis, aud-iunt 





FOURTH COlSTJUGATIOlSr. 65 

IMPERFECT. 

I was hearing. 
Sing, aud-iebam, aud-iebas, aud-iebat, 
Plur. aud-iebamus, aud-iebatis, aud-iebant. 
FUTURE. 

I shall or will hea/r. 
Sing, aud-iam, aud-ies, aud-iet, 
Plur. aud-iemus, aud-ietis, aud-ient. 

PERFECT. 

I heard or have heard. 

Sing, audiv-i, audiv-isti, audiv-it, 
Plur. audiv-imus, audiv-istis, audiv-Srunt or re. 
PLUPERFECT. 

I had heard. 
Sing, audiv-eram, audiv-eras, audiv-erat, 
Plur. audiv-eramus, audiv-eratis, audiv-erant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have heard. 
Sing, audiv-ero, audiv-eris, audiv-erit, 
Plur. audiv-eiimus, audiv-eritis, audiv-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

I may or can hear. 
Sing, aud-iam, aud-ias, aud iat, 
Plur. aud-iamus, aud-iatis, aud-iant. 
IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should hear. 
Sing, aud-irem, aud-Ires, aud-iret, 
Plur. aud-iramus, aud-iretis, aud-irent. 

PERFECT. 

I may have heard. 
Sing, audiv-erim, audiv-eris, audiv-erit, 
Plur. audiv-erimus, audiv-eritis, audiv-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should have heard. 

Sing, audiv-issem, audiv-isses, audiv-isset, 
Plur. audiv-issemus, audiv-issetis, audiv-issent. 



-56 LATIIS" GRAMMAK. 

IMPEEATIYE. 

PKEkSENT. 

hear thou or ye. 

Sing, aud-i, . Plur. aud-ite. 

FUTUEE. 

thou or ye^ he or they shall hear. 

Sing, aud-ito, Plur. aud-itote, 

aud-ito, * aud-iunto. 

IKFIOTTIYE. 

Pres, aud-ire, to hear. 

Perf. aiidiv-isse, to have heard, 

Fut, audit-urus esse, to he about to hear. 

PAFvTIOIPLES. 
Pres, aud-iens, heanng. Fid. audit-urus, ahoici to hear, 

GEEUND. 

Gen. aud-iendi, of hearing^ 
Dat. aud-iendo, to or for hearing^ 
Ace. aud-iendum, hearing^ 
Abl. aud-iendo, hy^ &;c., hearing, 

SUPINES. 
Former, audit-um, to hear. Latter, audit-u, to he heard, 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. PART. 

audidr, audiri, auditus. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I ain heard. 

Sing, aud-ior, aud-iris or re, aud-itur, 
Plur. aud-imur, aud-immi, aud-iuntur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was heard. 
Sing, aud-iebar, aud-iebaris or re, aud-iebatur, 
-Plur. aud-iebamur, aud-iebamini, aud-iebantur. 



FOURTH cois^jugatio:n'. 57 

FUTURE. 

I shall or icill he heard. 
Sing, aud-iar, aud-ieris or re, aud-ietur, 
Plur. aud-iemur, aud-iemini, aud-ientur. 

PERFECT. 

I have been heard. 

Sing, audit-us, a, um, sum or fui, es or fuisti, est or fuit, 

Plur. audit-i, ae, a, sumus or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fuerunt 

or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had heen heard. 

Sing, audit-us, a, um, eram or fuSram, eras or fueras, erat or luerat, 

Plur. audit-i, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or 

fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have been heard. 
Sing, audit-us, a, um, ero or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit, 
Plur. audit-i, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fuentis, erunt or 
fuerint. 

SUBJUISrCTIYE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can be heard. 

Sing, aud-iar, aud-iaris or re, aud-iatur, 
Plur. aud-iamur, aud-iammi, aud-iantur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty coidd^ would or should be heard. 

Sing, aud irer, aud-iieris, or re, aud-iretur, 
Plur. aud-iremur, aud-iremini, aud-irentur. 

PERFECT. 

I may have been heard. 
Sing, audit-us, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit, 
Plur. audit-i, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, siiis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 
PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ woidd or should have been heard. 

Sing, audit-us, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or 
fuisset, 

Plur. audit-i, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuissetis, essent 
or fuissent. 

3* 



58 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

he thou or ye heard. 

Sing, aud-ire, Plur. aud-imini. 

FUTURE. 

thou or ye^ he or they shall he heard. 
Sing, aud-itor^ Plue. (aiid-iemini), 

aud-itor, aud-iuntor. 

IJ^FIiTITIYE. 

Pres, aud-iri, to he heard. 

Pevf. audit-US esse, to have been heard, 

Fut, audit-um in, to he ahout to he heard, 

PAETIOIPLES. 
Perf. audit-US, a, urn, heard. Fat. aud-iendus, a, um, to he heard. 

VERBS 1^ 10 OF THE THIRD CONJUaATION. 

§ 1 • Synopsis of capio, I taJce. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

INDIO. SUEJ. IMPEEAT. INFIN. PART, 

cape caperS capiens 



Pres. 

Imperf. 

Fat. 


capio 

capiebam 

capiam 


capiam 
capertm 




Perf. 
Pluperf 


cepi 
ceperam 


cepenm 
cepissem 



capito capturus essS capturus 
— — — cepisse 



Fat. Perf. cepero — 

Gerund^ capiendi, do, etc. Supines^ captum, u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDIC. SUBJ. IMPERAT. INFIN. PART. 

Pres. capior capiar capere capi 

Imperf. capiebar capSrSr 

Fut capiar capitor captum iri capiendus 

Perf. captus sum captus sim captus ess3 captus 

Pluperf. captus 6ram captus essSm 

Fut. Perf, captus ero 

ACTIVE VOICE. 
PPwINCIPAL PARTS. 

PRES. INDIO. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIO. SUPINE. 

capio, capere, cepi, captum. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



59 



cap-io, 



cap-iebam, -iebas, 



cap-iam, 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I take, 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

-is, -it; -imus, -itis, -iunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was tahing. 
-iebat ; -iebamus, -iebatis, -iebant. 

FUTURE 

J shall or will taJce, 
-iet ; -iemus, -ietis, -lent. 

PERFECT. 

I took or have taken, 
cep-i, -isti, -it ; -imus, -istis, -grunt or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had taken, 
cep-Sram, -eras, -Srat; -eramus, -eratis, -Srant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have taken, 
cep-Sro, -eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 

subju:n'ctiye mood. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can take, 
cap-iaiu, -ias, -iat; -iamus, -iatis, -iant. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should take, 

cap-erem, -eres, -eret; -eremus, -eretis, -erent. 

PERFECT. 

I may have taken, 
cep-erini, -Sris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, -Srint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I 'inight^ could^ would or should have taken. 
cep-issem, -isses, -isset; -issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

take thou or ye. 
Sing, cap-e; Plur. cap-ite. 

FUTURE. 
Sing, cap-ito, Plur. cap-itote. 

cap-ito, cap-iunto. 



60 ^ 



LATIIT GEAMMAE. 



mFIKITIYE. 
Tres, cap-ere, to take. 

Perf. cep-isse, to Jtave taken. 

Fut, capt-urus esse, to he about to take, 

PAETICIPLES. 
Pres, cap-iens, taking^ Fut capt-urus, about to take, 

GERUND. 

Gen. cap-iendi, of taking, 

Dat. cap-iendo, to ov for talcing. 

Ace. cap-iendum, taking. 

Abl. cap-iendo, %, etc., taking. 

SUrHNTES. 
Former, capt-um, to take. Latter, capt-u, to he taken, 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRIIsrCIPAL PARTS. 

PEES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. PART. 

capior, capi, captus. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESE:^T TEIlTSE. 

I am taken. 



cap-ior, 



SINGULAR. 

-eris, 



PLUPwAL. 

-imini. 



-luntur. 



-itur ; -imur, 

IMPERFECT. 

I was taken, 
cap-iebar, -iebaris or re, -iebatur ; -iebamur, -iebamini, -iebantur. 

FUTURE. 

I shall or will he taken, 
cap-iar, -ieris or re, -ietur ; -iemur, -iemini, -ientur. 

PERFECT. 

I have heen taJcen, 

Sing, capt-us, a, um, sum or fui, es or fuisti, est or fait, 

Plur. capt-i, ae, a, sumus^ or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fuerunt 

or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had been taken. 
Sing, capt-us, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat. 
Plur. ©apt-i, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or 
fuerant. 



VERBS IN 10. 61 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have been taken. 

Sing, capt-us, a, um, ero or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit. 
PLUR, capt-i, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fueritis, erunt or 
fuSrint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

I may or can be taken. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

cap-iar, -iaris, -iatur; -iamur, -iamini, -iantur. 

IMPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should be taken. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

cap-erer, -ereris, -eretur; -eremur, -eremini, -erentur. 

PERFECT. 

J may have been taken. 
Sing, capt-us, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit. 
Plur. capt-i, ae, a, slmus or fuerimus, sitis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I mighty could^ would or should have been taken. 
Sing, capt-us, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or fuisset. 
Plur. capt-i, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuissetis, essent 
or fuissent. 

IMPERATIYE. 

PRESENT. 

be thou or ye taken. 
Sing, cap-ere, Plur. cap-imini. 

FUTURE. 
Sing, cap-itor, Plur. (cap-iemini), 

cap-itor, cap-iuntor. 

INEINITIYE. 
Pres, cap-i, to he taken. 
Perf, capt-us esse, to have been taken. 
Fut. capt-um in, to he about to be taken. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Perf. capt-us, a, um, taken. Fut. cap-iendus, a, um, to he taken. 



62 LATIN GRAMMAR. 



83. 


The verbs which 

facio, 

jacio, 

fiigio, 

fodio, 

rapio, 

pario, 

quatio, 

ciipio, 

sapio, 

lacio, 

specio. 


are conjugated 

to make, 
to throw, 
to flee, 
to dig, 
to seize, 
to bring forth, 
to shake, 
to desire, 
to be wise, 
to draw, 
to look. 


like 


capio, are . 



DEPONENT VERBS. 

83, Deponent verbs are such as have a passive form 
but an active signification. They are called deponent, 
from depono, to lay aside^ because they have laid aside 
their passive signification, though having a passive form. 

1. Deponents are either transitive or intransitive. There are deponents 
belonging to each of the four conjugations. 

2. Deponents have the same endings as those of the passive voice, and 
also the participles, gerunds, supines, and participial formations of the 
active voice. 

84. Synopsis of Conjugation. 

FIRST CO:tTJUGATIO]Sr. 
Hortor, J exhort, 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 
Hortor, hortari, hortatus sum. 

INDIC. SUBJ. IMPEH. INFIN. PART. 

Fres, hortor hortSr hortare hortari hortans. 
Imperf, hortabar hortarer 

Fut, , hortabor hortator hortaturus esse ^ ^°^,^*^J?^• 

^hortandus. 

Ferf. hortatiis sum hortatiis sim — hortatus esse hortatiis. 

Fluperf. hortatus eram hortatiis essem . 

Fut, Ferf. hortatiis erO ■ 

Gerunds^ hortandi, do, etc. Supines^ hortatiim, u. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 



63 



85. 



Vereor, 

INDIC. 

Pres. vereor 
Imperf. verebar 

Fut. Terebor 



SEOOIsrD CONJUGATION. 

Vereor, I fear. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

vereri, veritus sum. 



SUBJ. 

verear 
vererer 



IMPERAT. INFIN. 

verere vereri 



Perf. veritus sum veritus sim 

Pluperf. veritus eram veritiis essem 

Fut, Perf. veritus ero '- 



veretor veriturus esse 
veritus esse 



PART. 

verens. 

( veriturus. 

( verendus. 

veritus. 



Gerund^ verendi, do, etc. Supines^ veritiim, u. 

86. THIRD CONJUGATION, 
Loquor, I speah. 



Pres, 
Imperf, 

Fut. 



Loquor, 

INDIC. 

loquor 
loquebar 

loquar 



PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

lcQ.ui, locutus sum. 

BCBJ. IMPERAT. INFIN. 



loquar 
loquerer 



loquere loqui 



loqucns. 



,v ^.^ 1^ _,_ V ^ ( locuturus. 
loquitor locuturus esse j ^^^^^^^^,^^ 



locutus esse 



locutus. 



Perf. locutus sum locutus sim 

Pluperf. locutus eram locutus essem 

Fut. Perf locutus ero 

Gerund^ loquendi, do, etc. Supines^ locutum, u 



87. FOUETH CONJUGATION. 
Partior, I divide, 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 
Partior, partiri, partitus sum. 

INDIC. SUBJ. IMPERAT. INFIN. PART. 



Pres, partior partiar partire partiri 

Imperf, partiebar partirer 

Fut, partiar 

Perf partitus sum partitus sim 

Pluperf partitus eram partitus essem 

Fut. Perf partitus ero — ■ 

Gerund J partiendi, do, etc. Supines^ partltiim, ti. 



partiens. 



parmorpartIturusesss|P^^«*^|f|^ 
partitus esse partitus. 



64 



LATIN GRAMMAB. 



SEMI-DEPONENTS. 

88. SoleOj I am accustomed, audeo^ I dare, gaudeo^ I 
rejoice, and fido^ I trust, together with its compounds 
confido and diffido^ have the passive form but the active 
signification in the perfect tense and the tenses derived 
from it. Hence they are called neuter passives^ or semi- 
deponents, 

PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 

89. 1. The Latin has two periphrastic conjugations. 
The first, or active, is compounded of the future active 
participle and sum^ and expresses an intended or future 
action or state : as amaturus sum^ I am about to love. 

2. The second, or passive, is compounded of the future 
passive participle and su7n^ and expresses necessity or 
duty : as, amandus sum, I must be loved. 

ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 

9@. Amaturus sum, lam about to love. 

SUBJ. INFIN. 

amaturus sim amaturus essS 
amaturus essem 



INDIC. 

amaturus sum 
amaturus eram 
amaturus ero 
amaturus fui 
amaturus fueram 



Pres. 

Imperf, 

Fut 

Perf. 

Fluperf. 

Fut Perf, amaturus fuero 



amaturus fuerim 
amaturus fuissem 



amaturus fuiss5 



PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION, 

©1. Amandus sum, I must he loved. 





INDIC, 


SUBJ. 


INFIN. 


Pres. 


amandus sum 


amandus sim 


amandus ess§ 


Imperf. 


amandus eram 


amandus essem 





Fut 
Perf. 


amandus ero 
amandus fui 






amandus fuerim 


amandus fuisse 


Phiperf. 


amandus fueram 


amandus fuissem 





Fut Perf. amandus fuero — • 

IRREGULAR VERBS. 

92. Irregular verbs are such as deviate from the 
usual forms in some of the parts derived from the first 
root. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



65 



1. They are sum^ volo^fero^ edo.flo^ eo, queo^ and their compounds. 

2. The conjugation of sum has already been given ; its compounds 
ahsum^ adsum^ desum^ insitm, intersum, obsum^ praesum^ subsum, supersum^ 
exceiit possu7n and ^roswm, are conjugated in the same manner. 

©3. Possum, lam able. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 





PEES. INDIC. 


PRES. INFIN. 


PERF. INDIC. 




Possum, 


posse, 

mDICATIYE. 
PRESENT. 


potui, 


- 




SINGULAR 




PLURAL. 




possum, 


potes, 


potest ; possumus, 
IMPERPECT. 


potestis. 


possunt. 


poteram, 


-eras 


erat ; -eramus, 
FUTURE. 


-eratis. 


-erant. 


potero, 


-eris, 


-erit ; -erimus, 
PERFECT. 


-eritis, 


-erunt. 


potui, 


-isti, 


-it ; -uimus, 
PLUPERFECT. 


-istis, 


-erunt or re. 


potueram 


-eras, 


►erat ; -eramus, 
FUTURE PERFECT. 


-eratis. 


-erant. 


potuero, 


-eris, 


-erit ; -erimus. 


-eritis. 


-Srint. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT, 
possim, possis, possit ; possimus, possitis, possint, 

IMPERFECT, 
possem, posses, posset; possemus, possetis, possent. 

PERFECT, 
potuerim, -Sris, -erit; -erimus, -entis, -Srint. 

PLUPERFECT, 
potuissem -isses, -isset ; -issemus, -issetis, -issent, 

IMPEEATIYE.— -wANTiNa. 

INFINITIVE. 
Fres, posse. Per/, potuisse. 

PAETICIPLE. 
Fres. potens {used adjectively). 



66 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



94. Prosiim^ to prove of advantage, is compounded 
of pro and sum. It inserts a d where the simple verb 
begins with e / prdsum^ prodes^ prodest^ etc. In other 
respects it is conjugated like sum, 

©S, V6I05 1 a7n willing^ I wish. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PEES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. 

v5lQ, velle, volui, 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

volo, vis, vult; volumus, vultis, 

IMPERFECT, 
volebam, -ebas, -ebat; -ebamus, -ebatis, 

FUTURE, 
volam, -es, -et; -emus, -etis, 

PERFECT, 
volui, -isti, -it ; -imus, -istis, 

PLUPERFECT, 
volueram, -eras, -erat ; -eramus, -eratis, 

FUTURE PERFECT. 
voluSro, -eris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, 



-ens, 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT, 
velim, velis, velit; vellmus, velitis, 

IMPERFECT, 
vellem, velles, vellet ; veliemus, velletis, 

PERFECT, 
voluerim, -eris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, 

PLUPERFECT. 
voluisseiD, -isses, -isset ; -issemus, -issetis, 

INFINITIVE. 

Fres. velle. Perf. voluisse, 

PAETICIPLE. 

Pres, volens. 

Nolo, I aTYi unwilling. 
96, Nolo is compounded of ne (for non) and volo. 



volunt. 

ebant. 

-ent. 

erunt or re. 

-erant. 

-erint. 

-velint. 
vellent. 
-Srint. 
-issent. 



IRREGULAK VERBS. 



67 



The V of vdlo is dropped, and the vowels {e, 6) are con- 
tracted into 0. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



PEES. INDIC. 

nolo. 



PKES. INFIN. 

nolle, 



PERF. INDIC. 

nolui. 



INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

nolo, nonvis, nonvult; nolumus, nonvultis, nolimt. 

IMPERFECT, 
nolebam, ebas, -ebat; -ebamus, -ebatis, 

FUTURE, 
nolam, -es, -et; -emus, -etis, 

PERFECT, 
nolui, -isti, -it; -imus, -istis, 

PLUPERFECT. 
nolueram, -eras, -erat ; -eramus, -eratis, 

FUTURE PERFECT, 
noluero, -^ris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, 



-ebant. 
-ent. 

-erunt or re. 
-erant. 
-erint 



suBJu:tTCTiyE. 

PRESENT, 
nolim, nolis, nolit; nolimus, nolitis, nolint. 

IMPERFECT, 
nollem, nolles, noilet ; nollemus, nolletis, nollent. 

PERFECT, 
noluerim, -eris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 

PLUPERFECT, 
noluissem, -isses, -isset; -issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
SiNa, noli, Plur. nolite. 

FUTURE, 
nolito, nolit ote. 

nolit o, nolunto. 

IlSrFIOTTIVE. 
Pres, nolle. Perf. noluisse. 



68 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



PAETIOIPLE. 

PRESENT, 
nolens. 

@7. Mdlo is compounded of mage (the old form for 
magis) and volo. In composition mdgis drops its final 
syllable, and volo its v. The vowels a 6 are then con- 
tracted into a. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PEES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. 

xaalo, malle, xnalui, to be more willing, 

.IlvrDICATIYE. 

PRESENT. 
SINGULAE. PLURAL. 

mavis, mavult; malumus, mavultis, malunt. 
IMPERFECT, 
-ebat; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. 

FUTURE, 
-et; -emus, -etis, -ent. 

PERFECT, 
-it; -imus, -istis, -eruntorre. 

PLUPERFECT. 
-Srat; -eramus, -eratis, -Srant, 

FUTURE PERFECT, 
-erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 



malo, 

malebam, -ebas. 



-isti. 



malam, 

malui, 

malueram, -eras, 

maluero, -§ris, 



SUBJUiTOTIYE. 

PRESENT, 
-it; -imus, -itis, -int. 

IMPERFECT, 
-et; -emus, -etis, -ent. 

PERFECT, 
-erit; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 

PLUPERFECT, 
maluissem, -isses, -isset; -issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

Pres. malle. -P^^/ maluisse. 

The rest is not used, 



malim, -is, 

mallem, -es, 

maluerim, -eris. 



IKIIEG UL AK VEEBS. 



98, Fero, to bring or carry, 
ACTIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PRE3. INDIC. PKES. INFIN. PERF. IXDIC. SUPINE. 

fero, ferre, tuli, latum. 

INDICATIVE. 
pPvESE:^TT. 



feram, 
ferrem, 
tulerim, 
tulissem, 



SINGULAR. 



PLURAL. 



fero, 


fers. 


fergbam, 


-ebas 


feram, 


-es, 


tuli. 


-isti, 


tuleram, 


-eras 


tulero, 


-eris, 



fert ; ferlmus, fertis, 

IMPERFECT, 
ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, 

FUTURE, 
-et ; -emus, -etis, 

PERFECT, 
-it ; -imus, -istis, 

PLUPERFECT. 
-grat ; -eramus, -eratis, 

FUTURE PERFECT, 
-erit ; -erimus, -eritis, 



-es, 



-ens, 



ferunt 
-ebant. 
-ent, 

-erunt or re. 
-erant. 



-erint. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT, 
-at ; -amus, -atis, -ant. 

IMPERFECT, 
-et; -emus, -etis, -ent. 

PERFECT, 
-erit ; -erimus, *eritis, -erint. 

PLUPERFECT, 
isses, -isset ; -issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

' PRESENT. 
Sing, fer^ Plur. ferte, 

FUTURE. 

Sing, ferto, Plur. fertote, 

ferto, ferunto. 

INFINITIVE. 
Prcd. ferre, P^'^^f' tulisse, Fvt, laturus esse. 



70 



LATIN GRAMMAE. 



PARTICIPLES. 
Pres, ferens, Fut. laturus, 

GERUND, 
ferendi, 
ferendo, 
ferendum, 
ferendo. 

SUPINES. 
Former, latum. Latter, latu. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

PRIN^CIPAL PARTS. 

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. PART. 

Feror, ferri, latus. 

INDK^ATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

feror, ferris or re, fertur ; ferimur, ferimmi, feruntur. 

IMPERPECT. 
fergbar, -ebaris or re, -ebatur ; -ebamur, -ebammi, -ebantur. 

FUTURE, 
ferar, -6ris or ere, -etur ; -emur, -emmi, -entur. 

PERFECT, 
latus, a, urn, sura or fui, es or fuisti, est or fuit ; 
lati, ae, a, sumus or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fuerunt or re. 

PLUPERFECT, 
latus, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat ; 
lati, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, erant or fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT, 
latus, a, um, Sro or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuSrit ; 
lati, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, eritis or fueritis, erunt or fuerint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT, 
-atur ; -amur, -amini, -antur. 

IMPERFECT, 
-etur; -emur, -emmi, -entur. 

PERFECT, 
latus, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fueris, sit or fuerit; 
lati, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, sitis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 



ferar, -aris or re, 

ferrer, -eris or re. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



n 



PLUPERFECT, 
latus, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or fuisset. 
lati, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuisSetis, essent or fuissent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESEI^T. 
Sing, ferre, Plur. feriminL 

FUTURE. 
Sing, fertor, Plur. (fereminl), 

fertor, feruntor. 

ITs^FINITIYE. 
Fres. ferri, -Per/, latus esse or fuisse, Fut. latum iri. 

PARTICIPLES, 
Ferf. latus. Fut. ferendus. 

09. The following are compounds of fero. 



aufero =r 


ab 


+ 


fero. 


affero = 


ad 


+ 


fero. 


confero = 


con 


+ 


fero. 


differo = 


dis 


+ 


fero. 


efiero z= 


ex 


+ 


fero. 


infero = 


in 


+ 


fero. 


offero = 


Ob 


+ 


fero. 


suffero = 


sub 


+ 


fero. 



They are conjugated like the simple verb. 

1®0. Edo, I eat. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



PRES. INDIO. 

edo, 



PEES. INFIN. 

edere. 



PERF. INDIC. 

edi, 



SUPINE. 

esuni. 



edo, 



SINGULAR. 

edis or es, edit or est ; 



IXDIOATIYE. 

PRESENT. 



edimus. 



PLURAL. 

editis or estis, 



edunt. 



SUBJUIsrCTIYE. 

IMPERFECT, 
Sing, ederem or essem, ederes or esses, ederet or esset ; 
Plur. ederemus or essemus, ederetis or essetis, ed^rent or essent. 



72 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 

Sing, ede or es ; Plfr. edite or este. 

FUTURE. 
Sing, edito or esto ; Plur. editote, eduntq. 

estote. 

i:N"FiNiTiyE. 

Pres. edere or esse. 

PASSIVE. 
Pres. editur or estur. 
Imperf. ederetur or essetur. 

1@1. The compounds of edo are, amhedo^ comedo^ 
abtdo and extdo. 

1©2. Fio, to iecome^ to he made^ appointed^ is prop- 
erly a neuter verb of the third conjugation. It is used 
also as a passive oi facio. The infinitive present has been 
changed from fiere to fieri. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PRES. INDIO. PBBS. INFIN. PERP. PART. 

fiOj fieri, factus. 

II^DICATIVE. 
PRESENT. 
SINGULAR. 

fio, fis, fit; fimus, 

IMPERFECT. 
fiSbam, -6bas, -ebat; -ebamus, 

FUTURE, 
fiara, -es, -et ; -emus, 

PERFECT. 
Sing, factus, a, um, sum or fui, es or fuisti, est or fait ; 
Plur. facti, ae, a, sumus or fuimus, estis or fuistis, sunt or fu6runt or re. 

PLUPERFECT. 
Sing, factus, a, um, eram or fueram, eras or fueras, erat or fuerat ; 
Plur. facti, ae, a, eramus or fueramus, eratis or fueratis, <5rant or fuerant. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 
Sing, factus, a, um, 5ro or fuero, eris or fueris, erit or fuerit ; 
Plur. facti, ae, a, erimus or fuerimus, entis or fueritis, erunt or fuerint. 



LLIlvAL.. 

fitis, 


fiunt. 


-ebafcis, 


-ebant. 


-etis. 


-ent. 



lEREGULAR VEPwBS. , 73 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT, 
fiam, -as, -at ; amus, atis, ant. 

IMPEEFECT. 
figrem, -eres, -Sret ; -eiemus, -eretis, erent. 

PEEFECT. 
Sing, factus, a, um, sim or fuerim, sis or fuerls, sit or fuerit ; 
Plur. facti, ae, a, simus or fuerimus, sitis or fueritis, sint or fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 
Sing, factus, a, um, essem or fuissem, esses or fuisses, esset or fuisset. 
Plur. facti, ae, a, essemus or fuissemus, essetis or fuissetis, essent or 
fuissent. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
Sing, fi, Plur. fite. 

mriNITIVE. 
Pres. fieri, Perf, factus esse or fuisse, Fut factum M. 

PAETIOIPLES. 
Perf, factus. Fut. faciendus, a, um. 

• SUPINE. 

Latter, factu. 

1®3. Eo, I go. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

PEES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PEEF. INDIC. SUPINE. 

Eo, ire, ivi, itiun. 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

es, Is, it; imus, itis, eunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

ibam, -as, -at; -amus, -atis, -ant. 

FUTURE. 

ibo, -is, -it; -imus, -itis, -unt. 

PERFECT. 

ivi, * -isti, -it ; -imus, -istis, -erunt or re. 

4 



u 



LATIN GEAMMAE. 



PLUPERFECT, 
iveram, -gras, -erat; -eramus, -eratis, -erant. 

FUTUBE PERFECT. 
ivSro, -eris, -erit; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 

SUBJU¥CTIYE. 

PEESENT, 
earn, eas, eat; eamus, eatis, eant. 

IMPEEFECT. 
irem, -es, -et ; -emus, -etis, -ent. 

PERFECT, 
iverim, -eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. 

PLUPERFECT, 
ivissem, -isses, -isset; -issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

IMPEEATIYE. 

PRESENT. 

Sing, i, Plur. ite. 

FUTURE. 

Sing, ito. Plus, itote, 

ito, eunto. * 

i:^rFIOTTIYE. 
Pres, Ire, ^^Kf' i^isse, Fuf. iturus esse. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Fres. lens, ^en, euntis. ^ Fut, iturus, a, um. 

GERUND. 

eundi, 
eundo, 
eundum, 
eundo. 

SUPINES. 
Former, itum. Latter, itu. 

104. The following are the principal compounds of 
eo. They are conjugated in the same manner. 

abeo, to go away, 

adeo, to go to, 

coeo, to join together, • 



DEFECTIVE AND 13IPEES0NAL VERBS. 



15 



exeo, 


to go out. 


ineo, introeo 


, to go into^ ent 


intereo, 


to perish. 


obeo, 


to meet. 


pereo, 


to perish. 


praeeo, • 


to go before. 


praetereo, 


to pass hy. 


redeo, 


to redeem. 


subeo, 


to go up to. 


transeo, 


to cross over. 



1 ©5. Queo, I can^ and Nequeo, I cannot^ are conju- 
gated like eo, but Avant the imperative mood and gerund, 
and are rare, except in the present tense. 

DEFECTIYE VERBS. 

1©6. Defective verbs are such as are not used in cer- 
tain tenses, numbers, and persons. 

1. The following list contains such verbs as want many of their parts ; 



Odi, I hate. 
Coepi, I have begun. 
Memiui, I remember. 
Aio, / say yes. 
Tnqiiam, I say. 
Fari, to speak. 



Quaeso, I pray. 
Ave, hail. 
Salve, hail. 
Age, come. 
Apage, begone. 
Cedo, tell or give me. 



Confit, it is done. 
Defit, it is wanting. 
Infit, he begins. 
Ovat, he rejoices. 
Forem. 



imperso:n'al verbs. 
I©f. Impersonal verbs do not admit of a personal 
subject, and are used only in the third person singular. 

1. The following are the principal impersonal verbs: 

Decet, it is seemly. Oportet, it behooves. 

Dedecet, it is unseemly. Figet, it vexes. 

Libet, it pleases. Placet, it pleases. 

Licet, it is lawful. • Poenitet, it repents. 

Liquet, it is clear. Piidet, it shames. 

Miseret or Misergtur, it excites pity. Taedet, it wearies, 

2. The following also, which denote atmospherical phenomena. 
Grandmat, it hails. Fulmmat, it lightens. 
Lapidat, it rains stones, Luceseit, it becomes light, 
Ningit, it snows, Pluit, it rains. 

Rorat, dew falls. Tonat, it thunders, 

Vesperascit, evening approaches. 



76 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

REDUNDANT VERBS. 

1®8. Redundant verbs are such as have different 
forms to express the same meaning. 

1. They may be redundant in termination, conjugation, or in certain 
tenses. 

FREQUENTATIVE VERBS. 

1@®. Frequentative verbs express a repetition, or an 
increase of the action expressed by the primitive ; as, 
cldmo^ to cry, clamito^ to cry frequently. 

INCEPTIVE VERBS. 

11®. Inceptive verbs note the beginning of the action 
or state expressed by the primitive. They all end in sco : 
as, caleo^ to be hot ; calesco^ to grow hot. 

DESIDERATIVE VERBS. 

111. Desiderative verbs express a desire to do the 
act denoted by the primitive ; as coeno^ to sup, coenaturio^ 
to desire to sup. 

DIMINUTIVE VERBS. 

113. Diminutive verbs denote a feeble or trifling 
action : as, conscriMUo^ to scribble, from conscribo. 

INTENSIVE VERBS. 

113. Intensive verbs denote eager action : as, facesso, 
to act earnestly, from facio, to act. 

PARTICLES. 

114:. Particles are those parts of speech which are 
neither declined nor conjugated. 

1. They are four in number ; the Adverb , the Preposition^ the Con- \^ 

junction, and Interjection. 

115. The Adverb is a particle which is used to qual- 
ify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. 

1. According to their signification, adverbs may be divided into four 
principal classes : adverbs of place, time, manner, means, degree and of 
cause or reason. 



SYNTAX. 77 

COIVIPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

116. Most adverbs being derived from adjectives, 
are dependent upon them for their comparison. 

117. The comparative ends in ius ; the superlative 
is formed from the superlative of the adjective by chang- 
ing us into e, 

PREPOSITIO]N-S. 

118. The Preposition is a particle which shows the 
relations of objects to each other. 

CONJTJNCTIOlSrS. 

119. The Conjunction is a particle connecting words 
or propositions. 

INTEEJECTIOXS. 

IS®. An interjection is a particle used in exclama- 
tions, and expressive of some emotion of the mind. 



PART FOURTH. 

SYNTAX. 
ISl. Syntax treats of the construction of sentences. 
1. A sentence is a thought expressed in language. 
2» A simple sentence consists of a single proposition. 
8. A compound sentence is composed of two or more propositions. 

12S. Every sentence consists of two parts, the sub- 
ject and the predicate. 

1. The subject is that of which anything is declared, and is generally 
a noun, or»some word used in place of a noun. 

2. The predicate is that which is declared of the subject, and is gen- 
erally either a verb, an adjective or participle, or a noun, connected with 
the subject by some form of the verb to he. 

NOMINATIVE. 

123. The subject of a finite verb is put in the Nom- 
inative. 



78 LATl;P? GRAMMAR. 

194. A verb agrees with its subject-nominative in 
number and person. 

155. A collective noun, that is, a noun in the singu- 
lar denoting number or multitude, sometimes has a plural 
verb. 

156. A noun in the predicate denoting the same 
% person or thing as its subject, agrees with it in case. 

127. Nouns in apposition with each other agree in 
case. 

ADJECTIVES. 

128. Adjectives, adjective pronouns and participles 
agree with their substantives in gender, number and case. 

GENITIVE. 

129. A noun which limits the meaning of another 
noun, denoting a different person or thing, is put in the 
genitive. 

1 3®. When the limiting noun expresses some qual- 
ity or circumstance respecting the former, it has an ad- 
jective agreeing with it, and is put either in the genitive 
or ablative. 

131. The genitive is used to express the whole of 
which anj^thing is a part. 

132. A noun limiting the meaning of an adjective 
is put in the objective genitive, to denote the relation 
expressed in English by of^ in^ or in respect to. 

133. The genitive of certain adjectives is used with 
verbs of valuing^ esteeming^ huying^ selling^ and the like, 
to denote the price or value. 

134. Misereor^miseresco^ and satago govern the gen- 
itive. 

135. Iiecordo7% memini^ reminiscor^ and ohliviscor 
are followed by a genitive or accusative of the object re- 
membered or forgotten. 

ISS. Miseret^ poenitet^ pudet^ taedet Sindpiget govern 
the genitive and accusative. 



SYNTAX. 79 

137. Verbs of accusing^ condemning^ admonishing^ 
and acquitting^ govern the genitive and accusative. 

138. The genitive is used with the impersonals refert 
and intercity to express the person concerned. 

139. Names of towns in the singular of the first and 
second declensions designate the place in which by the 
genitive. 

DATIVE. 

140. With adjectives the object to which the quality- 
is directed is put in the dative. 

141. A noun which limits the meaning of a verb is 
put in the dative, lo denote the object to or for which any- 
thing is or is done. 

143. Many- verbs which signify to favor ^ please^ 
trusty assist^ and their opposites, also to command^ obey^ 
serve, resist, threaten and be angry, govern the dative. 

143. Many verbs compounded with these eleven 
prepositions, (2(7, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, ^^ro, 
sub, and super, are followed by the dative. 

144. Verbs compounded with bine, m.ale, and sd.tis^ 
are followed by the dative. 

145. Two datives occur with a few verbs — the object 
to which, and the end for lohich, anything is, or is done. 

ACCUSATIVE. 

146. The object of a transitive verb is put in the 
accusative. 

147. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, regarding, 
showing, and the like, admit two accusatives of the same 
person or thing* 

148. Verbs of ashing, demanding, teaching and con- 
cealing, govern two accusatives, one of the person, the 
other 6f the thing. 

149. The accusative is used to express a special 
limitation. This is a Greek construction, common in 
Latin poetry, but not in prose. 



80 LATIN GEAMMAE, 

150. Twenty-six prepositions are followed by the 
accusative. 

151. In and sub^ denoting motion or tendency^ are 
followed by the accusative ; denoting situation^ by the 
ablative. 

15S, Duration of time and extent of space are ex- 
pressed by the accusative. 

153. The name of a town when used as a limit of 
motion, is put in the accusative. 

154. The subject of the infinitive mood is put in the 
accusative. 

VOCATIVE. 

155. In addressing a i erson or thing, the vocativ^e 
either with or without an interjection, is used. 

ABLATIVE. '^- 

156. Eleven prepositions are followed by the ab- 
lative. 

157. The ablative is used with some verbs com- 
pounded with a^ ab^ abs, de, e, ex, and super, 

158. Opus and usus take the ablative. 

159. The ablative is used with dignus^ indlgnus^ 
contentus, praeditus, and fretus, 

16®. Uto7\ fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their 
compounds, are followed by the ablative. 

161. Perfect participles denoting origin are often 
followed by the ablative of the source, without a preposi- 
tion. 

163. Cause, manner, means, and instrument are de- 
noted by the ablative. 

163. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive 
voice is put in the ablative with a or ab. 

164:. A noun denoting that in accordance with which 
anything is, oris done, is often denoted by the ablative 
without a preposition. 



SYNTAX. 81 

1@5. Tlie ablative of accompaniment generally takes 
cum, 

i@@. Separation is often denoted by the ablative 
■without a preposition. 

i6f , Frice is generally denoted by the ablative. 

1@8. The ablative is used to express th.Q point of 
time at which anything occurs. 

1@9. The place where is expressed by the ablative, 
if the noun be of the third declension ov plural number, 

17©. The place whence is expressed by the ablative. 

ITl. Comparatives without quam are followed by 
the ablative. 

ITS. The degree of difference between objects com- 
pared is denoted by the ablative. 

ITS. A noun and a participle are put in the ablative, 
called absolute^ to denote tinte^ cause^ means^ condition^ 
concession^ etc. 

MOODS. 

1T4:. The indicative mood treats of facts, 
175. The subjunctive mood represents the action of 
the verb as supposed or conceived. 

1. The subjunctive of purpose, object, or result is used with ut^ ne, 
quo^ quiriy and quominus. 

2. The relative qui when equivalent to ut with a personal or demon- 
strative pronoun, takes tlie subjunctive. 

8. Dependent clauses, containing an indirect question, take the sub- 
junctive. 

17©. The imperative mood is used in commanding, 
exhortino' and entreatino*. 

ITf. The infinitive mood expresses complete or in- 
complete action, without reference to person or time. 

1. The infinitive, with or without a subject, may be the subject of a 
verb. 

2. The infinitive, with or without a subject, may be the object of a 
verb. 

PARTICIPLES. 

178. Active participles govern the same cases as 
their verbs. 



82 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

GERTJI^DS AND GERUNDIVES. 

IT®, Gerunds are used only in the oblique cases, 
and govern the same cases as their verbs, 

18®. When the object of an active verb is to be 
expressed, the participle in dus is commonly used instead 
of the gerund ; the object takes the case of the gerund 
and the participle agrees with it. The participle is then 
called a gerundive. 

SUPINES. 

181. The Supine in um is used with verbs of motion 
to express purpose. 

1 83. The Supine in u is used with the nouns fas^ 
nefas and opus^ and also with adjectives, to denote m 
what respect their signification is taken. 

ADVERBS. 

18S* Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, and other 
ad verbs. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

184. Copulative, disjunctive, and other coordinate 
conjunctions connect similar constructions. 



PART FIFTH. 

PROSODY. 

1 85. Prosody treats of quantity and versification. 

1. The quantity of a syllable is the time occupied in pronouncing it. 

2. A syllable is either long^ short or common, 

3. All diphthongs and contracted syllables are long. 

4. A vowel before y, x, z^ or any two consonants is lo7\g hy posUion, 

5. A vowel before another vowel, or a diphthong, is short. 

6. A vowel before a mute followed by a liquid is common, 
'7. All monosyllables are long. 

VEKSIPICATION. 

18^. Versification is based upon quantity and accent. 

187. A foot is a combination of syllables. 

188. A combination effect forms a verse. 



LATIN EEADEE. 



4* 



mTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 



SUBSTAKTIYE AKD ADJECTIVE. 



What is a noun or 
adjective? 146. What 
adjectives ? 438. 

Lingua Latina.^ 
Aqua limpid a. 
Divitiae ^ incertae. 
Tutae latebrae. 
6. Laetus puer.^ 
Bonus vir.* 
Amicus certus. 
Taurus pulcher.^ 
Consul ^ Komanus. 

10. Labor difficilis."^ 
Homo ® miser.® 
Sanguis ruber. ^'^ 
Eques " Eomanus. 
Altus mons.^^ 

15. iEstas '' calida. 
Quies ^^ longa. 
Larga merces.'^ 
Hiems ^® gelida. 
Oratio ^"^ brevis. 

20. Yirgo ^® formosa. 



Bubstantive? 31. What is an 
is the rule for the agreement of 

Lux ^® Serena. 

E"ox ^^ gelida. 

Currus velox.^^ 

Manus sinistra. 

25. Eides firma. 

Res nova. 
Certadies.22 

Auriga ^^ perltus. 

Epitome '^^ accurata. 
80. Boreas ^^ violentus. 

Durus pyrites.^® 

Cruentum bellum. 

Sacrum templum. 

Sum mum bonum. 
85. Castra ^^ munita. 

Corpus ^^ robustum. 

Ingens^® robur.^® 

Proeliuin atrox. 

Dulce mel.^^ 
40. Lao ^' album. 



1 438. 

2 131,1,4). 
s 45. 

^45,4,1). 
6 148, 3. 

6 51. I. 
' 152. II. 
8 61, Exc. 2. 



9 148, 3. 1). 

10 148, 3. 

11 70, 50. II. 

12 78. 

13 68,50. III. 

14 69, Exc. 3, (1). 

15 69, Exc. 1, (1). 
»« 75. 



17 61, 51.11. 25-43^1, 

18 61, Exc. 2, 51. II. 26 43. 

19 81, Exc. 1, (1). 27 132, 

20 80. 

21 153. III. 

22 120, Exc. 119. 

23 44, Exc. 

24 43. 



28 115, 51. III. 

29 153. III. 

30 114. 

31 112, 64, 

32 63, 111. 



86 



LATIN READER. 



!N'omen ^ illustre.^ 
Audax facinus.^ 
Yis major/ 
Pars minor.^ 
45. Eex ® potentissimus.'^ 
Mensis ultimus.® 
Dulcisslma mater. 



Soror carissima. 
Arbor altissima. 
50. Tonitru ^ horribile. 
Genu dextriim. 
Falsa species. 
Acies triplex. 
Res secundae. 



A SUBSTANTIVE DEPENDING UPON ANOTHER SUBSTANTIVE 
OR UPON AN ADJECTIVE. 

What does the genitive denote ? 893. What is the 

rule for the genitive after nouns ? 395. After adjec- 



tives ? 


399. For the datii 


i^e after adjectives ? 391. 


55. 


Causa pugnae.^® 




Komen Ciceronis.'^ . 




Junonis ira. 




Pons omnium voluptatum. 




Hipae Rheni. 




Yirtutis splendor. 


* 


riuvius Galliae. 




Hominis ^^ mens. 




Odium vitii. 


75. 


, Amor virtutis. 


60. 


Facta virorum. 




Leges ^^ Romanorum.. 




Dii " Romanorum. 




Litora^^ maris. 




Praemia diligentiae. 




Radices ^^ arborum 




Amor gloriae. 




Leges Solonis. 




Pater patriae. 


80. 


. Orationes Demosthenis. 


65. 


Oonjuratio *^ Catilmae. 




Cornua " tauri. 




Clamor militum.^^ 




Avidus laudis.^^ 




Sermo ^^ oratoris. 




Memor virtutis. 




Komen Carthagmis.^^ 




TJtilis agris.'^ 




Plena timoris.^^ 


85, 


, Patri similis.2^ 


70. 


Yis flummis. 




Aptum tempori. 


1 113, 65. 


8 166. 


15 61, Exc. 2. 22 116. 


2 151. I. 


9 116. 


16 899, 


(3). 23 399. 


3 73, 2. 


^0 895. 


17 61. 


24 391, U, 


4 165, 152. lir. 2. 11 45, 6. 


18 61, Exc. 2. 26 391^1, 


6 165, 152 


. II. 2. 12 61. 


19 78, Exc. 2, (1). 


6 78, Ex. 2, (1), 50. 1. 13 TO, 50. IL 


20 115, 


73,2. 


T 162. 


14 61. 


21 79. 





IISrTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. g>j 

SIMPLE AND COMPOUND SENTEN-OES. 

SUBJECT NOMINATIVE AND YEEB. 

What is the rule for the subject of a finite verb? 367. 
For the agreement of a verb ? 460. What is a sentence? 
344. What is -a simple sentence? 345.1. Of what 
does a simple sentence consist ? 347. What is the sub- 
ject ? 347. 1. What the predicate ? 347. 2. What is 
the subject of a sentence ? 351. What the simple predi- 
cate ? 353. What is a compound sentence ? 345, III. 
How are the members of a compound sentence connected ? 
360. I. 1, What are moods ? 196. How is the indica- 
tive mood used ? 474. How many voices are there ? 1 95. 
What does the active voice represent? 195.1.464. 
Where may the verb-stem be found? 203.1. What 
does the present tense represent ? 466. Give the termi- 
nations of the indicative mood, present tense, active voice, 
in each conjugation. 242. 

Ego ^ amo.^ Tu mones. Rex ^ regit. Nos audimus. 
Vos scribitis. Equi currunt. 
Cupio.* Yivis. Jubet. Habemus. Yocatis. 
90. Audiimt.^ Latrant canes. Sol ° lucet. 
Musa canit. Labor vincit. Fugit hora. 
Yenit hiems.'^ Paeri ® legimt. 

What does the imperfect tense represent ? 488. Give 
the terminations of the indicative mood, imperfect tense, 
active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Eram. Amabas.^ Silva stabat. Monebamus; 
Dormiebatis. Eex ^° re^-ibat. Nox ^^ erat. Milites '^ pug- 
95. nabant. 



^ 367. 4 460, 2, 1). 7 75. lo 73, Exc. 2, (1), 50. T. 

2 460, 474, 466, 195. 1. 5 460, 2, 2). » 45. n 80. 

8 78, Exc. 2, 50. I. 6 112, Exc. 51. I. » 468. 12 70, 50. II 



88 LATII^ READEE. 

What does the future tense represent ? 470. III. Give 
the terminations of the indicative mood, future tense, ac- 
tive voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Monebo.^ Audies. Dens ^ dabit. Uret ignis. 

Mors ^ veniet. Kura ^ mauebunt. Tempora ^ venient. 

What does the perfect tense represent? 471. I. IL 
Give the terminations of the indicative mood, perfect 
tense, active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Fuisti.® Amavi. Troja'^fuit. Fortuna dedit. 

Caesar ® vicit. Audivimus. Hostes ^ f ugerunt. Arbores ^° 
100. creverunt. 

What does the pluperfect tense represent ? 472. Give 
the terminations of the indicative mood, pluperfect tense, 
active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Dixeras." HannibaP^ jiiraverat. Cicero ^^ scripserat. 
Aves ^^ volaverant. Hostes fugerant. Pueri ^^ scripserant. 

What does the future perfect tense represent ? 473. 
VI. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, future 
perfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Videro.^^ Riseris. Venerit hora. Hannibal ^^ vicerit. 
Ambulaverimus. 

How is the subjunctive mood used ? 483. Give the 
terminations of the subjunctive mood, present tense, ac- 
tive voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

105. Yentus spiret.^® Canis ^^ latret. Faveat Fortuna. 
Tempus ^^ veniat. Canamus. 



1 470. 6 471. L II. 

2 45, 6. 7 42. 
8 76, 50. II. 8 66. 

* 115, 73, Exc. 1, (1). 9 71, 50.1. 
6 115, 51. III. 10 66, 4. 



11 472. 


16 473. 


12 64, 2. 


17 64, 2. 


13 61. 


18 483. 


14 71, 50. I. 


19 71, 50 I. 


15 45. 


. 20 115, 51. III. 



INTKODUCTORY EXERCISES. . 89 

Give the terminations of the subjunctive mood, imper- 
fect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 
Caperem. Luna micaret. Arbor ^ caderet. 
Amor yinceret. Yellemus.^ 

Give the terminations of the subjunctive mood, perfect 
tense, active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Fuerim. Amaveris. Miles ^ pugnaverit. 
110. Arbores ^ creverint. Monuerimus. 

Give the terminations of the subjunctive mood, plu- 
perfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Fuisssm. Amavissem. Potuisses.^ Miles pugnavisset. 
Pueri scripsissent. Mercatores ^ venissent. 

How is the imperative mood used? 535. Give the 
terminations of the imperative mood, active voice, in each 
conjugation. 242. 

Surge."^ Dic.^ Eegito.^ Canis currito. 
Monete. Audite. Faciunto.^'^ 

What does a verb in the passive voice represent ? 
195.11.464. Give the terminations of the indicative 
mood, present tense, passive voice, in each conjugation. 

242. 

115. Moneor." Amaris. Yox^^ aiiditur. ISTos ^^ mutamur. 
Tempora^^ mutantur. Portae panduntnr. 

Give the terminations of the indicative mood, imper- 
fect tense, passive voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Aqua fundebatur.^* Bella ^^ parabantur. Pandebantur portae. 

Give the terminations of the indicative mood, future 
tense, passive voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Bellnm parabitnr.^^ Epistola mittetur. Domus '® aedificabitur. 



^ 66, 4. 5 289. 


10 249, 1, 279, 237. 


15 4^8. 


2 293. 6 101, 51. I 


11 195. II. 


16 45. 


3 70, 50. II. 7 535, 


12 80. 


17 470. 


4 6Q, 4, 101, Exc. 1, 8 237. 


13 184. 


« 117, 1. 


51. II. 9 537. I 


14 115, 51. III. 





90 LATIN EEADER. 

Give the terminations of the indicative mood, passive 
voice, perfect tense ; pluperfect tense ; future per- 
fect tense. 242. 

120. Miles Wulneratns-est.^ leaves ^ mersae sunt. 

Sparsa erant folia.^ Leges ^ datae erant. Missi erimiis. 

Give the terminations of the subjunctive mood, passive 

voice, present tense ; imperfect tense ; perfect tense ; 

pluperfect tense. 242. 

Panis ^ eraatur. Yeherer. Yictus sit hostis. 
Milites capti essent. 

Give the terminations of the imperative mood, passive 
voice, in each conjugation. 242. 

Monere. Andiuntor. Litterae legimtor. 
125. Pimiuntor fures."^ 

PREDICATE-IN^OMIK^ATIVE. (tHE PEED. A KOUX.) 

Give the rule for a noun in the predicate. 362. 
Plomo ° sum.*^ 
Britannia est insula. 
Ebrietas est insania. 
Ira furor brevis est. 
180. Piilvis ^^ et umbra sumus. 

Aurum et argentum sunt metalla. 
Klienus et Rhodanus magna sunt flurnma.^^ 
Numa Pompilius rex ^^ creatus est. 

PEEDICATE-XOMIIS-ATIVE CONTUS^UED. (tHE PEED. AX 
ADJECT.) 

What is the rule for adjectives, &c., standing in the 
predicate? 438, 2. 

Sum laetus.^^ 
135. Estristis. 

170,50.11. 5 78, Exc. 2, (1), 50. 1. « 362, 100, 61, Exc. 12 73, Exc. 2, (1), 

2 204, 575. 6 106, Esc. 1, 71, 50. I. 2, 51. II. 862, 2, 2). 

3 71, 50. I. 7 c6, 51. I. 10 S62, 2, 1). 13 438, 2. 
i 45. 8 367, 2, 1). " 113, 51. III. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 9i 

Aqua est pura. 

Lana est tenera.^ 

Forma humana est pulcbra.' 

Kanae sunt grauulae. 
140. Divitiao sunt incertae. 

Cervus velox ^ est. 

Cancri^ tardl sunt. 

Hie puer diligens ^ est. 

Bonus semper beiitus est. 
145. Animus bumanus est aeternus. 

Lati fluvii raro rapidi sunt. 

Hoc lignum durum tst. 

Ova ^ sunt oblonga. 

Mala excmpla sunt perniciosa. 
150. Castra "^ Eomana quadrata erant. 

Mngna corpora saepe sunt infirma. 

Brevis est Yoluptas. 

ITemo ® semper felix est. 

Kon ^ omnes mibtes sunt fortes. 
155. Fames et sitis sunt molestae. 

Leges ^° justae sunt. 

GENITIVE AETER N-OUXS. 

Give the rule for the genitive after nouns. 395. 

Stellarum ^^ numerus incertus est. 

Somnus est imago ^"^ mortis. 

Bomiilus fuit primus ^^ rex Romanorum. 
160. Tarquinius Superbus ultimus^^ fuit rex Romanorum. 

Manipulus erat tricesima pars legionis^^ Romanae. 

Delpbis ^^ Apollinis ^^ oraculum fuit. 

!N"omen Cartbagmis clarum erat. 

Pars tui ^^ melior ^^ immortalis est. 
165. Suae quisque faber est fortunae. 

Kemo non benignus est sui ^° judex.^^ 



1 14S. 


7 132. 




Exc. 2, 51. II.: 


362. 


13 134. 


2 1-18. 


8 100, el, Exc. 2. 




13 ICG. 




19 1C5, 152. II. 


3 153. III. 


9 5S2, 524, 1. 




i-i IGG. 




2 3 1G4. 


4 45. 


10 78, Exc. 2, (1). 




15 ei. 




2i 78. 


5 153. III. 


11 S95. 




16 61, Exc. 2, 






6 45. 


12 100, Exc. 1, 


Gl, 


17 421. II. II. 







92 LATIN READER. 

Cornua ^ cervi magna sunt. 

Yitanda ^ est suspicio avaritiae. 

Athenienses deligunt Periclem, spectatae virtutis ^ -virnm.' 

GENITIVE AFTER ADJECTIYES. 

Give the rule for the genitive after adjectives. 399. 
After partitives. 396. III. 
170. Yive memor lethi.^ 

Urbs Syracusae ° Graecariira urbium® est pulcherrima.'^ 

Gallorum ^^ omnium fortissimi ^ sunt Belgae. 

Hannibal fortisslmus erat omnium Oarthaginiensium. 

Socrates fuit sapientissimus ^^ Graecorum. 
175. Cicero eloquentissimus ^^ fuit Eomanorum. 

ITemo ^^ nostrum ^* in ^^ urbe fuit. 

DATIVE. 

Give the rule for the dative after adjectives. 391, 
After verbs. 384. 

Sidera nautis ^^ grata sunt. 

Querciis Jovi ^^ sacrae erant. 

Manus ^® hominibus utiles sunt. 
180. Nil mortalibus arduum est. 

Pueris ^^ etiam difficilis labor utilis est. 

Canis lupo ^^ similis est. 

Cervorum cornua similia sunt ramis. 

Filiae matri sunt simillimae.^ 
185. 'Nox proelio ^^ finem dedit. 

Arma fecit Yulcanus Acbilli.^^ 

Yir ^* bonus invidet nemmi.^^ 

Mendaci hommi ne ^^ verum quidem dicenti credemus. 

Impera irae.^^ 
190. ISTe credite omnibus.-® 

1 116. » 162. 16 391.1. 23 8S4. 

2 227, 229. 396. III. ^ i7 66, 3. 24 45^ 4^ iy 

3 S63, 45,4,1). 11 162. ^8 us, Exc. 1, (1),25 285. 

4 £06. IV. 2 162. 116. 2G602. III. 2. 

5 SG9. 13 61 Exc. 2. i» 391. 27335. 
« 363. 14 184, 396. III. 1, 2, 20 391, 1. 28 335. 

7 163, 1. 1). 21 163, 2. 

8 396. III. i« 435,1. 22 384. 



INTKODUCTORY EXERCISES, 93 

Ariovistus populo ' Eomano bellum intiilit. 
Omnibus ^ moriendum est. 
Liber est mlhi.^ 
Sunt mihi ^ tres ' libri. 
195. Kihil est nobis. 

Est mihi ^ domi '' pater.® 

Tulli® animali memoria major ^° est, quam cani." 
Gallinacei leonibus ^^ terrori ^^ sunt. 

ACCUSATIVE AFTER VERBS. 

Give the rule for the object of a transitive verb. 371. 

Puer librum ^^ habet. 
200. Tempus homines mutat. 

Graecia multa templa habet. 

Mihtes omnes periculum timent. 

Eegina filiam suam amat. 

Umbra terrae lunam obscurat. 
205. Crassus oppidum occupabat.^^ 

Tarquinius Superbus, Ardeam oppugnaturns,^® imperium per- 
didit. 

Eegiilus omnes cruciatiis Poenorum fortiter passus est. 

Saturnus Italos ^® primus ^^ agriculturam ^^ docuit. 
210. Caesar exercitum ^° flumen ^^ transducit. 

Augustus septem horas ^^ dormiebat.^^ 

Eomdhis septem et triginta annos ^* regnavit. 

Eegiilus Oarthagmem ^^ rediit. 

Curius primus ^^ Eomam ^'' elephantos quattuor duxit, 

ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS. 

Define a preposition. 306. Give the rale for the ac- 
cusative after prepositions. 433. 

215. [N'emo est beatus ante mortem.^® 



1 886. 




8 66, 2, 1), 


51. 


II. 


15 46S. 






22 469. II. 


2 888. I. 301, 


2. 


9 149. 






18 193. II. 


4, 


573. 


23 378. 


3 387. 




10 165, 152. 


II. 




17 442, 1. 






24 378. 


4 387. 




11 8S7. 






18 374. 






25 S79. 


5 176, 3. , 




2 SCO, 1, 1), 






19 374. 






26 442, 1. 


« 387. 




13 390, 1, 1). 






20 874, 5. 






27 379. 


^ 424, 2. 




14 371. 






21 374, 6. 






28 433. 



94 LATI]^ READEK. 

Proelia inter Eomanos et Poenos cruenta erant. 
Germr.ni halitant trans Ehennm. 

Apud Ilelvetios nobilissiinus^ et fortissimus ^ fuit Diyitiucus. 
ITulti liommes contra nattii am vivunt. 
220. Ga.lia posita est inter months Pyrenaeos et Klienum. 

ABLATIVE AFTES PEEPOSITIOi^S. 

Give tlie rule for tlie ablative after prepositions. 434. 

Memoria in piieris ^ est tenax/ 
Sidera ab ortu ad oecasnm commeant. 
Cantabit vacuus coram latrone ^ Yifitor. 
Germani cum Eomfinis fort iter pugnaverunt/ 
225. Alpes nemo ante Hannibalem cum exercitu"^ translit. 
Kero ab omnibus Pomanis^ timebatur. 
Troja a Graecis ^ expugnuta est. 

Befum Punicum secniidum finltum est a Scipione Africano." 
Oppida a Crasso " occupabantur. 

IN Als^D SUB. 

Give the rule for in and sicb. 435, 1. 
230. Yia ducit in urbem.^^ 

Plumma in mare " currunt. 

Bacchus duxit exercitum in Indiam. 

Exercitus sub jugum ^^ missus est. 

In hac insula ^^ est fons aquae dulcis. 
235. ISTaves in portu sunt. 

In capite hominis sexaginta tria sunt ossa.^® 

In legione Eomana erant cohortes decem, manipuli triginta, 
centuriae sexaginta. 

Sub terra est* magna rerum utilium multitudo. 
240. Mercator in urbe manet. 

In India gignuntur maxima ^^ animalia.^^ 

Bellum civile in Italia orsum est. 



1 1G2. 






5 434. 




9 414, 5. 


13 435, 1. 


2 3G2. 






6 471. II. 




10 414, 5. 


14 4S5, 1. 


3 434, 435. 






7 424, 414, 7. 




11 414, 5. 


15 435, 1. 


4 153. III. 






8 414, 5. 




13 435, 1. 


16 102, Exc. 2, 72. 




17 


165 




18 


112, G4, 2. 


Exc. 5. 



INTEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 95 

ABLATIVE WITHOUT A PREPOSITIOlSr. 

Give the rule for tlie ablative of caiise^ &c. 414. For 
utor^ &c. 419. I. For a noun denoting the means by 
Vv^hich the action of a verb is performed. 414. For verbs 
signifying to alouncl^ &c. 419. lU, For the ^;w^ of a 
thing. 416. For a noun denoting the time at or within 
which anything is said to be or to be done. 426. ^^^ 
the name of a town in icJiich anything is said to be or to 
be done. 421. I. ff. 

Milites jndices hastis^ occi(li:nt. 

Multae bestiae cornibiis^ se defendunt. 
245. Terae domantur fame atque verberibus. 

In Africa elephant! capiuntur foveis. 

Mures Alplni binis ^ pedfous gradiiintur. 

Tarquinius Snperbiis potltus est regno.* 

Populi quidam locustis Yescuntiir.^^ 
250. Elephanli maxime amnibus ^ gandent. 

Pocula vino ^ implentur. 

Forum Romanum rostris exornatum fuit. 

Urbs muro cincta erat. 

Sylva feris ® abundat. 
255. Flumen piscibus abundat. 

Leaenae juba ^ carent. 

Isocrates orator unam orntionem viginti talentis ^^ vendidit. 

Arbores vere " florent. 

Sexto die ^^ Caesar exerdtum ex castris educit. 
260. Koctes brevissimae sunt aestilte. 

^stQte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 

L. Caiilma fuit magna vi^^ et animi et corporis. 

Tenipestfites auctcmno magnae sunt. 

Erant co tempore ^^ Athenis ^^ duae factiones. 
265. Alexander Babylone ^^ mortuus est. 

AELATIVE AFTEFw COMPARATIVES. 

Ho^^ many degrees of comparison are there? ICO. 

1 414, 4. 5 419. I, 9 4;Q III. 13 428. 

2 11 G. 5 414^ 2. 10 416. 14 426. 

3 174, 2, 4). 7 419. III. 1). 11 103, Exc. 2, 426. is 421. n. IJ. 
* 419, L « 419. III. 12 426. is 421. 11. IL 



96 



LATIN READEB. 



What are the ternainational endings of the comparative 
and superlative? 162. What are the two methods of 
comparison by the comparative degree ? 417 and 417, 1. 
What is the rule for the comparative degree when quara 
is omitted? 417. 

SoP major ^ est quam terra.^ 

Luna minor ^ est quam terra. 

Lux ^ est velocior ^ quam sonitus. 

JSTihil est melius ^ quam sapientia. 
270. Aurum gravius est argento.^ 

Quid est optabilius sapientia. 

Tullius Hostilius ferocior erat Eomiilo. 

Nemo ^ Eoraanorum ^° eloquentior fuit Cicerone." 

I^estoris lingua melle ^^ dulcior fluebat oratio. 
275. Exegi monumeutum aere ^"^ perennius.^^ 

APPOSITION. 

Give the rule for words in apposition. 363. 

Delphinus, animal ^^ homini ^® amicum, cantu ^^ gaudet. 
Alexander, Pliilippi filius, bella gerebat cum Persis,^® poten- 

tissimo ^^ Asiae popiilo. 
Pjrrhus, Epiri rex, elephantorum auxilio,^" Komanos supe- 
280. ravit. 

C.rthago atque Corinthus, opulentissimae urbes,'^^ eodem 

anno "^'^ a Eomanis" eversae sunt. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

What mood does quum {cum) take? 518. I. II. 3. 
With what tenses and mood is quum in narration joined ? 
518, 1. 

Platea, cum devoratis se implevit ^* conchis,^^ testas evomit. 
Ceres frumenta invenit, cum antea homines glandibus^'' 
285. vescerentur.^® 

1 112, Exc. 64, 51. I. 8 417. is 303. 22 426. 

'■^ 165. 9 61, Exc. 2. 16 391^ 1. 23 414^ 5. 

3 417, 1. 10 396. III. 2, 1). 17 414, 2. 24 515, 3. 

4 165. 11 417. 18 434^ 414^ 7. 25 419. m. i). 

5 108, 81, Exc. 1. 12 112, 64, 1. i^ 162. 26 517^ j. 513. 1. 

6 162. 13 162. 20 414. 27 419, j, 
' 165. 14 417. 21 363. 



INTEODUCTORY EXERCISES. 97 

Caesar, quum Gallos vicisset,^ in Italiam ^ contendit. 
Alexander, rex ^ Macedoniae, cum Tliebas cepisset,^ Pindari 
vatis familiae ^ pepercit. 

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER PARTICLES. 

What is the rale for a clause denoting the purpose, 
ifcc, of a preceding proposition ? 489. I. 

Edimus ^ ut viviimus,'^ non vivimus ut edamus. 
290. Tantus timer omnem exercitum occupavit, ut omnium animos 
perturb aret. 
Hannibal magnum exercitum in ^ Italiam ducit, ut cum Ko- 

manis ^ in hac terra pugnet. 
Ursi per hiemem tam gravi somno premuntur, ut ne ^° vul- 
295. neribus quidem excitentur. 

Tanta est in India " ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu ^^ turmae 

equitum condantur. 
Ociili palpebris sunt muniti, ne quid incidat.^^ 
Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum alius quam Apelles pingeret, 
800. iN'emo dabitabat, quin Hannibal fortissime ^^ pugnavisset.^^ 

SUBJUK'CTIYE IX INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 

,What mood do clauses containing an indirect question 
take? 525. 

Quaeritur, unns ne ^° sit ^'' mundus, an plures. 

Disputabant veteres philosophi, ca^u ne factus sit mundus, 

an mente divina. 
Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrum^® imperium 
805. serviiret, an deponeret. 

Vita quam sit brevis cogita. 

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER QUI. 

What mood does a relative clause denoting a purpose 
or i^esult take ? 500. 

Caesar legates misit, qui iter cognoscerent.^^ 
Decemviri creati sunt, qui ^^ civitati leges scriberent. 



1 618. II. 


« 291. 


11 435, 1. 




16 526. I. 


a 435, 1. 


7 490, 489. 1. 


12 435, 1. 




17 524, 525. 


3 363. 


8 435, 1. 


13 489. I. 




18 346. II. 2, 1). 


4 518. II. 


9 434, 414, 7. 


14 305. 




19 500. 


6 385. 


10 602. III. 2. 


15 498, 2, 3, 


1). 


20 187. 



98 LATIN READER. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Give the rule for the construction of relatives. 445. 

Psittacns, quern ^ India mittit, reddifc verba, quae accepit. 
810. Kemo liber '^ est, qui corpori^ servit. 

Grues in itineribus ducem, quern sequantur, eligunt. 

Qui"* precibus non movetur, minis non movebitur. 

Eon omnis ager, qui seritur, fert ^ fruges. 

Qui bonis ^ non recte utitur, ei bona mala fiunt.''' 
815. Copias suas Caesar in proximum collem subducit, equitatum- 
que,® qui sustineret^ hostium impetum misit. 

INFINITIVE, 

What is the infinitive mood used to denote? 193. II. 
1. What do the tenses of the infinitive denote? 540. 
What is the rule for the infinitive as the object of a verb ? 
550. After what verbs is the infinitive without a sub- 
ject-accusative used? 552, 1. What is the rule for the 
infinitive v/ith a subject-accusative? 551, I. II. III. 

Ego cnpio ad te venire ^° 

Magna debemus suscipere. 

Caesar exercitom flumen transducSre " constituit. 
820. Nullum animal, quod sanguinem habet, sine corde esse^^ 
potest. 

Solitus est ^^ Solon aliquid quotidie addiscere. 

Hannibal Alpes supenlre conatus est. 

Gigantes coelum armis ^^ petere ausi sunt.^* 
825. Ego cupio te^^ ad me venire. 

Errare ^^ est humanum. 

Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori. 

Bene vivere ^^ e?t beate vivere.^^ 

Melius '^^ est, sero discere quam nnnquam. 
830. Est sapientis ^^ injurias aequo ammo ferre. 

Scio haec ^^ vera esse. 

1 445. 7 294. 13 272, 3. i^ 523. 1. 

2 148. 8 310, 1, 587. I. 3. i4 272, 3. 20 395, 2. 

8 385. » 500. 15 414, 4. 21 441, 3^ 401, 2. 

4 445, 6, 2). 10 196. II. 1, 541, 550. le 645. 22 545. 

6 292. 11 374, 6. i7 549. 

« 419. 1. ^2 552, 1. 18 549. 



INTEOrUCTOKY EXERCISES. 99 

Legimus. Alexandriim Magnum res maximas gessisse.^ 
Gaudeo tibi jiicundas esse '^ meas litteras. 
TradiLum est. Hoinenim coecnm fuisse. 
335. Virgiliuis per testamentum jiisserat carmma sua cremari; id'^ 
Augustus fieri vetuit. 

PARTICIPLES, 

What is a participle? 196. II. 4. 575. Give the 
rule for the agreement of participles. 438, 1. What do 
participles govern ? 575. V/bat do participles express? 

571. 

Exempla fortunae variautis * sunt innumera. ^ 

Beneficlum non in eo consist it, quod datur, sed in ipso 
dantis ^ animo. 
340, Gnbernutor, clavum ten ens, sedet in pnppL 

Multos morientes ^ eora sepulttirae angit. 

Elephantes amnem transittiri ^ minimos ® praeniittunt. 

Danaus, ex JSgjpto in Graeciam advectus,^ rex ^° Argivorum 
factus est. 
345. Seipio propter Africam domitam ^^ Africanus appellatus est. 

TJrbem dux militlbus ''^ diripiendam ^^ dedit. 

ABLATIYS ABSOLUTE. 

Give the rule for the ablative absolute. 430. 

Sole oriente,^^ nox fugit. 

Antonius ingens bellum civile commovit, cogente uxore Cleo- 
patra. 
350. -^neas, Troja expugnata, in Italiam venit 

Eomae/^ regibus exterminatis, libertas const itiita est. 

Sablnls debellatis, Tarquinius triumphans ^^ Eomam ^^ rediit. 

Cognito Caesaris adventn, Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit. 

Caesar, duobus bellis confectis, in hiberna ^^ exercitum duxit 
355. Catillna, CicerSne consiile,^^ conjurationem fecit. 

ITatus est Augustus Cicerone et Antonio consulibus,^^ 

* 551. L 2. 6 57g. I, 11 57g^ j^ 500^ 16 573. n. 

2 551 HL 7 573. 12 562. i7 379. 

2 445, 7. e 165. ^s 334. is 441,3. 

4 196. II. 4, 572, 575. » 574. i4 430, 431, 1, 2. i9 430. 

® 441, 3. 13 3S2. 15 421. II. II. 20 430, 431, 1^ 2. 



100 lati:n^ eeadek. 

gerunds and gerundives. 
What are gerunds? 196. II. 2, 559. What is a ge- 
rundive ? 562, 2. What cases do gerunds govern, and 
how are they themselves governed ? 659. With Avhat is 
the genitive of gerunds or gerundives used ? 563. 

!N'ox finem oppugnandi ^ fecit. 

Titus Augustus equitandi fuit peritissimus.'^ 

Bellum suscepit Oatilina reipublicae ^ delendae ^ causa. 

How is the dative of gerunds or gerundives used? 
564. 

860. Olim calamus adliibebatur scribendo.^ 
Aqua marina baud utilis est bibendo. 

How is the accusative of gerunds and gerundives used ? 
565. 

Imperator diem ad deliberandum ^ sumit. 
Pythagoras in Babyloniam ad perdiscendos "^ siderum motus 
profectus est. 

How is the ablative of gerunds and gerundives used? 

566. I. II. 
865. Docendo ® docemur. 

Inlegendo^ apum prudentiam iniitari debemns. 

Audendo ^^ atque agendo res Romana crevit. 

Eegiilus, captus a Poenis/^ de captivisredimendis ^^ Romam ^^ 
missus est. 

SUPINES. 

What are supines? 196. II. 3. What eases do su- 
pines gOA^ern ? 567. What is the rule for supines in um ? 
569. For the supine in it ? 570. 

870. Bivitiacus Romam ad senatum venit, auxiliiim postulaturu.^^ 
Principes civitatis ad Caesarem gratulatum convenernnt. 
Yirtus difficilis est inventu.^^ 
Est perfacile factu. 



1 196. II. 2, 563. 


5 564. 


^ 566. II. 1. 


13 879. 


2 162. 


6 565, 1. 


10 566. I. 


14 196. II. 3, 569, 


3 126. 


7 565, 3, 2). 


11 414, 5. 


1^ 570, 1, 2. 


4 562, 1, 1), 2), 563. 


8 566. I. 


12 666,11. 1. 





INTKODUCTORY EXERCISES. 101 

ADVERBS. 

What is an adverb? 303. From what are adverbs 
formed? 333. How are adverbs compared? 305. What 
do adverbs qualify ? 582. 

Bene ^ mones. 
875. ITeiiio non ^ videt. 

Gloria virtuteni, tanquam umbra, seqiiitur. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

What are conjunctions ? 308. What is the rule for 
coordinate conjunctions ? 587. 
Sol ruit et ^ montes umbrantur. 
Juno erat Jovis et * sorer et conjiix. 
In praelio cita mors venit, ant ^ victoria laeta. 
880. Sapientem neque^ paupertas, neque mors, neque vincula ter- 
rent. 

1 803, 305, 2. 3 308, 310, 1. « 310, 2. 

2 584, 1, 685, 1, 4 587. 1 5. c 310^ 1, 



FABLES OF AESOP. 



FABLES FROM JISOP. 



THE HAWK AND THE DOVES. 

Columbae milvii ^ metu ^ accipitrem rogave- 

runt/ ut eas defenderet.* lUe annuit. At in^ 

columbare receptus, imo die ^ majorem '^ stragem 

edidit^ quam milvius longo tempore ^ potuisset ^ 

5. edSre. 

Fabiila docet, malorum ^° patrocinium ^^ vi- 
tandum ^^ esse. 

THE MOUSE AND THE KITE. 

Milvius laqueis ^^ irretitus musculum ^^ exora- 
vit/^ uteum, corrosis plagis/® liberaret. Quo ^'^ 
10. facto/^ milvius liberatus murem arripuit et ^^ de- 
voravit. 

Haec fabula ostendit^^° quam gratiam mali^^ 
pro beneficiis reddere soleant.^^ 

THE KID AND THE WOLF. 

Hoedus, staDs in ^^ tecto domus^*^^ lupo ^^ prae- 
15. tereunti 2^ maledixit. Cui^^ lupus, '^ Non^^ iu^' 
inquit/^ ^^ sed tectum mild maledlcitP 

Saepe locus efc tempus homines timidos au- 
daces ^^ reddit.^° 



1 395, 396, 


II. 


9 485, 486. 


III. 2. 


17 453. 






25 885, 2. 


2 41 




10 441, 8. 




18 430. 






26 295, 3. 


3 S74, 4. 




11 545. 




19 310, 1. 






27 383, 384. 


4 4S9. I. 




12 227, 229. 




20 371, 5. 






28 528, 1, 2. 


6 435, 1. 




13 414. 




21 441,3. 






29 297. II. 2. 


6 426. 




14 315. 




22 272, 3, 


524, 


525. 


30 463. I. 


7 165. 




15 374, 4. 




23 435, 1. 






31 373, 3. 


8 426. 




i« 430, 431, 
5* 


1. 


24 117, 1, 


USjExcl. 


(1). 



106 LATIN READER. 

THE CRANE AND THE PEACOCK. 

PavOj coram grue ^ pennas suas ^ explicans, 
20. '^ Quanta -est/' inquit,^ '^/ormQsUas'mea et tua 
clefGrmttas ! ^' At ^ grus evolans^ '' Et quanta 
est^'' inquit., ^' levitas mea et tua tarditas!'' 

Monet haec fabula, ce ^ ob aliquod bonumj^ 
quod '' nobis ^ natura tribuit, alios ® contemna- 
25. mus,^° quibus natura alia ^^ et fortasse majora ^^ 
dedit. 

THE PEACOCK. 

Pavo graviter ^^ conquerebatur ^^ apud Juno- 
nem, domiiiam ^^ suam, quod vocis suavitas sibi 
negata esset/^ dum luscinia, avis ^'^ tarn parum 
30. decora, cantu ^^ excellat.^^ Cui Juno, '' Et me- 
ritOy'' inquit ; ^^ non enim^^ omnia hona^^ in 
unum conferri oportuit,'' ^^ 

THE GEESE AND THE CRANES. 

In eodem quondam prato^^ pascebantur ^* 
anseres et grues. Adveniente domino ^^ prati, 
35. grues facile avolabant ; sed ^^ anseres, impediti 
corporis gravitate/^ deprehensi et mactati sunt. 

Sic saepe pauperes, cum potentioribus in eo- 
dem crimine deprehensi, soli dant ^^ poenam, dum 
illi salvi evadunt. 



1 434. 


8 384. 


15 363. 


22 299. 


2 440. I. 


9 149, 3, 176. 


16 520. 11. 


23 435, 1. 


a 297. II. 2. 


10 £58. YI. 


17 3G3. 


24 469. TI. 


< 310, 3, 587. III. 2. 


11 411, 2. 


18 520. II. 


25 4G1, 1. 


5 492, 2. 


12 165. 


19 414. 


28 310, 3, 587. III. 2. 


« 433. 


13 335, 2. 


20 602. III. 


27 414. 


7 445. 


14 469. n. 


21 441, 2, 545. 


28 467. II. • 



FABLES. 107 

THE SHE-GOAT AND THE WOLF. 

40. Luptis capram ^ in alta rupe ^ stantem con- 
spicatus, ^' Cur non^'' inquit, ^^ rdinqiiis mida ilia 
et sterilia loca^^ et hue descendis in herhidos cam- 
pos/ qici tlhi ^ laeturn pabulum offerunt ? '' Cui 
responciit capra : '^ Mihi^ non est iii animOy dul- 

45. cia ^ tiitis ^ praeponere.^ 



THE BELLY AND THE MEMBERS. 

Membra quondam dicebant^° ventri: ^^ Nosne^^ 
te semper ministerio^'^ nostro alemus,^^ dumipse ^* 
summo otio ^^ frueris? Non faciemusf' Dum 
igitur ventri ^^ cibum subducunt, corpus debili- 
50. tatur^ et membra ^^ sero invidiae ^^ suae poeni- 
tuit.i^ 



THE DOG AND THE OXEN. 

Canis jacebat^" in praesepi ^^ bovesque la- 

trando ^^ a pabulo arcebat. Cui unus^^ bourn/* 

'^ Quanta ista^'^^^ inquit, ''invidia est, quod non 

£5. pat^ris ut eo cibo^^ vescdmuTy quern tu ipse cap^re 

nee velis ^"^ nee possis ! ^' 

Haec fabula invidiae indolem declarat. 



1 575. 9 549. 16 386. 23 175. 

2 435, 1. 10 463. 17 410. m. 24 72, Exc. 6, 89. IIL 

3 141. 11 311, 8, 346. IL 1, 18 410. L 90, 2. 

4 435, 1. 1). 19 299. 25 450. 4. 
^ S86. 12 414. 20 469. n. 26 419. j. 
« 387. 13 446. 21 111, 59^ 87. IL 1, 27 293. 

7 441, 2, 386, 1. 14 452. 50. IIL 

• °-''. 16 419. I. 22 565. I. 



108 • LATIN READEK. 



THE FOX AND THE LION. 



Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum 
ei ^ forte occurrisset/ ita est perterrita, ut paene 
60. moreretur^ formidme.^ Eundem^ conspicata 
iterum, timuit quidem/ sed nequaquam, ut an- 
tea. Tertio illi ^ obviam facta, ausa est ^ etiam 
propius accedere, eumque alloqui.^ 

THE CRABS. 

Cancer dicebat '' filio : ''3Ii''flU,''' ne '' sic 

65. obllquis semper gressihus ^^ incede^ sed recta via 

perge." Cui ille, '^ Mi pater j' respondit^ '^ liben- 

ter tuts praeceptis ^^ obsequar, si ^^ te prius idem 

facientem videro,^'' 

Docet haec fabula, adolescentiam nulla re ^^ 
70. magis^ quam exemplis, instrui.^^ 

THE OXEN. 

In eodem prato ^^ pascebantur^^ tres^^ boves 
in maxima ^^ concordia, et sic ab omni ferarum 
incursione ~^ tuti erant. Sed dissidio ^^ inter illos 
orto, singuli ^^ a feris '^^ petiti et laniati sunt. 
75. Fabula docet, quantum boni ^^ sit ^^ in con- 
cordia. 



1 385. 


9 465, 2, 371, 


4,2). 


17 473, 507, 


508. 


25 431, 1. 


2 518. II. 1. 


10 469. II. 




18 414. 




26 172, 3. 


3 489. I. 


11 185. 




19 545. 




27 414, 5. 


4 414. 


12 45, 5, 2). 




20 435, 1. 




28 396. III. 2, 8), (3). 


5 188. 


13 684, 2. 




21 469. II. 




29 625. 


6 602. III. 


14 414. 




22 176, 3. 






7 392. II. 


15 385. 




23 165. 






8 272, 3. 


16 811, 3. 




a* 100, Exc 


.3. 





FABLES. 109 

THE ASS. 

AsTnus, pelle ^ leonis indutuS; territabat homi- 
nes et bestias^ tanquam leo ' esset.^ Sed forte, 
dum se celerius^ movet, aures eminebat ; "unde 
80. agnitus in pistrinum ^ abductus est, ubi poenas 
petulantiae dedit. 

Haec fabula etolidos^ notat, qui immeritis 
bonoribus '' superbiunt. 

THE WOMAN AND THE HEN. 

Mulier quaedam ^ habebat gallinam, quae 
85. ei ^ quo'tidie ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc sus- 
picari ^° coepit/^ illam ^'^ auri massam intus celare, 
et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil in ea reperit, nisi 
quod ^^ in aliis galllnis reperiri solet.^^ Itaque 
dum majoribus^^ divitiis^^ inhiabat, etiam mi- 
90. nores ^'' perdidit. 

THE TRAVELLERS AND THE ASS. 

Duo ^^ qui una iter faciebant, asinum ober- 
rantemin solitudine conspicati, accurrunt laeti/^ 
et uterque ^° eum sibi vindicare coepit, quod eum 
prior ^^ conspexisset.^^ Dum vero contendunt et 
95. rixantur, nee ^^ a verberibus abstinent, asinus 
aufugit, et neuter ^^ eo ^^ potitur. 



1 414. 


8 191. I. 456. 




15 165, 152. 


II. 


22 520. II. 


2 503. IL 


9 384. II. 




16 386. 




23 587. L 2. 


3 S62. 


10 221, 465, 2, 552, 


1. 


17 165. 




24 149. 


4 305. 


11 297, 460, 2. 1). 




18 441, 1. 




25 419. L 


6 435, 1. 


12 545. 




19 443. 






« 441, 1. 


13 445, 6, 2). 




20 149, 4. 






7 414. 


i'^ 272, 3. 




21 443. 







110 LATIN HEADER. 

THE RAVEN AND THE WOLVES. 

Corvus partem praedae petebat ^ a lupis^ 

quod eos toturn diem - comitatus esset.^ Cai illi^ 

" Non tu noSy' iaquiuntj '' sed 2y^^(^(^dam sectatus 

100. es, id^que eo animOj^ ut ne nostris quidem ^ cor- 

paribus '^ parceres,^ si exanimarerdur !^ ^ 

Men to in actiombus non spectatur^ quid fiat/° 
sed quo animo ^^ fiat. 

THE SHEPHERDS AND THE WOLF. 

Pastores caesa ove ^^ convivium celebrabant. 
105. Quod ^^ quum lupus cerneret/^ ^' EgOj' inquit, 
" si agnum Q^apuissem^^^ qiiantus tumultus fieret ! 
At isti ^^ impune ovem comedunt," Turn unus 
illorum/'' ^' Nos enimj"^^ inquit, ^'nostra, non 
aliena ove ^^ epulamurJ' 

THE COLLIER AND THE FULLER. 

110. Carbonarius, qui spatiosam habebat domum/° 
invitavit full5nem, ut ad se commigraret/^^* 
Ille respondit : " Quaenam inter nos esse possit ^^ 
societas ? quum tu vestes, quas ego nitidas reddi- 
dissem,^^ fuligme^^ et iiiaeidis inquinaturus 

115. esses.'' 25 

Haec fabula docet dissimilia ^^ non debere ^'^ 
conjangi. 



1 374, 3, 3). 


8 489. I. 


15 502, 503. III. 


22 4S5, 486. II. 


2 S7S. 


9 503. III. 


i« 450, 4. 


23 527, 2, 2). 


3 520. IL 


10 524, 525, 1. 


17 S93. III. 


24 414. 


4 451, 2. 


11 414. 


18 310,5, 587, V.8. 


25 479. 


6 414. 


12 431, 1. 


19 419, 1, Expl. 


26 441, 2. 


« 602. III. 2. 


13 453. 


20 117, 118,Exc. 1.(1) 


,27 545. 


7 385. 


14 518. II. 


21 492, 2. 





FABLES. Ill 

THE TRUMPETER. 

Tubicen ^ ab liostibus ^ captus, " Ne ^ me^' 
inquit, ^^ interficite ; nam inermis sum, neqiie ^ 
120. qiiidquam habeo praeter lianc tiiham!' At lios- 
tes, ^' Propter liOG ipsum^^' iDquiunt/ ^^ te iateri' 
memuSj quod^ quum ipse pugnandi ^ sis ^ imperl- 
tuSj alios ad pugnam incitdre soles/' 

Fabula docet, noa solum maleficos^ esse pu- 
125. nienclos/ sed etiam cos, qui alios ad male facien- 
dum ^° irritent.^^ 

THE HAWKS AND THE DOTES. 

Accipitres quondam acerrime ^^ inter se bel- 

ligerabant. Hoscolumbae in gratiam reducere ^^ 

conatae effecerunt, ut illi pacem inter se ^'^ face- 

130. rent.^^ Qua firmata,^^ accipitres vim suam in 

ipsas columbasconverterunt. 

Haec fabula docet, potentiorum discordias ''' 
imbecillioribus ^^ saepe prodesse.^^ 

THE "WOMAN AND THE HEN, 

Mulier vidua gallinam habebat^ quae ei quo- 
135. tidie unum ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat/^ 
si gallinam diligentius ~^ saginaret,^^ fore,^^ ut 
ilia bina ^^ aut terna ova quotidie pareret. 
Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis 
esset ^^ facta^ plane ova parere ^' desiit.^^ 

1 65. 8 441^ 1^ 545. is 4S9. I. 22 433. 

2 414, 6. » 227, 229. is 431, 1. 23 297. III. 2, 204, 1, 

3 533, 1. 10 193. II. 2, 565, 1. i^ 545. 544. 

4 537. I. 2 11 527, i^ 335^ 033^ 2. 24 174. 

s 297. II. 2 12 305. 19 290, 23 518. I. l. 

8 563. 13 552^ 1. 20 371^ 5. 26 552, 1. 

^ 518. 1. 14 432,433. si 3S5, 2,305. 27 234, 1. 



112 LATIN READER. 

140. Haec fabula docet, avaritiam saepe dam- 
nosam' esse. 



THE FOX AND THE GRAPES. 

Vulpes "" uvam in vite conspicata ad illam sub- 

siliit omnium virium ^ suarum contentione/ si 

earn forte attingere posset/ Tandem defatigata 

145. inani labore discedens dixit : ^' At nunc etiam 

acerbae sunt, nee eas in via repertas ^ tolleremJ 

Haec fabula docet multos ^ ea contemnere, 
quae se ^ assequi posse desperent.^*^ 



THE FOX AND THE LIONESS. 

Vulpes leaenae " exprobrabat, quod nonnisi 
150. unum catulum pareret.'^ Huic dicitur respondisse, 
^^ Unumj sed leonem/' 

Haec fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem 
rerum aestimandam '' esse, docet. 



THE MICE. 

Mures aliquando habuerunt consilium, quo- 

155. modosibi'^a fele caverent. Multis aliis'^pro- 

positis/^ omnibus '"^ placuit/^ ut ei ^^ tintinnabti- 



1438,2. 6 578. Ill, n 384. i^ 431, 1. 

2 109, 69, 50. I. 7 503. n. 503, 2, 1). 12 520. II. i7 SS5. 

3 88, 3. 8 545. ' 13 227, 229. is 301. 1^ 357, 2, 4). 

4 100, Exc. 3, 414. 9 545, 2, 1). i^ 385, 3. i9 S86. 
s 483, 525, 1. 10 519. is 441, 



FABLES. 113 

lum annecteretur ' ; sic enim ipsos ^ sonitu ' ad- 
monitbs earn fugere^ posse. Sed quum jam 
inter mures quaereretur,^ qui feli ^ tintinnabiilum 
160. annecteret/ nemo repertus est. 

Fabula docet, in suadendo ® plurimos ^ esse 
audaces/" sed in ipso periculo timidos." 



THE SNAPPISH DOG. 

Cani ^^ mordaci paterfamilias ^^ jussit tintinna- 
bulum ^^ ex aere ^^ appendi/^ ut omnes eum cavere 

165. possent.'^ Ille vero aeris tinnitu '^ gaudebat, et, 
quasi ^^ virtutis suae praemium '^"^ esset, alios 
canes prae se contemnere coepit. Cui unus 
senior/' '' te ""^ stolldum^'' inquit, '^ qui ig- 
nor are ^^ videris, isto tinnltu ^^ pravitatem morum 

170. tuGTum indicari ! '' ^^ 

Haec fabula scripta est in eos/^ qui sibi " 
insignibus '' flagitiorum suorum placent. 



THE DOG AND THE WOLE. 

Lupus canem videns bene ''^ saginatum, 

^^ Quanta est," inquit, '\ftlicitas tua ! Tu, ut 

175. videtuTj laute viviSj at"'^ ego fame^' en^cor:^ 



1 405, 2. 


» 165, 


441, 


1, 


545. 


17 489. I. 


25 545. 


2 452, 545. 


10 328, 


4, 153. 


III. 


18 414, 2. 


26 435. 


3 414. 


" 587. 








i» 503. II. 


27 385. 


4 552, 1. 


12 386. 








20 362. 


28 414, 


5 518. n. 1, 554. I. 


13 126. 








21 168, 3. 


29 305, 2. 


6 386. 


14 545. 








22 381, 2. 


30 310, 3. 


7 525. 


15 31,2,3). 






23 552, 1. 


31 414. 


8 666. II. 1. 


16 558. 


VI. 


3. 




24 414. 





114 LATIN READER. 

Tuin canis^ ^^ Licet^" inquit, " meciim ^ in urhem 
veniaSj^ et eadem /elicit ate ^ /mains/' Lupus 
conditionem accepit. Duiii una eunt/ animad- 
vertit lupus in coUo canis attritos ^ pilos. " Quid 

180. Jioc est ? '' inquit. ^^ Num ^ jiigum sustines ? 
cervix enim tua tota ^ est glabra!' ^' Nihil est/' 
canis respondit. ^^ 8ed interdiu me alUgant^ lit 
noctu^ Sim ^ vlgilantior ; atque haec sunt vesti- 
gial^ colldriSj quod cervlci^^ circumddri solety 

185. Turn lupus, '^ Vale/' inquit, ^^ amice I ^^ nihiV^ 
mor or /elicit at em servitute^^ emptami'' 

Haec fabtila docet, liberis ^^ nullum commo- 
dum tanti ^^ esse, quod servitutis calamitatem 
compensare possit ? ^'' 



THE WOLF AND THE CRANE. 

190. In faucibus ^^ lupi os inbaeserat. Mercede ^^ 
igitiir conducit gruemj^° qui illud extrabat.^^ 
Hoc grus longitudine ^^ colli facile effecit. Quum 
autem mercedem postularet.^^ subridens lupus et 
dentibus ^* infrendens, '' Num tlhi/' inquit, '^^ par- 

195. va merces^^ videiur, quod caput incotume ex 
lupi/aucihus extraxisti .^ 



1 184, 6. 8 426. 15 392, 1. 21 50O. 

2 493, 2. 9 4S9. I. IS 402. IIL 1. 22 414, 

3 419. L 10 362. 17 500. 23 513. n. 

4 295. n 386,2. is 435, 1. 24 414. 

5 574. 12 369. 19 104. Exc. 1, 69, 25 qq2. 

6 346. n. 1, 3). 13 380, 2. Exc. 1, (1), 416. 

7 149. 14 414. 20 73. Exc. 4. 



FABLES. 115 

THE HUSBANDMAN AND THE SERPENT. 

Agricola ^ anguem reperit frigore paene ex- 

tinctum. Misericordia ^ motus eum fovit sinu,^ 

et subter alas ^ recondiiit. Mox anguis recrea- 

200. tus vires ^ recepit, et agricolae ^ pro beneficio 

letale vulnus inflixit. 

Haec fabula docet, qualem mercedem mali '' 
pro beneficiis reddere soleant.^ 

THE ASS AND THE HOUSE. 

Asmus equum beatum ^ praedicabat, qui tarn 
205. copiose pasceretur/° quum sibi post molestissi- 
mos ^^ labores ne ^^ paleae quidem. satis prae- 
berentur.^^ Forte autem bello ^^ exorto equus 
in proeliuDi ^^ agitur, et circumventus ab hosti- 
bus/® post incredibiles labores tandenij multis 
210. vulneribus ^^ confossus, coUabitur. Haec omnia 
asmus conspicatus^ '^ one ^^ stolidum^" inquit, 
'^ qui heatitudinem ex praesentis temjporis for- 
tuna ^^ aestiinav^rim ! '' ^^ 

THE HUSBANDMAN AND HIS SONS. 

Agricola senex/^ quum mortem ^^ sibi ^^ ap- 
215. propinquare sentiret,^* filios convocavit, quos/^ 





Ut 


fiei 


d ^^ solet^ 


interdum 


discordare ^^ 


nov- 


1 35, 1, 44, Exc. 


8 525. 


15 435, 1. 


22 545. 




2 414. 






» 873, 1, 3. 


16 414, 5, 575. 


23 3S3. 




3 422, 1. 






10 519. 


17 414. 


24 518. II. 




4 4So,2. 






11 162. 


18 381, 2. 


25 545. 




s 106, 71, 






12 602. III. 2. 


i» 434. 


26 294. 




6 S86. 






13 517. I. 


20 519. 


27 552, 1. 




7 441, 1. 






14 431. 


21 168, 3. 







116 LATIN READER. 

6rat/ et fascem virgularum^ afferri ^ jubet. Qui- 
bus ^ aliatis/ filios bortatur^ ut bunc fascem 
frangerent.^ Quod ^ quum facere non possent/ 
220. distribuit singulas ^ virgas^ iisque celeriter frac- 
tis/° dociiit ^^ lUos, Guam firma res ^^ esset ^^ 
Concordia, quamque imbecillis discordia. 



THE HORSE AND THE ASS. 

Asinus onustus sarcinis ^^ equum rogavit,^^ 
nt aliqua parte ^^ oneris se ^^ ievaret/^ si se vivum 

225. videre vellet.^^ Sed ille asTni preces repudiavit. 
Paulo post igitur asiuus labore consumptus in 
via corruit, et efflavit animam. Turn agitator 
omnes sarcinas^ quas asiaus portaverat, atque 
insuper etiam pellemasino ^" detractam in equum 

230. imposuit. Ibi ille sero priorem superbiam de- 
plorans, '^ me ^^ miserum," inquit, '' qui par- 
vvolum ^^ onus in me ^^ recipere' nohi^rimj^^ quum 
nunc cogar tantas sarcinas ferre^ una cum pellc 
comUis mei^ cujus preces tarn superhe contemp- 

235. seramJ' 



1 277. 




7 453. 


13 525. 


19 527, 2, 2). 


^ 315, 1. 




8 517. I. 


14 419. III. 


20 385, 4. 


3 292, 2. 




9 172, 3. 


15 374. 


21 381, 2. 


4 453. 




10 431. 


16 419. V. 2. 


22 327. 


5 431. 




11 374. 


17 449. 1. 


23 455, 1. 


<5 551. II. 


2. 


12 362. 


18 551. II. 2. 


24 519. 



FABLES. 117 

THE WOMAN AND HEK MAIDS. 

Mulier vidua, quae texendo ^ vitam sustenta- 
bat, solebat ancillas suas de nocte ^ excitare ^ 
ad opus/ quum primum galli cantum audivisset.^ 
At illae diuturno labore ^ fatigatae statuerunt 
240. gallum interficere.'' Quo ^ facto/ deteriore con- 
ditione ^° quam prius esse coepemnt.^^ Nam 
domina, de bora noctis incerta,'^ nunc famulas 
saepe jam prima nocte ^^ excitabat. 



THE TORTOISE AND THE EAGLE. 

Testudo aquilam magnopere orabat/^ ut 
245. sese ^^ volare doceret.^^ Aquila ei ostendebat 
quidem, eam ^^ rem ^^ petere naturae ^^ suae 
contrariam ; sed ilia nibilo ^° minus instabat, et 
obsecrabat aquilam, ut se volQcrem facere ^^ vel- 
let.^^ Itaque ungulis arreptam aquila sustulit^^ 
260. in sublime, et demisit illam, ut per aerem ferre- 
tur.^* Turn in saxa incidens commiauta in- 
teriit.2^ 

Haec fabula docet, multos ^^ cupiditatibus 
suis ^^ occoecatos consilia prudentiorum ^^ re- 
255. spuere, et in exitium mere stultitia sua. 



1 566. L 


8 445, 7, 453. 


15 184, 4. 


22 293. 


2 428, (2). 


9 431. 


16 4S9. I. 


23 2S0. 


3 552, 1. 


10 422, 1, 2). 


17 545. 


24 489, L 


4 433. 


11 297. 


18 371. 


25 295,3. 


5 .518. II 


12 S99, 5, 3). 


19 891, 1. 


26 441, 1^545. 


6 414. 


13 441, 6, 425. 


20 418. 


27 414. 


' 552, 1. 


14 374, 4. 


21 373, 8. 


2& 162. 



118 LATIN HEADER. 

THE NIGHTINGALE AND THE HAWK. 

Accipiter esuriens ^ rapuit lusciniam. Quae/ 
quum inteliigeret sibi ^ mortem ^ impendere. ad 
preces conversa orat ^ accipltrem^ ^^ ne se perdat 
sine causa, Se enim avidissunum ventrem illius 
260. non posse ^ explere, et su^dere adeo, ut gran- 
diOres ^ aliquas volilcres veneturf' ^ Cui ac- 
cipiter, ^^ Insanlrem/' ^ inquit, '^ si partam^^ 
praedam amittere, et incerta ^^ p)ro certis sectdri 
vellem." 



THE OLD MAN AND DEATH. 

265. Senex^^ in silva ligna ceciderat/^ iisque 

sublatis ^^ domum ^^ redire coepit. Quum ali- 
quantum ^® viae ^^ progressus esset^ et ^^ onere 
et via defatigatus fascem deposuit^ et secum ^^ 
aetatis et inopiae mala contemplatus ^^ Mortem 

270. clara voce ^^ invocavit, quae ipsum ab omnibus 
his ^^ malis ^^ liberaret.^^ Tum Mors senis ^^ 
precibus auditis ^^ subito adstitit, et, quid 
vellet,^^ percunctatur. At Senex, quem ^^ jam 
votorum ^^ suorum poenitebat/^ ^^ Nihilj' inquit, 

275; " sed requlrOy qui ^^ onus paululum allevef,^^ dum 
ego rursus suheo:' 



1 578. I. 


9 502. 




17 306. IIL 


25 78. Exc. 5. 


2 453. 


10 574. 




18 587. L 


5. 


26 431. 


3 386. 


11 441,2. 




19 184, 6. 




27 525. 


4 5-15. 


12 163, 3. 




20 575. 




28 410. in. 


5 ST4, 4. 


13 280. 




21 414. 




29 410. HI. 1. 


6 545. 


14 431. 




22 186. 




30 299. 


7 1G2. 


15 379, 3, 


1). 


23 425, 3, 


2). 


31 445, 6, 1). 


8 551. IL 2 


16 378. 




24 500. 




32 500. 



FABLES. 



.119 



THE ENEMIES. 

In eadem ^ navi ^ vehebantur duo/ qui inter 
se* capitalia odia exercebant. Unus ^ eorum^ 
in prora^ alter ^ in puppi residebat. Orta tem- 

280. pestate^ ingenti, quum omnes de vita despe- 
rarent/ interrogat ^° is^ qui in puppi sedebat^ 
gubernatorem, '^''Utram partem navis ^^ jorius 
suhmersum iri^^ existimaret'' ^^ Cui gubernator, 
'' Proram.j' respondit. Turn ille, "^ Jam mors 

285. oniM ^* non molesta est, quum inimlci mei moT'- 
tern adspectmnis sim^ ^^ 



THE FAWN AND THE STAG. 

Hinnuleus quondam pat rem suum his verbis ^® 
interrogasse ^'^ dicitur : '^ 3£i ^^ pater ^ quum 
multo^^ sis major ^^ canihiis^^ et tam ardua 

290. cornua^^ habeas, ^^ qiiibus ^^ ate vim projpul- 
save possis,^^ qui ^^ jit,^'^ ut canes tantop^re 
mttuas ? ^^ Ibi cervus ridens^ '^ Mi nate,'' inquit, 
" vera ^^ memdras ; mihi ^° tamen, 7iescio quo 
paxto, semper accidit^ ut audita camcm voce ^^ in 

295. fugam statim convertar. 

Haec fabula docet, natura ^^ formidolosos 
nuUis rationibus fortes ^^ reddi posse. 



1 186. 




9 517. I. 518. 


II. 


18 185. 






27 294. 


2 106, 87. IIL 1, 


435, 


10 374, 4. 




19 418. 






28 489. I. 


I. 




11 393. III. 2, 


1)« 


20 165. 






29 441, 2. 


3 176, 2, 441, 1. 




12 295, 2, 543. 




21 417. 






30 384. 


4 4C3. 




13 525. 




22 116. 






SI 43L 


5 176,1. 




14 3^1. 




23 517. 


I. 




32 414, 2. 


6 S96. III. 2, 2). 




15 228, 517, L 




24 414. 






33 373, 3. 


7 149. 




16 414. 




25 527, 


2, 


2). 




8 431, 1, 2. 




1- 234. 




26 188, 


2. 







120 LATIN READER. 

THE KID AND THE WOLF. 

Quum hoedus evasisset ^ lupum^ et confu- 

gisset in caulam ovium/ " Quid ^ tUj stulte^" 

300. inquit ille^ " hie te salvum futurum ^ speras, ubi 

quoticUe pecudes ^ rapi et diis ^ mcictdri vi- 

deas ? '^ '^ '^ Non curo^^' inquit hoedus ; ^' nam 

si morienditm^ sit, quanto ^ praedarius ^^ 

miJii ^^ erity meo cruore ^^ aspergi aras ^^ deo- 

305. rum immortalium, quam irrigari siccas lupi 

fauces,'' 

Haec fabula docet, "bonos morteixi, quae om- 
nibus ^^ immmet, non timere^ si cum honestate 
et laude conjuncta sit.^^ 

THE RAVEN AND THE FOX. 

310 Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat^ et cum 

illo ^^ in altam arborem ^'' subvolarat.^^ Vul- 
pecula ^^ ilium caseum appetens corvum blandis 
verbis ^° adoritur ; quumque primum formam 
ejus pennarumque nitorem laudasset,^^ ^' Pol'' 

315. inquit, ''^ te avium '^^ regem esse dicerem, si^^ 
cantus pulcliritudini ^^ tuae responderet." Turn 
ille laudibus vulpis inflatus etiam cantu ^^ se 
valere demonstrare voluit. Ita vero e rostro 
aperto caseus delapsus est^ quem vulpes arrep- 

320. tum^^ devoravit. 



1 518. II. 






8 229, 388. 


I. 


15 483. 22 71^ 89. n. 3, 1). 


2 89. II. 3, 


1), 


395. 


9 418, 1. 




16 414, 7. 23 503, III. 


3 380, 2.- 






10 162. 




17 101, Exc. 1, 435 1. 24 384. 


4 228. 






11 391. 




18 234. 25 429. 


6 545. 






12 414. 




19 315. 26 574. 


« 45, 6. 






13 545. 




20 414. 


7 527, 2, 2), 






14 386. 




21 234. 



FABLES. 121 

Haec fabula docet, vitandas ^ esse adulatorum 
voces/ qui blanditiis ^ suis nobis * insidiantur. 



THE LIQ]^. 

Societatem junxerant ^ leo, juvenca, capra, 
ovis. Praeda ^ auten^^ quam '' ceperant, in qua- 

325. tuor partes ^ aequales divisa, leo, '^ Prima j' ait/ 
^^ raea est ; dehetur enim haec praestantiae^^ 
meae, Tollam^^ et secundam, qicam meretur ^^ 
rohur ^^ meum, Tertiam ^^ vindicat sibi^^ egre" 
gius labor mens. Qiiartam qui sihi arrogate 

330. volueritj^^ is^"^ sciat,^^ se ^^ Tiahiturum^^ me 
inimicum sihi"^^ Quid facerent ^^ imbecilles 
bestiae, aut quae sibi leonein infestum habere ^^ 
vellet ? 



THE MOUSE AND THE COUNTEYMAN. 

Mus ^* a rustico ^^m in caricarum ^® acervo 
335. deprebensus tarn acri ^^ morsu ejus digitos vul- 
neravit, ut ille eum dimitteret/^ dicens : ^^ Niliil^ 
mehercule^^^ tarn pusillum est, quod de salute 
desperare deheat^^^ modo se def endure et vim 
depulsare velit. 



1 229. 9 297. II. 1. 17 451. Exc. 1, (1). 

2 545. 10 383. 18 487,488. I. 25 414, 5. 

3 414. 11 280. 19 545. 26 602. II. 3. 

4 886. 12 221, 465, II. 2. 20 228, 552, 1. 27 151. i. 

6 463. II. 472, 13 114, 66, 5. 21 391. 28 439. i. 
« 431. 14 371. 22 483, 486, II. 29 590. 

7 187. 15 449. 1. 384. II. 23 373, 1, 2, 2), 3. 30500,2. 

8 435. i« 527, 2, 2). 24 115. Exc. 1, 73. 



122 LATIN READER. 

THE VULTURE AND THE SMALL BIRDS. 

340. Vultur ^ aliquando aviculas ^ invitavit ^ ad 
convivium, quod ^ illis ^ daturas esset ^ die '' na- 
tali suo. Quae ^ quum ad tempus ^ adessent/" 
eas carpere^^ et occidere, epulasque ^^ sibi de 
invitatis ^^ instruere coepit. 

THE FROGS. 

345. Eanae laetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset ^* 
Solem ^^ uxorem duxisse.^^ Sed una ceteris ^'^ 
pradentior, '^ vos^^ stoIXdos ,' mqmi] '' non- 
ne ^^ meministis ,^^ quantopere nos saepe unlus 
Solis aestus excuciet ? ^^ Quid igitur fiety^^ quum 

350. liber OS etiam procredvit ? " ^^ 

THE FROGS AND JUPITER. 

Eanae aliquando regem sibi a Jove ^^ petivisse 
dicuntur. Quaram ille precibus exoratus trabem 
ingentem in lacuna dejecit. Eanae sonitu per- 
territae primum refugere/^ deinde vero trabem 

355. in aqua natantem conspicatae magno cum con- 
temptu ^® in ea consederunt, aliumque sibi novis 
clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Turn Jupiter 
earum stultitiam punitiirus ^^ hydrum illis misit, 
a quo ^^ quum plurimae ^^ captae perirent, sero 

360. eas ^° stolidarum precum ^* poenituit. 

1 114, Exc. 66, 51. L ^ 433. i^ 417. 25 545, 1. 

2315. 10 518. II. 18 381,2. 26 414^3, 

3 471, II. 11 552, 1. 19 346. II. 1, 2). 27 578. V. 

♦ 371. 12 587. I, 3. 20 297, 2. 28 414^ 5. 

5 384. IL 13 575,441.1. 21 525. 29 xQb. 

« 517. IL 14 518. II. 1. 22 294. so 410. m. m. 

'' 426. 15 545. 23 474^ 1, 1), 473. 31 410. m. m. 1. 

8 453. le 653. 24 66, 3, 374, 3, 4). 



FABLES. 123 

THE WOLVES AND THE SHEPHERDS. 

Quum Philippus, rex ^ Macedoniae, cum 
Atheniensibus foedus ^ initums esset ea condi- 
tioned ut oratores suos^ ipsi^ trade rent, Demos- 
thenes poptilo narravit fabulam, qua ^ iis '' cal- 

365. Mum regis consilium ante oculos poneret. 
Dixit ^ enim ® lupos quondam cum pastoribus 
pactos esse/® se nunquam in posterum ^^ greges ^^ 
esse impugnattiros/^ si ^^ canes ipsis dederentur. 
Placuisse stultis pastoribus ^^ conditionem ; sed 

370. quum lupi caulas excubiis ^^ nudatas vidissent, 
eos impetu ^^ facto omnem gregem dilaniasse/^ 



THE LYING BOY. 

Puer oves pascens ^^ crebro per lusum magnis 
clamoribus ^® opem^^ rusticorum imploraverat, 
lupos gregem suum aggressos esse ^^ flngens. 
375. Saepe autem frustratus eos, qui auxilium la- 
turi 2^ advenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente/* 
multis cum lacrymis ^^ viclnos orare coepit, '^ ut 
sibi^^ ef gregi siibvenlrentr At illi eum pariter 
ut antea ludere ^^ existimantes preces ejus et 



1 863. 8 528, 1, 15 385, 22 545. 

2 115, 73, 1, 61. in. 9 602. III. 16 425, 2, 3, 2). 23 292, 578. V. 

3 414, 2. 10 545. 17 431. 24 431. 

* 449. I. 11 441, 8. 18 234. 25 414^ 3. 

5 384. 12 78, Exc. 2, (2). i^ 575. 26 449. j. 386. 

6 500. 13 228. 20 414. 27 551^ 1. 

7 398, 5. 14 602. 21 133, L 



124 LATIN READER. 



380. lacrymas neglexerunt, ita nt lupus libere in oves 
grassaretur/ plurimasque earum ^ dilaniaret 



THE RAVEN. 



Corvus^ qui caseum forte ^ repererat^ gaudium 
alta voce ^ significavit. Quo ^ sono ^ allecti 
plures '' corvi famelici advolaverunt^ impetuque 
385. in ilium facto/ opimam ei ^ dapem eripuerunt. 



THE CROW AND THE DOVE. 

Cornix Columbae gratulabatur ^° foecundita- 
tern, quod singulis mensibus ^^ puUos exclude- 
ret.^^ At ilia, " Ne mei,'' inquit, " dolor is caw 
sam commemores^^ Nam^^ qiios pullos educo^ 
390. eos dominus raptos aut ^^ ipse ^^ com^dit, aut 
aliis ^'' comedendos ^^ vendit. Ita milii mea 
foecunditas novum semper luctum parit 

THE LION, ASS, AND FOX. 

Vulpes, asmus, et leo venatum ^^ iverant.^'^ 

Ampla praeda facta/ ^ leo asinum illam partiri 

395. jubet.^^ Qui^^quum^^ singulis singulas partes 

poneret aequales, leo eum correpturn dilaniavit, 

et vulpeculae ^^ partiendi ^^ negotium tribuit. 



1 489. 1 


8 431. 


16 310, 2. 


22 551. IL 1. 


2 398. III. 2, (2). 


» 385, 4. 


16 452, 1. 


23 453. 


3 834, 1. 


10 405,2,384.11.1. 


17 384. 


24 517. L 


* 108,80,414. 


11 428. 


18 565, 3, 2). 


25 315. 


5 453. 


12 517. IL 


19 569,2. 


26 563. 


« 414. 


13 487, 488. IL 3. 


20 295, 483. IL 





■y 165, 1. 14 810, 5. ^1 43L 



FABLES. 125 

Ilia astutior ^ leoni ^ partem maximam ^ apposuit, 
sibi vix minimam reservans particulam. Turn 
400. leo subridens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde 
boc didicerit * interrogare, coepit. Et viilpes, 
^^ Hiijus^ ^e/' inquit^ '^ calamitas docuit^^ quid 
minores ^ potentioribus ^ debeant." ® 

1 162. 4 280, 525. 7 les, 

2 38a- ^ 450, 1. 8 162, 

3 165. * 874, 4. 9 625. 



MYTHOLOGY. 



MYTHOLOGY, 



1. Cadmus^ Agenoris filius/ quod dracanem^^ 
Martis filium^ foatis ^ cnjusdam^ in Boeotia cus- 
todem/ occiderat, omnem suam prolem inter- 
emptam^ vidit, et ipse cum Harmonia/ uxore 

5. sua^ in ^ Illyriam fugit, ubi ambo ^ in dracones 
conversi sunt, 

2. Amycus^ Neptuni filius, rex Bebryciae, 
onines/° qui in ejus regna venissent/^ cogebat 
caestibus ^^ secum ^^ contendere, et victos occi- 

10. debat. Hie quum Argonautas ad certamen pro- 
vocasset/^^ Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum 
interfecit. 

3. Otos ^^ et EphialteS; Aloei filii, mira mag- 
nitudine ^^ fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis men- 

15. sibus ^^ novemdigitis ^^ crescebant. Itaque quum 
essent annorum^^ novem, in coelum ascendere 
sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faciebant/° 
ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent,^^ 
aliosque praeterea montes exstruerent. Sed 

20. ApoUinis sagittis ^^ interempti sunt. 



1 363. ? 414, 7. 

2 100, 61, 371. « 435, 1. 

3 110, Exc. 1, 76. 9 176, 2. 
<i 191. 1.456. io 545. - 

5 363. 11 488, 5. 

6 574. 12 414^ 4 

6* 



13 184, 6, 


19 402. III. 


14 234,518.11.1. 


20 468, 469. II. 1, 


15 46, 1. 


21 494. Note. 


16 428,1,2). 


22 414, 4. 


17 426. 




18 378, 2. 





130 LATIN READER. 

4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius/ artifex^ peri- 
tissimus/ ob caedem Athenis^ commissam in 
C retain abiit ^ ad regem Minoem. Ibi labyrin- 
thum exstruxit. A Minoe ^ aliquando in casto- 

25. diam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas cera '^ ap- 
tavit, et cum eo ^ avolavit. Dum Icarus altius^ 
evolabat, cera ^^ solis calore ^^ calefacta^ in mare 
decidit^ quod ex eo Icarium pelagus^^ est appel- 
latum. Daedalus autem in Sicilian! pervenit. 

30. 5. ^sculapius, Apollinis filius, medicus prae- 
stantissimus/^ Hippolyto, Thesei filio/* vitam 
reddidisse dicitur. Ob id facinus Jupiter eum 
fulmine ^^ percussit. Turn Apollo, quod filii 
mortem in Jove ulcisci ^^ non poterat, Cyclopes/'' 

35. qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc factum, 
Apoliinem Jupiter Admeto/^ regi Thessaliae, in 
servitutem dedit. 

6. Alcestim,^^ Peliae^" filiam, quum multi ^^ 
in matrimonium peterent/^ Pelias promisit/^ se 

40. filiam ^^ ei esse ^^ daturum, qui feras currui junx- 
isset.^^ Admetus, qui earn perdite amabat, 
Apollmem rogavit,^^ ut se in hoc negotio adju- 
varet. Is quum ab Admeto,^^ dum ei ^^ servie- 
bat, liberaliter esset ^° tractatus, aprum ei et 

45. leonem currui junxit,^^ quibus ille Alcestim 
avexit. Idem gravi morbo implicitus, munus ab 



1 363. 


8 414, 7. 




16 282. 




24 42, 4.) 


2 108, Exc. 2, 78. 


9 305. 




17 75, 371. 




25 552, 1. 


3 162. 


10 431. 




18 384. 




26 533, 4. 


4 131, 1.2), 421, II. II. 


11 414. 




19 93, 2. 




27 374, 4. 


5 295, 3. 


12 47. 11. 


362. 


20 43. 




28 414, 5. 


6 72, Exc. 3, 669. III. 


13 162. 




21 441, 1. 




29 385. 


414, 5. 


14 363, 




22 517. I. 




30 517. I. 


7 414. 


15 414, 4. 




23 651.1.2, 


530. I. 


31 390. 



MYTHOLOGY. 131 

ApoUine ^ accepit, ut praesens periculum effu- 
geret, si quis sponte pro eo moreretur.^ Jam 
quum neque pater, neque mater Admeti pro eo 
50. mori voluisseut/ uxor se Alcestis morti^ obtulit^ 
quam Hercules forte adveniens Orci manibus^ 
eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 

7. Cassiope filiae suae Andromedae formam 
Nereidum ^ formae anteposuit.'' Ob hoc crimen 

55. illae a Neptuno ^ postulaverunt, ut Andromeda 
ceto ® immani^ qui oras populabatur, objiceretur. 
Quae ^° quum ^^ ad saxum alligata esset, Perseus 
ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat, advolavit, et, 
bellua ^^ devicta et interempta, Andromedam 

60. liberavit. 

8. Quam ^^ quum abducere vellet victor, 
Agenor, cui antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo in- 
sidias struxit, ut eum interficeret,^^ sponsamque 
eriperet. lUe, re ^^ cognita,^^ caput Medusae 

65. insidiantibus ostendit, quo viso,^^ omnes in saxa 
mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda ^^ 
in patriam rediit.^^ 

9. Ceyx,2° Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio 
periisset, Alcyone,^ ^ conjugis morte audita, se in 

70. mare praecipitavit. Tum deorum misericor- 
dia ^^ ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae Alcyones ^^ 
appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem- 



1 425. 




7 386. 


13 453. 


19 295, 3. 


2 485. 




8 374, 3, 4). 


14 489. I. 


20 82. 


3 463. II. 




» 386. 


15 431. 


21 43. 


4 386. 




10 453. 


16 277. 


22 414. 


6 385, 4. 




11 518. II. 1. 


17 431, 1. 


23 113, Exc. 2, 65, 2, 


8 71, Exc. 


2. 


i» 431., 


18 414, 7. 


362. 



132 LATIN READER. 

pore.^ Per illos dies ^ mare tranquillum esse 
dicitur ; unde uautae tranquillos et serenes dies 
75. Alcyoneos appellare ^ solent.^ 

10. Tantalus Jovis ^ filius, tarn cams fuit 
diis/ ut Jupiter ei consiiia sua concrederet/ 
eumque ad epalas ^ deorum admitteret. At ille^ 
quae ^ apud Jovem ^° audiverat, cum mortalibus 

80. communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur apud infe- 
ros in aqua coUocatus esse, semperque sitire. 
Nam, quoties haustum aquae sumpturus est/^ 
aqua recedit. Tum etiam poma ei ^^ super caput 
pendent ; sed, quoties ea decerpere conatur, 

85. rami vento^^ moti^* recedunt. Alii saxum ejus 
capiti ^^ impendere dicunt, cujus ruinam timens 
perpetuo metu cruciatur. 

11. In nuptiis^^ Pelei et Thetidis ^'' omnes 
dii ^^ invitati erant praeter Discordiam. Hacc ^^ 

90. ira commota malum misit in medium, cui^° in- 
scripta erant verba : ''' Pulcherrima me haheto," ^^ 
Tum Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul appe- 
tebant ; ^^ magnaque inter eas discordia ^^ exorta, 
Jupiter Mercurio ^^ imperat, ut deas ^^ ad Pari- 

95. dem/^ Priami filium duceret,^'' qui in monte Ida 
greges pascebat ; hunc earum litem ^^ diremptu- 
rum esse.^^ Huic ^° Juno, si se pulclierrimam 
judicasset/^ omnium terrarum regnum est pol- 



1 423. 


» 445, 6, 


2.) 


17 71, Exc. 2. 


25 42, 3, 4). 


2 378, 1, 2.) 


10 433. 




18 45,6. 


28 71, Exc. 2. 


3 873. 


11 228. 




19 450, 1. 


27 551. II. 2,2). 


4 272, 3. 


12 398, 5. 




20 386. 


28 71, Exc. 6. 


5 66, 3. 


13 414. 




21 537. I. 


29 228. 


« 45, 6,391,1. 


14 575. 




22 463. II. 


80 384. 


7 469. II. 489. I. 


15 386. 




23 431, 1, 2. 


31 633,3. 


8 143, 3. 


i« 131,1, 


4). 


24 385. 





MYTHOLOGY. 133 

licita ; Minerva ei splendidam inter homines fa- 
100. mam promlsit ; Venus ^ autem ^ Helenam/ 
Ledae et Jovis filiam, se ^ ei in conjugium dare^ 
spopondit.^ Paris^ hoc dono '^ prioribus ^ ante- 
posit o, Venerem pujcherrimam esse judicavit. 
Postea Veneris hortatu Lacedaemonem ^ pro- 
105. fectus/^ Helenam conjugi ^^ suo ^^ Menelao ^^ 
eripuit. Hinc helium Trojanum origmem cepit, 
ad quod tot a fere Graecia^ duce ^^ Agamemnone, 
Menelai fra,tre, profecta est. 

12. Thetis, Pelei conjux^ quum ^^ sciret Achil- 
110. lem filium suuin cito periturum esse, si Grae- 

corum exercitum ad Trojam sequeretur/^ eum 
misit in insulam Scyron/"^ regique Lycomedi 
commendavit. Ille eum muhebri hahitu ^^ inter 
filias suas servabat. Graeci autem quum audi- 

115. vissent eum ^^ ibi occultari, unus edrum^^ Ulys- 
ses,^ ^ rex Ithacae, in regio vestibulo munera fe- 
minea in calathiscis posuit, simulque clypeum ^^ 
et hastam, mulieresque advocari jussit. Quae ^^ 
dum omnia contemplabantur, subito tubicen 

120. cecTnit ; ^^ quo sono ^^ audito, Achilles arma arri- 
puit. Unde eum ^^ virum ^^ esse intellectum est. 

13. Quum totus Graecorum exercitus Auli- 
de ^^ convenisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram 
Dianae retinebat. Agamemnon ^^ enim^ dux 



1 73, 1. » 879. 17 46, 1. 25 431. 

2 587. III. 4. 10 282. is 414. 26 545, 

3 371. 11 385,4. 19 545. 27 352. 

4 545. 12 449. II. 20 396. HI. 2,2). 28 71^ Exc. 2, 421. II. 

5 552,1. 13 363. 21 69. 11. 
« 271. 14 430. 22 371. 29 65, 2. 

7 431. 15 517. I. 23 453. 

8 166, 386. 16 504. 24 280. 



/ 



134 LATIN READER. 

125. illius expeditionis^ cervam deae ^ sacram vul- 
neraverat, superbiusque ^ in Dianam locutus erat. 
Is quumharuspices ^convocasset/ respoiiderunt/ 
iram ^ deae expiari "^ non posse, nisi filiam suam 
Iphigeniam ei immolasset. Hanc ob causam 

130. Ulysses^ Argos ^ profectus ^° mentitur ^^ Aga- 
memnoaem'^^ filiam Achilli ^^ in matrimonium 
promisisse. Sic earn Aulidem ^^ abduxit. Ubi 
quum pater earn immolare vellet/^ Diana vir- 
ginem miserata cervam ei ^^ supposuit. Iphige- 

135. niam ipsam per nubes in terram Tauricam detu- 
lit, ibique templi sui sacerdotem ^^ fecit. 

14. Troja ^^ eversa, quum Graeci domum ^^ 
redire vellent, ex Achillis tumulo vox dicitur 
fuisse audita, quae Graeccs monebat, ne fortis- 

140. SI mum ^^ virum^^ sine bonore relinquerent.^^ 
Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, ^^ quae 
virgo^^ fuit formosissiina, ad sepulcrum ejus im- 
molaverunt. 

15. Prometheus, lapeti filius, primus ^^ ho- 
145. homines ^^ ex luto ^^ finxit, iisque ignem e 

coelo in ferula attulit,^^ monstravitque ^^ quomo- 
do cinere obrutum servarent.^^ Ob hanc rem 
Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu ^^ 
clavis ^^ ferreis alligavit ad saxum, et aquilam 
150, ei "^ apposuit, quae cor exederet.^^ Quantum 



1 891. 


10 282. 




19 379,3,1.) 


28 386. 


2 305, 587. I. 3. 


11 286, 1, 528. 




20 162. 


29 292,2. 


' 78. 


12 545, 65, 2. 




21 45, 4, 1). 


30 587. I. 3. 


* 234. 


13 69, 84. 




22 489. I. 492, 2. 


31 524, 525. 


5 460, 2, 3). 


14 379. 




23 363. 


32 4T4, 2. 


« 528, 1, 530. I. 


15 293, 517, I. 




24 862. 


33 414, 4. 


7 552,1. 


i« 386. 




25 442,1. 


34 386. 


« 69. 


17 72, Exc. 1, 


373. 


26 61, Exc. 2. 


35 500. 


» 143, 1, 379. 


18 431. 




27 425, 1. 





MYTHOLOGY. 135 

vero ^ interdiu ^ exederat^ tantum nocte ^ cresce- 
bat. Hanc aqinlam insequenti tempore ^ Her- 
cules transfixit sagittis/ Prometlieumque libe- 
ra vit. 

155. 15. Pluto/ inferorum '^ deus^ a Jov e fratre 
petebat/ ut sibi Proserpinam^ Jovis et Cereris 
filiam^ in matrimonium daret. Jupiter negavit 
quidem ^ CereTem ^° passuram ^^ esse, iit filia in 
ten^bris Tartari moraretur ; ^^ sed fratri permi- 

160. sit, ut earn, si posset, raperet.^^ Quare ^^ Pro- 
serpinam, in nemore ^^ Ennae in Sicilia flores ^^ 
legentem, Pluto quadrigis ^^ ex terrae hiatu pro- 
veniens rapuit. 

17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset/^ 

165. earn per totum orbem terrarum quaesivit. In 
quo itinere ad Celeum venit, regem ^^ Eleusini- 
orum, cujus uxor Metanira puerum Triptolemum 
pepererat/^ rogavitque ut se tanquam nutricem ^ ^ 
in domum reciperent.^^ Quo ^^ facto, quum 

170. Ceres alumnum suum immortalem ^^ reddere 
vellet, eum interdiu lacte ^^ diviao alebat, noctu ^^ 
clam igne obruebat. Itaque mirum in modum 
crescebat. Quod quum mirarentur parentes, 
earn observaverunt. Qui quum viderent '^'^ Ce- 

175. rerem ^^ puerum in ignem mittere, pater ex- 
clamavit. Tum dea Celeum exanimavit ; Trip- 



1 602. III. 8 469 IT. 374, 3, 4). i5 115^ 73^ 2.. 22 528, 531. 

2 342, 3. 9 602. III. 16 102, 72. 23 453,431. 
2 426. 10 69Exc. 2 (1), 545. i^ 131, 24 373, 3. 

■* 426. 11 228, 551. I. 2. is 524, 525. 25 iii,63. 

^ 414, 4. 12 551, II. 2, 3. 19 363. 26 426 

® 300, 61. 13 551, II. 2, 3). 20 280. 27 517. j 

^ 441, 1. 14 342, 2. 21 79. 28 545. 



136 ' LATIN EEADEE. 

tolemo autem curriim draconibus ^ junctum tri- 
biiit^ frugesque maridavit, quas per orbem ter- 
rarum vectus disseminaret.^ 

180. 18. Althaea, Tbestii filia, ex Mneo peperit ^ 
Meleagmm. Ei Parcae ardentem titionem de- 
derunt praefantes ^ Meleagrum, tarn diu victu- 
rum/ qnam diu is titio foret ^ incolumis. Hunc 
itaque Althaea diligenter in area clausum serva- 

185. vit. Interim Diana ^Eneo ^ irata quia ei sacra 
annua non fecerat^ aprum mira magnitudine ^ 
misit, qui agrum Calydonium vastaret.^^ Quem 
Meleager cum juvenibus^^ ex omni G-raecia 
delectis interfecit, pellemque ejus Atalantae do- 

190. navit. Cui ^^ quum Althaeae fratres eam eripere 
vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui 
avunculos occidit. Tum Althaea, gravi ira^^ in 
filium commota, titionem ilium fatalem in ignem 
•conjecit. Sic Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, 

195. dum fratrem insolabiliter lugent/^ in aves ^^ 
mutatae sunt. 

19. Europam, Agenoris flliam, Sidoniam, Jupi- 
terin taurum mutatus Sidone ^^ Cretam ^^ trans- 
vexit, et ex ea ^^ procreavit Minoem ^^ Sarpe- 

200. donem ^° et Khadamanthum. Hanc ut reduce- 
rent ^^ Agenor filios suos misit, conditione ^^ ad- 
dita, utnec ipsi redirent,^^ nisi sororem invenis- 
sent.^^ Horum^^ unus, Cadmus^® nomine/^ 



1 575, 3S3. 8 391. is 435^ 22 431. 

2 133, 2. 9 428. i« 421. I. 423. I. 23 295, 8, 493, 3. 

3 500. 10 500. 17 379^ 3^ 2). 24 527, 2, 2). 

4 280. 11 414, 7. 18 425. 25 396. HI. 2, 2). 
6 572, 297, 3. 12 453^ 335, 4. i^ 102, 72, Exc. 3. 26 363. 

6 573, 228. 13 414, 2, 3). &o. 20 65, 2. 27 429. 

•^ 297. III. 2. 14 269. 21 439. I. 



MYTHOLOGY. 137 

qnnm erraret/ Delphos ^ venit^ ibiqiie responsum 

205. accepit, bovem ^ praecedentem sequeretur ; ^ ubi 
ille decubuisset/ ibi urbem conderet. Quod^ 
qnum faceret/ in Boeotiam venit. Ibi aquam 
quaerens ad fontem Castalium draconem invenit, 
Martis fllium^ ^ qui aquam custodiebat.^ Hunc 

210. Cadmus interfecit, dentesque ejus sparsit et 
aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. Pugna ^° inter 
illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt/^ ex quibus 
quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes ^^ origiaem 
duxerunt. 

215. 20. Quum Baccbus, Jovis ex Semele ^^ filius, 
exercitum in Indiam duceret, Silenus ab agmine 
aberravit. Quem ^^ Midas, rex Mygdoniae, hospi- 
tio ^^ liberaliter accepit^ eique ducem dedit, qui 
eum ad Bacchum reduceret.^^ Ob boc benefici- 

220. um Bacchus Midae optionem dedit ut quicquid 
vellet ^^ a se peteret.^^ Ille petiit/^ ut quidquid 
tetigisset^° aurum fieret.^^ Quod quum impe- 
trasset/^ quidquid tetigerat aurum fiebat. Pri- 
mo gavisus est ^^ hac virtute ^* sua ; mox intel- 

225. lexit nihil ^^ ipsi ^® hoc munere ^^ perniciosius ^^ 
esse. Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum mu- 
tabatur.^^ Quum jam fame cruciaretur, petit ^^ 
a Baccho, ut donum suum revocaret.^^ Quem 
Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se abluere, 



1 518. II. 8 468. 17 527. 2. 2). 25 545. 

2 131, 1, 2), 379. 10 431. is 493^ 3. 26 391. 

3 90, 2, 72, Exc. 6. " 288. i9 234, 1. 27 417. 

4 493, 2. 12 75^ 50. I. 20 280, 527, 2. 2). 28 152. 

6 527, 2, 2). 13 425. 21 374^ 4 29 433. n. 3. 

« 453, 602, III. 1. 14 453. 22 513. II. 1. 3o 374, 3, 4). 

' 476, 477. 15 414. 23 272, 3. Si 492,3. 



e 



1^500, ?4 414,2. 



138 LATIN READER. 

230. quumque aquam tetigisset, facta ^ est colore^ 
aureo. 

21. Schoeneus Atalantam filiam formosissi- 
mam dicitur habuisse, quae cursu ^ viros supera- 
bat.^ Haec qunm a pluribus ^ in conjugium petere- 

235. tur^ pater ejus conditionem proposuit, ut^ qui earn 
ducere vellet/ prius cursu cum ea contenderet ; '' 
si victus esset/ occideretur. Multos quum su- 
perasset ^ et interfecisset^ tandem ab Hippomene ^° 
victa est. Hie enim a Venere ^ ^ tria mala aurea 

240. acceperat. Dam currebant, borum unum post 
alt^rum projecit^ iisque ^^ Atalantae cursum tar- 
davit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hippomenes ad 
metam pervenit. Huio itaque Scboeneus filiam 
uxorem ^^ dedit. Quam ^^ quum in patriam ^^ 

245. duceret ^^ obliius ^' Veneris beneficio ^^ se^^ vi- 
cisse, grates ei non egit. Hanc ob ^^ causam 
Hippomenes mutatus est in leonem^ Atalanta in 
leaenam. 

22. Nisus^ rex ^^ Megarensium, in capite 
250, crinem purpureum babuisse dicitur, eique prae- 

dictum fuit ^^ tam diu eum regnaturum/^ quam 
diu eum crinem custodisset.^* Hunc Minos,^^ 
rex Cretensium, bello ^^ aggressus est. Qui quum 
urbem Megaram oppugnaret, Scylla, Nisi filia, 
255. amore ejus ^^ correpta est^ et, ut ei victoriam 



1 480, 2, 3. 




7 493, 3. 


14 453. 


21 363. 


2 428. 




8 502. 


15 435, 1. 


22 367, 1. 


3 414. 




9 234. 


16 518. II. 1. 


23 228. 


4 469. II. 




10 414, 5. 


17 282. 


24 527, 2, 2). 


6 165, 1, 441, 1, 


414, 


11 425. 


18 414. 


25 102, 72, Exc. 3. 


5. 




12 414. 


19 545. 


26 414 


6 527, 2, 2). 




y^ 373. 


80 Go2l, II. 1. 


27 398.11. 



MYTHOLOGY. 139 

pararet, ^ patri ^ dormienti ^ fatalem crinem prae- 
cldit. Ita Nisus a Minoe * victus et occisus est. 
Quum autem Mince in Cretam^ rediret/ Scyl^a 
eum rogavit/ ut earn secum aveheret. Sed ille 

260. negavit Cretam tantum scelus ^ esse recepturam. 
Turn ilia se in mare praecipitat, navemque perse- 
quitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus 
est, Scyllain piscem, quern Cirim ^ vocant.^^ Ho- 
dieque/^ siquandoilla avishunc piscem conspexe- 

265. rit,^2 mittit se in aquam, raptumque unguibus 
dilaniat. 

23. Amphion/^ Jovis et Antiopes filins, qui 
Thebas ^* muris ^^ cinxit, Nioben/^ Tantali fili- 
am, in matrimonium duxit. Ex qua ^^ procreavit 

270. filics septem totidemque filias. Quern partum 
Niobe Latonae liberis ^^ anteposuit, superbius ^^ 
que locuta est in Apollinera et Dianam. Ob id 
Apollo filios ejus venantes^^ sagittis^^ interfecit, 
Diana autem filias. ^^ Niobe liberis ^^ orbata in 

275. saxum mutata e^se dicitur, ejusque lacrymae ho- 
dieque manare narrantnr. Ampbion autem, 
quum templum ApoUmis expugnare vellet, ab 
Apolline ^^ sagittis ^^ est interfectus. 

24. Phineus, Agenoris filius, ab ApoUme ^^ 
280. futurarum rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum 

vero hominibus deorum consilia enuntiaret/'' 



» 489. 1. 8 705. ir. 15 414^ 4, 22 307, 3. 

2 883. 9 71, 85. III. 4. 16 43. 23 425, 2, 3, 4). 

3 578.1. 10 373. 17 425. 24 414^5. 
* 414, 5. 11 587. 1. 3, 342, 2. i^ 131^ 1, i)^ 336. 25 414^ 4. 
« 435, 1, 379, 4. 12 jgS. ^^ 305, 444,1. 26 425. 

6 465. II. 1. 13 113, Exc. 1, 65, 2. 20 573. 1. 27 459, jj, 517, j, 

7 374, r. 4. 14 131, 1, 2). 21 414. 



140 LATIN READER. 

Jupiter euro, excaecavit, et immisit ei ^ Harpyi- 
as/ quae Jovis canes ^ esse dicuntur^ ut cibum 
ab ore ei ^ auferrent.^ Ad quern quum Argo- 

285. nautae venissent, ut eum iter rogarent/ dixit ^ 
se ^ illis iter demonstraturum ^ esse, si eum 
poena ^° liberarent. Turn Zates et Calais, Aqui- 
lonis filii, qui pennas in capite et in pedibus 
habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in insu- 

290. las Strophadas/ ^ et Phineum poena liberarunt.^^ 



1 


386. 


4 398, 


5. 


7 528, 


530. 


I. 


10 


425, 3, 


2.) 


2 


9.2. 


s 292, 


2. 


e 545. 






11 


98. 




3 


£62. 


6 489. 


1. 374. 


«228. 






12 


234. 





NOTES AND REFERENCES. 



NOTES AND REFERENCES. 



INTRODUCTOEY EXERCISES, 



Lines 1 — 10, Liagaa Latina, the Latin language^ lit. Latin language. 
But as the Latin has no article, a noun may, according to its connection, 
be translated either without the article, or with the indefinite article a or 
an^ or with the definite article the^ as in the example. In Latin, the ad- 
jective generally follows its noun, though sometimes it precedes it. But 
when the adjective is emphatic, it is placed before its noun. H. 598, 2. 
A. and S. § 279, 7, (a)., B. 740. Adjectives are either of the first and 
second declensions, or of the third only. Their form depends partly upon 
the gender of the noun they qualify. The masculine of adjectives of the 
first and second declensions ends in us or er ; the feminine in a, and the 
neuter in um. Adjectives of the third declension vary in respect to the 
number and kind of terminations. Lingua being a noun of the fem. 
gender, Latina must correspond to it in termination. In parsing an ad- 
jective, therefore, Latina^ for example, say, Latina is an adjective of three 
terminations, Latlnus^ «, um ; stem, Latln^ of the 1st and 2d declensions; 
decline. It is of the fem. gender, sing, number, nom. case, agreeing with 

Lhigua. Rule, H. 438. A. and S. § 205. B. 263. S. 128. Lingaa, 

liL tongue. Then, on account of the tongue being the principal organ of 
speech, language. In Latin the stem or root of a noun may be found by 
dropping the ending of the genitive singular. The declensions, also, to 
which nouns belong, are distinguished from each other by the ending of 
the genitive singular. This, in nouns of the first declension, is ae, second, 
e, third, ^5, fourth, us, fifth, e'i. In parsing a noun, therefore, lingua^ for 
example, say, lingua is a noun of the first declension, because (1.) nouns 
of the first declension ending in a are feminine^ (2.) ae is the ending of 
the genitive singular, linguae^ stem, lingu^ decline ; fem. gender, sing. 
num., nom. case ; and if the subject of a verb, give the rule. H. 387. 
A. and S. § 209. (a). B. 304. S. 123. ^Laetns pner. In this ex- 



144 NOTES AND EEFEEENCES. 

ample, puer being a noun of the masculine gender, laetus takes a corre- 
sponding termination. Pnlclier takes the endings -er, -r<x, -rum, 

BMcilis has but two endings, -^s, e. 

11 — 20. Miser has -cr, -era, -erum, HomOj gen. hommis. Sangals 

contains the radical letters of the English words sanguine^ sanguinary^ 
etc. Mons being masculine, names of mountains are accordingly some- 
times masculine. Aestas, kindred with aestuSj heat. 

21 — 30. Velox has but one form in the nominative singular for all 
genders. Maass, though of the fourth declension, is feminine by excep- 
tion. From sinistra is derived the English word sinister. Ees noYa, 

a neio thing ; res novaCj a revolution. lnrlga is of the first declension, 

and masc. by exception. Epitome and Boreas are Greek nouns. 

81 — 40. Pyrites is also a Greek noun of the first declension. -Sum- 
mum feoniiBl, the greatest good. Bummum is the irregular superlative of 

superus. Castra, a camp^ in the sing., a casile. Mci, gen. MelUs. 

Lac is one of the only two nouns which in Latin end in c. 

41 — 50. Facinas is employed in reference to a great deed, an awful 

deed. Vis, for its declension see H. 88, III. 3. A. and S. §85. B. 

§ 90, 12. S. 2Y. — -^Major, irregular comparative of magnus. Minor, 

irregular comparative of parvus. Potentissimns, superl. of potens. • 

Tonitra, a neuter noun of the fourth decl. 

51 — 60. Triplex, gen. triplicis. ^Ees secnndae, prosperous things^ 

prosperity. Causa pngnae, the cause of the battle. The genitive case is 

equivalent to the English possessive, or objective with of In parsing 
pugnae^ say, it is a noun of the first declension, stem, piign^ decline : fern, 
gender, sing, number, gen. case, and limits causa. Eule, H. 395. A. and 

S. § 211. B. 332. S. 129. JuneRis, gen, of Juno. She was the 

daughter of Saturn and Ops. By her marriage with Jupiter, she became 

the queen of all the gods, and mistress of heaven and earth. Rlieni, 

from Rhenus, the modern Rhine. Galliac, of Gaul, a name appHed to 

the extensive countries reaching from northern Italy to the German Ocean. 
Virornm, from vir^ gen. viri. 

61— YO. Dii, from Deus, a god. Eomaaorum, though strictly an ad- 
jective, is here used as a noun. H. 441, 1. A. and S. § 205, Kem. 7. 

(1). B. 269. Praemia, from praemium. Catilinae, from Catilma, 

first decL masc. by exception. The notorious conspirator against the 

Roman government, whose plot was detected and defeated by Cicero. 

Ciirtliagiais, gen. of Carthago, a celebrated city of Africa. Tlmoris hmits 

plena according to rule, B. 361, 862. e. 

71—80. Ciceronis, from Cicero, 2l celebrated Roman oraxor.-^ Om- 

ninm, from omnis, e, all. Hominis, from homo. Solonis, from Solon, 

a celebrated lawgiver of the Athenians, and one of the seven wise men of 



NOTES AND KEFERENCES. 145 

Greece. Demosthenis, of Demosthenes^ the most celebrated of the 

Athenian orators, 

81 — 90. For the declension of cornua^ see B. 91. S. 28. Avidus 

landis, desirous of praise. B. 849. S. 132. Agris, dat. plur. of ager^ 

limiting utilis. The dative is equivalent to the English objective with to 
ov for. B. 382. S. 140. Patri similis, like his father. Similis is fol- 
lowed both by the genitive and dative. By the genitive when an internal 
resemblance, or a resemblance in character or disposition is to be ex- 
pressed, and by the dative when an external resemblance is denoted. 

Ego amo, / love. In parsing a pronoun, as, for example, e^o, say, it is a 
personal pronoun, give its person, gender, number, case, and is the sub- 
ject of amo. Rule, H. 367. A. and S. § 209. (a). B. 304. S. 123. Amo 
is a verb ; its principal parts are, amo, amdre, amdvi, amdtum. It is a 
verb of the first conjugation, because it has d long before re in the present 
of the infinitive active, amdre ; stem, am^ synopsis of the mood, amo, 
arndbam, amdbo, amdvi, amaveram^ amavero ; inflection, amo^ amas^ 
amat^ amdmuSj amdtis, amant : indie, mood, pres. tense, active voice, 
first person, sing, number, and agrees with ego. Rule, H. 460. A. and 

S. § 209. (b). B. 303. S. 124. Cnpio, / desire. The pronouns ego 

tu^ noSy vosj are seldom expressed, since the termination of the verb suf- 
ficiently marks the person. 

91 — 100. Pueri, for its declension, see B. 64. S. 17, 1. ^Eram, 

from sum. Stabat, from sto.- Dens dabit, God will give. For the 

declension of Deus^ see B. 73. Dabit, from do. Rara, neut. plur. nom. 

of rus. Fnisti, from sum. Vicit, from vinco. Creverunt, from 

cresco, 

101 — 110. Hannibal, a celebrated (Carthaginian general. Scripserat, 

from scribo, Riseris, from rideo, Ycllemns, from the irregular verb 

volo. 

Ill — 120. Potnisses, from possum^ which is composed of jt3o^^s and 

s2C7n. Die, imperative of dico. For the omission of the final e, see 

B. 214, 4. Moneor, / am advised. Tcmpora, from tempus. 

Domns is a noun partly of the second, and partly of the fourth declensions. 

It is fem. by exception. For its inflection see B. 93, 5. S. 28, 2. 

Miles Tnlneratas est, the soldier was or has been wounded. Vulneratus est 
is composed of the perf. pass, participle of vulnero and a part of the verb 
sumy which is here used as an auxiliary. And as myites is a masc. noun, 
the participial form of the expression must conform to its gender. 

121 — 130. Datae erant is from c?o, to give. Fares from fur. 

Homo sum, lama man. For the rule for the predicate nom., see B. 319. 
S. 126. 

131 — 140. Sum laetnS) lam glad, Laetus is an adjective in the pred- 
7 



146 KOTES AKD REFERENCES. 

icate after sum, B. 322, 263. Es, from sam, Bivitiae wants the 

singular. 

141 — 150. Cancri, from cancer. Semper is an adverb, and qualifies 

heatus. An adverb is usually placed immediately before the word which 

it qualifies. Ova, from ovum. Castrnm, sing, means a castle., hut ; 

castra, plur. camp. Qsadrata, square. This was the usual form of the 

Roman camp. It had four gates, viz. : porta praeioria^ porta decumdna^ 
poj^ta principalis deztra and porta principalis sinistra. It was also 
strongly fortified with a ditch and rampart. 

151 — 160. Nemo is composed of ne and homo. Fames ct sltis, etc. 

Why these nouns take a plural verb, see H. 463, 11. A. and S. § 209, 

Rem. 12. B. 312. Stcllarnm is from stella, of the plur. num., gen. 

case, and limits numerus. Rule, B. 332. S. 129. The modifiers of a 
noun generally follow it. But when emphatic, they are placed before 

their nouns. Romulus, the founder of Rome. Tarqninins Snperbns, 

the last of the Roman kings. Ultimas wants the positive. B. 113,4. 

161 — 110. Manlpulos, the standard of the maniple, was originally a 
handful of hay, expressed by the word manipulus, which is composed of 

the words manus and pleo, plenus. Legionis, from legio. The number 

of men in a legion varied at different times from 4,500 to 6,000. Delpllis, 

from Delphi, drum, which wants the singular. Delphi was a town of 
Phocis, and celebrated for the temple and oracle of Apollo. For its con- 
struction see B. 549. S. 169. Apoilinis, ivom Apollo, son of Jupiter 

and Latona. He was the god of all the fine arts, of medicine, music, 

poetry, and eloquence. Melior is the irregular comparative of bonus, 

B. 113. S. 37. For its iiifiection see B. 99, II. 4. S. 35, 4. Nemo 

non, every one. H. 585, 1. A. and S. § 2'7'7, Rem. 4. B. 588.- 

Yitanda est, ought to he shunned, consists of the future passive participle of 
vito, and the auxiliary verb est, and together they form the second or pas- 
sive periphrastic conjugation, which denotes necessity or propriety. 

Virtntls is the genitive oi characteristic. B. 339. S. 130. 

ITl — 180. Syracnsae, in apposition with urhs. B. 251, 253. S. 127. 

Syracuse was a city in Sicily. Urbinm, designates the whole. B. 355. 

S. 131. Gallomm, o/* ^/ie Gauls. The Gauls were inhabitants of Gallia. 

Belgae, the Belgians. They inhabited the northeastern part of Gallia. 

SocrateSj a celebrated Grecian philosopher. Sapientissimns, for its 

comparison see B. 112, 1, 2. S. 35, 2, 3, 4. Nostrnm, from ego. 

Nantis, from nauta, dative plur., limiting grata. B. 382, 384, 2. S. 140. 

Jovi, from JupXter. He was the most powerful of all the gods of the 

ancients. The oak was sacred to him because he first taught mankind to 
live upon acorns. Nil, a shortened form of nihil^ and that of nihilum, 

181—190. Bamis, dat. plur,, limiting similia, H. 391, 1. A. and S. 



NOTES AND KEFEEENCES. 147 

§ 222, 3., Rem. 1. B. 382, SS4 ; 8th. S. 140. Simillima, superl. of 

simllis. For its comparison, see B. 113, 1. S. 36, 1. Dedit, from do, 

Vulcaaas, Vickan^ son of Jupiter and Juno, god of fire and patron of 

all artists who worked iron and metals. Acliilil, from Achilles^ son of 

Peleus and Thetis, and the bravest of all the Greeks in the Trojan war. 

Kemiai, for its construction see B. 403, 405, 2d. S. 142. 5163- 

daci, from mendax. Irae, dat. after hiipera, B. 403. S. 142. ]^^e 

is used in prohibitions, wishes, and purposes. 

191 — 200. Ariovistns, a king of Germany. Fopulo Romano, dat. 

after intalit. B. 399. S. 143. jloricndnia est, see B. 182, 6 ; 214, 

9 ; 699. Liber est niili!, I have a hook, For the construction of mihi^ 

see B. 394. For the declension of tres, see B. 104, 3. S. 41. 

Niliii, an abbreviation of nzliilum. Boial, at home. For its construction 

see B. 558. Kullij from nullus. Major, irreg. compar. of magnus. 

Can!, dat. of possessor. B. 394. Leonibiis . . . terror!, in the dative 

after sunt. B. 427. S. 145- ^Libmm, ace. sing, of liber^ direct object 

of habet. B. 436. S. 146. 

201 — 210. Crassas, a Roman name. Ardea, a city of Latium, south 

of Rome. It was the capital of the Rutuli. OppngnaturiiS, fut. act. 

participle of oppugno, B. 685, 681. S. 128. Perdldit, from perdo. 

Regains, a consul during the first Punic war. ^Poenomm, from PoenuSy 

a name given to the Carthaginians. -Passus est, from patior. Sa- 

tarnus, son of Coelus, or Uranus^ and Tei^ra. He is generally represented 

as an old man, bent through age and infirmity. Docait governs two 

accusatives. B. 508. S. 148. Caesar, a surname given to the Julian 

family af Rome. Caius Julius Caesar, the first emperor of Rome, was 

the son of L. Caesar and Aurelia. For the construction of exercitum 

and Jlumen, see B. 443, 2d. 

211 — ^220. ingnstiiS, a surname of Octavius Caesar. He was the son 

of Octavius and Accia. Septeia horas, ace. of duration of time, B. 565, 

Rule xli. S. 152. Sormiebat denotes customary action. Romalas, 

a son of Mars and Eia, grandson of Numitor^ and twin-brother of Remus. 

Septcm et triginta, teven and thirty. H., page 55, 3. A. and S. 

§ 118, 3,(b). B. 106, 1. S. 46. Cartliagineia, ace. of place. B. 553. 

S. 153. Rediit, from redeo. Curias, a Roman. Romam, to Rome, 

a city of Italy, the capital of the Roman empire. Mortem, ace. sing. 

governed by ante. B. 602. S. 150. Sermani, the Germans, between 

the Rhine, the Danube, the Vistula, and the sea. Eelvetios, an ancient 

nation of Gaul, conquered by Julius Caesar. DiYitiacus, an JEduan. 

PosUa est, from pono. Pyrenaeos, mountains dividing France and 

Spain. 

221—230. Paeris, abl. governed by in. B. 603. S. 166. Sidera, 



148 KOTES AND REFEEENCES. 

from sidus. PugnaYemnt, the historical perfect or perfect indefinite, 

from jow^no. B. 163. Alpes, mountains separating Italy from Spain, 

Gaul, Rhaetia and Germany. Cum, with the ablative, denotes accom- 

pa7iiment. S. 165. Transilt, from transeo. XerOj a celebrated Ro- 
man emperor. Ab omnibns Romanis, hi/ all the Romans. Romanis is 

the ablative of the agent. B. 529, 530. S. 163. Scipio, a celebrated 

family at Rome. Africanus, a surname given to Publius Cornelius, 

son of Publius Scipio, on account of his achievements in Africa. 

Urlsem, ace. sing., governed by m, denoting motion or tendency, B. 60Y. 
S. 151. 

231 — 240. Flnmina, from flumen. Bacelins, son of Jupiter and 

Semele, and god of wine. Sul) jngnm, under the yoke. This consisted 

of a spear supported transversely by two others placed upright. Under 
this the Romans obliged their captives to pass, thus indicating a state of 

subjugation and servitude. Sexaginta, the larger number, precedes 

tria^ the smaller, and hence et is omitted. Ossa, from os, a hone. 

Cohortes, from cohors^ a division in the Roman armies. Manipnli, small 

battalions into which the Roman armies were marshalled in open order. 
Centuriae, centuries^ companies of infantry, commanded by a cen- 
turion, 

24:1 — 250. Maxima, irregular superl. oimagnus. B. 113. S. 37. 

Orsnm est, from ordior. Hastis is the abl. plur. denoting the means, 

B. 542. S. 162. Cornibns, from cornu. For the declension of hinis^ 

see B. 106. S. 40, 3 ; 45. ^Regno, abl. after potltus est. B. 484. S. 

160. For the construction of ammhus, see B. 485. 

251 — 260. Vino, abl. after implentur. B. 480. Forum Romanmn, 

the Roman forum^ was situated between the Palatine and the Capitohne 
hills, and its extent was seven jugera. Rostris, with heaks^ a name ap- 
plied to the stage in the Forum, from which the orators addressed the 
people. This stage obtained its name of Rostra at the conclusion of the 
great Latin war, when it was adorned with the beaks of the ships of the 

Antiates. Jnba, abL, governed by carent. B. 480, 482. Isocrates, 

a famous Athenian orator and teacher of rhetoric. Taleiitis, abl, of 

price, B. 581. S. 16Y. Yere, from ^;er, abh of ^me. B. 565. S. 168. 

Brevissimae, superl. of hrevis^ e. 

261—270. Longiores, compar. of longus. Vi is the ablative of char- 
acteristic. B. 339. S. 130. ^Athenis, abl. plur. denoting place. B. 

549. S. 169. Athens was the capital of Attica. Alexander, the 

son and successor of PhiHp, king of Macedonia. Babylone, at Bahylon^ 

the metropolis of Chaldea. Sol major, etc., the sun is larger than the 

earth. For the use of quam, see B. 466. Velocior, compar. of velox, 

Melius is the neuter form of the compar, of bonus. Aurnm graylnS) 

etc. For the omission of quam, see B. 467. S. 171. 



NOTES AND EEFEKENCES. 149 

211 — 280. Tnllius Hostilins, the third king of Rome. Romiinornm, 

of the Romans^ the genitive of the whole. Kcstoris, of JVestor^ son of 

Neleus and Chloris, At the Trojan war he distinguished himself among 
the rest of the Grecian chiefs by eloquence, address, wisdom, justice, and 
an uncommon prudence of mind. Exegi, from exigo. For the omis- 
sion of quam in this example, see B. 460, Note 1. Animal is in apposi- 
tion with delphinus. B. 251. S. 127. -Homini, from homo^ dat. limiting 

amlcum. B. 382, S. 140. Cantn, abl. after gaudet. B. 485. 

Popnlo is in apposition with Persis, B. 258. Epiri, of Epirus^ a prov- 
ince in the north of Greece. Auxilio is the abl. of means, B. 542. 

S. 162. 

281 — 290. CorintliUS, Corint\ a city of Achaia.- Anno denotes the 

time, A Eomanis, hy the Romans. Cnm^ with implevit^ denotes time. 

B. 680.- ConcMs, abl. after implevit, B. 514. Ceres was the goddess 

of corn and of harvests, and daughter of Saturn and Yesta. Cain is 

here followed by the subjunctive, and accordingly denotes a connection of 

thought. GlandibnSj from glans^ ablative after vescerentur. B. 484. 

S. 160. For the use of in with Raliam, see B. 607. S. 151. Mace- 

doniae, of Macedonia^ a coimtry north of Thessaly. TiieljaSj ace. plur., 

and object of cepisset, Thebes was the capital of Boeotia. For the use 

of the pluperfect subj, with cum^ see B. 681. Familiae is the dat. after 

pepercit, B. 403. S. 142. ^Pepereit, from parco. For the inflec- 
tion of edimus^ see B. 221, 9. S. 100. Ut Yivamns, in order that we 

may live. TJt^ denoting jt>wrpose or de^ign^ takes the subj. B. 627, 1, 2d. 

S. 175, 1. Ut . . . perturbarct. Here ut denotes the result after tantus. 

B. 627. 1, 1st. 

291 — 300. In Itallam, into Baly. Here in denotes motion or tendency, 
Italy is a celebrated country of Europe, bounded by the Adriatic and 
Tyrrhene seas, and the Alpine mountains. It has borne, at different per- 
iods, the names Saturnia, Oenotria, Hesperia^ Ausonia^ and Tyrrhenia. 

In hac terra, in that land. Here in denotes situation. B. 608. S. 

151. Ynlneribus, hy wounds, abl. plur. of vulnus, denoting the means. 

It is here emphatic, standing between ne and quidem. India, the most 

celebrated and opulent of all the countries of Asia. Pingeret, from 

pingo. For the comparison oi fortisslme, see B. 233. S. 89, 1. 

301 — 310. For the use oi ne with the subjunctive and an, see B. 627, 

5, Note. S. 175, 3. Veteres, from vetus. Factns sit, irreg. pass, of 

facio. Deponeret, from depono. Qni iter cognoscerent. For its 

equivalent, see B. 641, 642. S. 175, 2.- Deeemyiri, compounded of 

Decern and vir, gen. viri. Leges, from lex. — —Corpori, dat. after ser- 

vit. B. 403. S. 142. 

811 — 320. Grnes, from grus. Qni is equivalent to ille qui. . 



150 NOTES AND EEFERENCES. 

Serlts?, from sero^ to sow.— — For the inflection of /ert^ see B, 221, 1. 

S. 98. Souls, abl. after utitur. B. 48-i. S. 160. Qui snstmerct, 

etc., literally, who might withstand^ that is, in order that it might with- 
stayid. Venire, for its construction, see B. 663. S. I'zY, 2. Trans- 
da cere governs exer&dmn and jiumen according to B. 443, 2d. Corde, 

from cor. 

821 — 330. Solitus est is a neuter passive or semi-deponent verb. B. 

213, 1. S. 88. Solon J one of the seven wise men of Greece, born at 

galamis and educated at Athens. Gigantes, from gigas. Ansi sunt, 

from audeo, Te . . . Yenire, B. 671. S. 154. Errare est Iinmanum, 

to err is human. B. 6G0. S. I'Z'?, 1. For the comparison of bene^ see 

B. 234. S. 39, 2. Sapientls, for its government, see B. 864. 

331 — 340. Maximas, superl. of magnus. Gessisse, from gero. 

Gandeo is a neuter passive or semi-deponent verb. Tib! Wmii^ jucundas, 

Homernm is the subject ace. of fuisse. Homer was a celebrated 

Greek poet, and the most ancient of all the profane writers. Yirgilins was 

called the prince of the Latin poets. He was born at Andes, a village 

near Mantua. Jnsserat, from jubeo. Carmina sna, subj. ace. of 

cremari. Yctnit, from veto. Yariantis is a pres. act. part., agreeing 

with fortunae. B. 681. S. 128. Daatis, from do. For its construc- 
tion, see B. 269. 

341 — 850. Morientes expresses the adverbial relation of time. 

Transitnri, see B. 182, 6. For the comparison of minimos^ see B. 113. 

S. 37. Danans, son of Belus and Anchinoe.— — Adycctus, from adveho. 

Rex is in the predicate after f actus est. Boniitam, see B. 684. 

^Diripiendam denotes purpose. B. 686. Sole oricate, etc., the sun 

rising^ night flees. For the ablative absolute, see H. 430. A. and S. 

§ 257. B. 690. S. 173. Antonins, Antony^ a triumvir, grandson of 

M. Antonius, and son of Antonius, surnamed Cretensis. C^^gente, from 

cogo. Cleopatra, a queen of Egypt. Aeneas, a Trojan prince, son of 

Venus and Anchises, who is said to have fled into Italy, and formed a 

settlement, after the destruction of Troy. Troja, the capital of Troas. 

It was built on a small eminence near Mount Ida, and the promontory of 
Sigaeum, at the distance of about four miles from the sea-shore. 

351—360. Romae, at Rome, the genitive of place. B. 548. S. 139. 

Sabinis debellatis, the Sabines having been conquered. The Sabines 

were an ancient people of Italy. Trinmphans, a pres. act. part, denot- 
ing the adverbial relation of manner. Romam, ace. of place. Rediit, 

from redeo. Cognito, from cognosco.— — Cieerone consnle, Cicero being 

consul, or, during the considship of Cicero. B. 695. Natns est, from 

nascor. Oppngnandi is the genitive of the gerund after flnem. B. 702. 

— — Pcritissimus is the superl. of peritus. For the declension of i^ei- 



NOTES AND REFERENCES. 151 

puhlicae^ see B. 96, 9. Belendae, from deleo. For its construction, see 

B. 707. Scribendo is the dative of the gerund. 

361 — 370. Bibendo, from hiho, dative of the gerund after 7dilis. B. 

703. — -Ad deliberandam, for delihevating. B. 704. Pythagoras, a 

celebrated philosopher, born at Samos. -PFofectus est, ^vora prqficiscor, 

Boeendo docemoTt We are taught hy teaching. The gerund here 

denotes the means. B. 705. Apnm, from apia. A Poenis is the 

abl. of the voluntary agent. De captivis redimcndis, concerning redeem- 
ing the captives. B. 707. Postulatam is the former supine, following 

venit^ a verb of motion, and denotes the purpose of the motion. B. 712. 
S. 181. Aaxiliam is the object o^ postulatam. B. 713. 

371 — 880. Inventa is the latter supine, following difficilis. B. 716. 

S. 182. Bene mones, Thou advisest well. B. 585, 587, 234. S. 183, 

39, 2. Nemo non, B. 588. Et . . . et, neqae . . . neque, etc. See 

B. 726. 



NOTES AND REFERENCES 

ON THE 

FABLES OF AESOP. 



Aesop was a Phrygian philosopher, who, though originally a slave, 
procured his liberty by the sallies of bis genius. He traveled over the 
greatest part of Greece and Egypt, but resided chiefly at the court of 
Croesus, king of Lydia, by whom he was sent to consult the oracle of 
Delphi. In this commission Aesop behaved with great severity, and satiri- 
cally compared the Delphians to floating sticks, which, while they appear 
large at a distance, are nothing when brought near. The Delphians, 
offended with his sarcastic remarks, accused him of having secreted one 
of the sacred vessels of Apollo's temple, and threw him down from a 
rock. 

Aesop dedicated his fables to his patron, Croesus ; but what appears 
now under his name, is no doubt a compilation of all the fables and 
apologues of wits before and after the age of Aesop, conjointly with his 
own. 

1 — 10. Milvli metHj through fear of a kite, Metu is the abl. of cause. 

H. 414. A. and S. § 247. B. 542. S. 162. RogaveriiBt takes an ace. 

of the person, accipltrem^ and a subj. clause, ut eas defender et^ denoting 

the thing. Anniiit, from annuo^ is compounded of ad and nuo. Uno 

die . . . longo tempore are in the abl. sing., denoting duration of time. 

H. 426. A. and S. § 253. B. 565, Rule xli. Vltandnm esse, from vito, 

is in the second or passive periphrastic conjugation, which expresses necessity 
or propriety y and is accordingly to be translated, ought to he shunned. 

H. 229. A. and S. § 162, 15. B. 214, 9. S. 89, 2. Muscnliim is a 

diminutive noun. -forrosis plagis, abl. absol. H. 480. A. and S. § 257. 

B. 690. S. 173. ^Liberaret, imperf. subj. B. 627, 1, 8d.- Quo 

facto, which having been done, or, as soon as this was done. B. 295. 

11 — 20. For the declension of domus, see B. 93, 5. S. 28, 2. 

Praetereuntij pres. act. part, from praetereo, agreeing with lupo, For 

7* 



154 NOTES AND EEFEEENCES. 

the construction of lupo, see H. 385, 2. A. and S. § 225, I. B. 897. 

S. 144. Inqnit takes for its object, the clause *' Non . . . 7naledicity 

B. 445. Eeddit is singular according to B. S13. 

21 — 30. Nobis, from e^o. For the mood of contemnamusy see B. 

627, 1, 3d. Alia, from alius, a, ud. See B. 98, 4 ; Note 2. S. 32. 

Majora, comp. oi magnus. Bedit, from do.- For the comparison of 

graviter^ see B. 233. S. 39, 1. Conqnerebatar denotes customary past 

action. Kegata esset . . . exceilat. For the use of the subjunctive, see 

B. 655. 

31 — 40. Aatem, eaim andvero commonly occupy the second place in a 

clause. Omnia bona is the subject ace. of coyiferri. Oportnit takes 

the clause omnia bona in unum conferri as its subject. Gravitate is 

the abl. denoting the cause. B. 542. S. 162. Fanperes, ivom pauper. 

Dant poenam, lit., give punishment, that is, suffer punishment. 

41—50. For the construction of tihi, see H. 386. A. and S. § 224. 

B. 399. S. 143.— -Milii is the dative of the possessor. B. 394. The 

subject of est is dulcia tutis praeponere. Talis is the dat. plur. gov- 
erned by prae in composition with j[?raepo?ier 6-. Nosne is compounded of 

nos, from ego, and ne^ an interrog. enclitic particle, serving to introduce a 

question, and not to be translated. For the construction of otio^ see 

B. 484. S. 160. With non faciemus^ supply hoc. — — Poenitnit, from 

poenitet, governs membra^ the ace. of the person exercising the feeling, 
and invidiae suae^ the gen. of the object in respect to which the feeling is 
exercised. B. 419. S. 136. 

51 — 60. Ja€efeat denotes customary past action. ^Bovesqne is com- 
pounded of bovesj from hos^ and the enclitic conj. que. Latraiido is the 

abl. of the gerund, and denotes the meayis. Bonm, for its declension, 

see B. 90, 12. S. Irreg. nouns, 3d decl. Eo cibo, abl. governed by 

vescamur. B. 484. S. 160. For the construction of ei, see H. 386. 

A. and S. § 224. B. 399. S. 143.— — Ut, etc., introduces the result. 

Fornsidiiie is the abl. of cause. B. 542. S. 162. Eundcm, from 

idem. 

61 — 70. The position of quidem renders titnuit emphatic. Illi, da- 
tive after obviam, B. 600. Bieebat, imperf., denoting customary ac= 

tion. Mi fili is the vocative of address. B. 69, Exc. 5 ; 98, 1 ; l*Dte 1. 

With the imperative, not is expressed by ne. B. 657, 2. Gres- 

sibas and via are ablatives of manner. Praeceptis, dat. after ohsequar. 

B. 403. S. 142. Yidero, fut. perf. indie, of video. Adclesceiitiam 

is the subj. ace. oi instrui. B. 671. S. 154. 

71 — 80. la mRxima coscordia, in the greatest harmony. Omai, for 

its position, see B. 740, 2d. Orto, from orior. Qaaatam feoalj lit. 

hoio much of goodj that is, how much good. B. 343, 345, Quantum and 



NOTES AND REFERENCES. 165 

bo7ii are both used substantively. H. 441, 2. Sit is subj. according to 

B. 627, 5. S. 175, 3. Tanqaam leo ee-set, as if he might he or were a 

Hon. B. 627, 2. Celerius is the comp. of celeriter. B. 473. Ag- 

nitaSj from agnosco. 

81—90. HOiioribaSj abl. plur., denoting the cause, B. 542. S. 162. 

Hiac SttSpicari coeplt, Hence she (the woman) began to suspect lilam, 

referring to the hen, is the subject ace. of celare. B. 671. S. 154. 

Qaod is here equivalent to id quod^ that which. DivitiiSt For its con- 
struction, see B. 399. S. 143. ^MinoreSj supply c?iti7ias.— Perdidlt, 

ivomperdo. ^Dao, supply homines, 

91—100. Una is used adverbially. -Prior, the comparative, is used 

when only two are spoken of. B. 274. Conspexisset. For its mood, 

see B. 655. Nee is here equivalent to et non^ and not. Eo, abl, 

governed by potitur. B. 484. S. 160. Totam diem, the whole day, is 

the accusative of duration of time. H. 378. A. and S. § 236. B. 565, Rule 

xli. S. 152. ^Idqac, and that too. B. 123, 2, a. Eo animo denotes 

the manner. Ke nostris qaideia corperibus, not even our bodies. Nos- 

iris is emphatic from its position between ne and quidem. For the con- 
struction of corporibus, see B. 403. S. 142. 

101— -110. Spectatnr has for its subject the clause, quid fiat, etc. 

Qaod* For its translation, see B. 295, 1st. Isti here denotes contempt, 

these fellows, B. 118, 3, 3d. ^For the construction of ove, see B. 484, 

485. 

Ill — 120. Ft ad se commigraret, that he would remove to him, or 

simply, to remove to him. For the mood of rcddidisscm, see B. 656. 

^Debere, pres. infin. act. of debeo, having dissimilia for its subject ace. 

B. 671. S. 154. Ne me iuterficite, do not kill me. Vv^ith the im- 
perative, not is expressed by ne. ^Neqae is equivalent to et non^ and 

not^ 

121 — 130. Propter hoc ipsam, on account of this itself ov for this very 

reason, Qaod, because. Qaam, although. ^Pagnandi, gen. of the 

gerund, from pugno, and follows imperiius. B. 702. Sis^ from sum^ 

subj. pres. after quum. Non SOlam . . . sed etiam, not only , . , but also. 

Esse paniendos* See B. 687. Eos qai, tJiose who, or stich as, Eos 

is the subject ace. of esse puniendos to be supplied. Acerrinie, superl. of 

acriier, Inter se, betioeen themselves, or wiih each other. Redacere 

depends on conatae. For the mood oi facerent, see B. 627, 1, 3d. 

S. 175, 1. 

131 — 140. For the construction of imhecilliorlhus, see B. 393. 

Prodesse, from prosum. "Saginaret, subj. imperf. after si. B. 627, 2. 

Fore takes for its subject the clause following, beginning with ut. 

For its use, see B. 678. The distributives bina . . . terna^ denote the 



156 NOTES AJSTD EEFEEENCES. 

number of eggs expected each day. Esset facta, from flo, Avari- 

tiam, subject ace. of esse. 

141 — 150. Subsiliit, from suhsilio. Virimn, from vis. Contea- 

tione is the abl. of manner. Si . . . posset, '<f hy chance she might he ahle^ 

that is, in order to ascertain whether she was able. Acerbae sunt, they^ 

that is, uvae^ ai-esour. ^Kec, and not Eepertas, from reperio^ iffound^ 

lit. having been found. It is equivalent to the conditional clause si in via 
reperlrem. Quae is the ace. of the object. Se is the ace. of the sub- 
ject. For the mood of desperent^ see H. 501. B. 656. Leaeaae. 

See B. 501. Huic dicitur respondissc, she is said to have replied to 

her, 

151 — 160. Qnomodo, how. Caverent, subj. according to B. 627, 5. 

S. 175, 3. Propositis, from propono. Omnibas, dat. after placuit. 

S. 142. ^Placuit has for its subject the clause beginning with ict. 

For the construction of ez, see B. 399. S. 143. Sic enim, etc., for 

thuSj they said, they themselves would he ahle^ etc. Posse depends upon a 

verb of saying to be supplied. CJnaereretur takes the clause beginning 

with qui^ as its subject. Nemo rcpcrtus est, no one ivas found. Be- 

pertus esty from repcrio. 

161 — 170. Pinrimcs, irreg. superl. of multus. Mordaci, from mor- 

dax. For the declension of paterfamilias^ see B. 96, 9, Note 2. lere, 

from aes. For the government of ti7inltu^ see B. 485. PraemiuM, 

predicate after cssc^. B. 319. S. 126. Senior. See B. 113, 6, Note. 

Te is in the ace. after 0. B. 451. Mornm, from mos. 

171—180. Sibi, dat. after placent. B. 403. S. 142. Insignibus, 

from insigne. For the comparison of hene^ see B. 234. S. 39, 2. 

Ft videtnr, as it seems. Licet takes the clause beginning with mecum, 

as its subject. llecusi is compounded of 7ne and cu7n, B. 118, 4. 

For the omission of ut after licet, see B. 632. Et eadem felicitate 

frnarls, and enjoy the same felicity. For the construction of felicitate^ 

see B. 484. S. 160. Eiint, from eo. Attritos, from attero. Supply 

esse. Quid hoe est is the object of inquit. Niim juguia sustines ? 

Do you carry a yoke ? 

181 — 190. rt here denotes the purpose, and is accordingly followed 

by the subj. Noctu is the abl. of time. For the construction of 

cervlcij see B. 401. Amice is the vocative of address. Nihil. See 

B. 500. Liberis, dat. plur. B. 378. Taati is the gen. of value. 

B. 495, 498. S. 133. Inliaeserat, from inhaereo. 

191 — 200. Qtti illud extrahat, who may extract it., that is, in order that 
he may extract it., or simply, to extract it. Qui is equivalent to ut ille. B. 

641, 643, 4th. S. 175, 2. Hoc, this, refers to the removal of the bone. 

Merces is the predicate of videtur^ the subject is the clause quod . . . 



NOTES AND KEFERENCES. 157 

exiraxisH. Quod, that Extraxisti, from extraho. Sinn is the abl. 

of place without in. Alas, ace. plur., governed by subter, B. 608. 

Vires, from vis. Agrlcolae, dat. after injlixii. B. 899. S. 143. 

201—210. Qnalem . . . soleant. For the use of the subj., see B. 627, 

6. S. 175, 3. Equum is the object, beatum the predicate after praedi- 

cdbat, Qni . . . pasceretur, who might feed, that is, because he fed. B. 

645. Paleae, from its position between oie and quidem, is emphatic. 

For the mood of pr a eberentur, see B. 630. Bello exorto, abl. absolute. 

Vulneribus, from vulnus. Confossns, perf. pass. part, of confodio, 

211 — 220. Ble, ace. after 0. B. 451. For ^yi with the subj., see 

B. 645. jlortem is the subj. ace. of appropinquare, Sibi, dat. gov- 
erned according to B. 399. S. 143. Quos . . . noverat. Whom he had 

known sometimes to disagree, B. 6'74. Xoverat, from nosco, Ut 

fieri SOlet. As to happen is wont, that is, as usually happens. Solet is 

used impersonally. Yirgalarnm is a diminutive noun. Qaibas al- 
ia tis, wh'ch having been brought. The abl. absol. here denotes time. 

Qaibus, see B. 295. AUatis, from affero. Qucd, which, or this. It 

refers to the breaking of the bundle of rods. Singolas, one by one or 

one to each. Fractis, from frango, 

221—230. Doenlt takes two accusatives, one of the person, the other, 

of the thing. B. 508. S. 148. Qnam . . . concordia. In questions 

and exclamations, the order, in English, of the subject-nominative and 

predicate-nominative is reversed. Qnam introduces the question. 

Imbccillis. Supply res csset. Eqnnm is the object of the person ; the 

clause, ut , , . levaret, the object of the thing after rogavit. Aliqna parte, 

of some part, B. 514, 616. Oneris, from onus, gen. of the whole. 

Se refers to asmus. Consumptas, from consumo. For the construc- 
tion of asino, see B. 401. Detractam, from detraho, 

231 — 240. Qui . . . noluerim, lit. who may have been unwilling, that is, 

because I was unwilling, B. 645. Parvnlum, a diminutive adj. 

Nolnerim, from nolo. Cogar, from cogo. Fna, together. Mulier 

Tidna, a widow. Texeado is the abl. of the gerund, denoting the 

means. B. 705. De aoete, while it was yet night. Qaam primam, 

as soon as. Gall! cantam, the crowing of the cock. -laterficere is the 

object of statuerunt, B. 663. Qao facto, this being done, that is, 

the cock having been killed.; For the government of conditione, see 

B. 611. 

241 — 250. Noctis, from nox. Jam, even. Prima nocte, in the 

beginning ov first part of the night, B. 2Y3, 565. S. 168. Magaopere 

is compounded of magno and cpere. Ft . . . doccret, that she would 

teach her to fly, or simply, to teach her to fly. This clause is the object of 
the thing after orabat. Doccret also takes two objects, sese, the person, 



158 NOTES AND KEFEEENCES. 

volare^ the thing. Sese, the same as se, H. Y03, 6. A. and S. § 322, 6. 

B. 20, 3d.^ Eam . . . C'C'EtrariaiHj that she sought a thing contrary to her 

nature, Earn is the subj., and rem the object of petere, B. 673, 674. 

For the construction of naturae, see B. 382. Ilia, she^ the tortoise. 

^Nihilo. See B. 579, 580. Se Toincrem facere, to make her winged, 

Se refers to the tortoise. Uogalis . . . sustalit, the eagle carried 

her^ having been seized in her talons. Arreptam from arripio, agrees 

with illam to be supplied. SustEiit from toUo. Arreptam sastnlit is 

equivalent to arripuit et sustulit, la gnVtiine, on high. Ft denotes 

the purpose, and hence is followed by the subjunctive. 

251 — 260. Comminiita interlit is equivalent to comminuta est et interiit, 

laterlit, from intereo. MaltOS is the subject ace. of 7'espuere and 

mere. — — Quae is the subject of orat. For the construction of sihi, see 

B. 399. S. 143. Ayidissimnni is the superl. of avidus. Grandiores, 

comp. o£ grandis. 

261 — 270. Yeaetnr, from vector. ^Partaaa, perf. pass. part. o£ pario, 

' Ligna, from liguum. Cecidcrat, from caedo. Sablatis, from 

tollo. Domnm is the ace. of place, B. 558. Allquaiitiim. See B. 

573. S. 152. Viae is the gen. of the whole. B. 343. S. 131, 

Progressns esset, from progredior, Et— -et, both — and. Clara voce, 

with a loud voice^ abl. of manner. Qnae . . . lifecraretj who might liber- 

ate, or simply to liberate. B. 641, 642. S. 175, 2. 

271 — 280. His from hie, haec, hoc. Seals, from senex, Adstitit, 

from adsisto. Qaid TCllet is the object of percunctatur, For the 

construction of quem and votorum, see B. 419, Exc. II. S. 136. Niliil, 

supply volo. For the omission of the antecedent of quij see B. 286, 4th. 

Qni . . . allevet, to raise. Paalalam, a diminutive adverb. Inter se, 

towards each other. B. 118, 5. Unas, supply residebat. Orta, from 

orior, Qanm . . . desperareat, while all despaired of life, 

281—290. laterrogat takes as its objects ^w5erna^orem, and the clause, 

utram . . . exisiimaret, Navls, gen. sing., limiting partem. Sab- 

mersam iri, fut. infin. pass, of suhmergo, woidd be submerged, B. 713. — - 

Proram ; supply prius submersum iri, lUe ; supply dixit, Adspec- 

tarns Sim, from adspicio, Interrogasse, a contracted form of interro- 

gavisse. Mi pater, voc. of address, Malto major, much larger. For 

the construction of multo, see B. 579. 

291 — 300. Qai fit, how does it happen, Vera memoras, you say 

true things, or you speak the truth. Mihi, dat. after accidit. B. 399. 

S. 143. Qao pacto, how. Aadita eanam TOee, the barking of the 

dogs having been heard, or, when I hear the barking of the dogs. Natara 

is the ablative of that in accordance with which anything is, or is done. 

S. 164. Formidolosos, an adj., agreeing with^os, the subject ace. of 

posse. Ratioaibas, abl. of means, B. 542. S. 162. Fortes is a 



NOTES AND REFERENCES. 159 

predicate adj. Eyasisset, from evado. Quid, what ! an ace. depend- 
ing upon an active verb or preposition to be supplied. lile, he^ the 

wolf. Fntarnsi; supply esse. B. 179, 4, Note 1. 

801 — 810. Si moriendam sit, supply mihi ; if I must die. B. 699, 701. 

Fraeclarms, pred. adj. after erit Mihi limits 2)raeclarius. B. 382. 

S. 140. Erit takes for its subject the clause meo . . .fauces. Bonos, 

subject ace. of timer e. For the construction of omnibus^ see B, 899. 

S. 148. 

811 — 820. For the form suhvoldrat, see B. 214, 1. Vnlpecula, a 

diminutive noum Verbis, abl. of maimer. Adoritiir, from adorior, 

lit., to attack^ then, with an ace, sometimes to approach one for the pur- 
pose of accotting. It seems to be equivalent to alloquitur. In regard to 
the quantity of the penult of adoritur^ the form adoritur is considered 
more certain. Qaiimqiie primnm, and as soon as. Pol, an abbrevi- 
ation of Pollux^ son of Jupiter and Leda, and twin-brother of Castor: 

Eegem, from rexj pred. ace. of esse. PRleliritiidim, dat., limiting re- 

sp07ideret, B. 403, 405 ; 5th. S. 141. Etiaia, also. Se, subj ace. of 

valere. Deiapsns est, from delahor. Arreptnm dcYorayit is equiva- 
lent to arripuit et devordvit. 

821 — 830. Vltandas esse, ought to he shunned^ agrees with its subj. 

ace. voces, For the construction of nohis^ see B. 899. S. 148. 

Janxerant, from mngo. Ovls, supply et^ and. Ceperaiit, from capio. 

Prima, supply joc^rs. Et, also. Sibl, for itself referring to lahor. 

Qaartam, supply partem^ the object of arrogare. Is sciat, let him hnow, 

B. 171, I., 1. MaMtnriim, supply esse. B. 179, 4; Note 1. 

831—840. Sil)i, dat. after inimicum. B. 382. S. 140. — —Quae, ivho 

or what one. A rnstico is the abl. of the voluntary agent. Aesrvo. 

When the noun depending on a preposition is limited by a genitive or an 

adjective, the preposition commonly stands first. Depreliensas, from 

deprehcndo. rt denotes here the result. Meliercnle, lit., hy Hercules^ 

or tridy. Me before the names of gods must be explained by an ellip- 
sis; the complete expression was, ita me (e. g., Hercules) juvet ; or, with 
the vocative, ita me Hercule juves. Hercules was the son of Jupiter and 

Alcmena. Modo, provided. Viisi,. from vis. AYiealas, a diminutive 

noun. 

841 — 850. Datnrns esset, from do. For its mood, see B. 655. 

Die, abl. of time. B. 565. S. 168. — Qnae qaam, when they. Ades- 

sent, from adsum. Epnlasqne, compounded of epulas^ from epjulae^ and 

the enclitic conj. que. Duxisse, from duco. The perfect infinitive, con- 
nected with a verb in a past tense, has the meaning of a pluperfect. 
Hence uxor em duxisse may be translated, had taken a wife^ that is, was 

married. Ceteris, the abl. after the comp. prudentior, quam being 

omitted. Nottne, a negative interrogative, composed of 7ion and ne^ not. 



160 NOTES AKD EEFERET^OES. 

^Nonne meministis, do you not remember ? Memini, though perfect, 

has the sense of the present. Frocreaverit, fut. perf. tense. 

351—360. For a Jove^ see B. 511. Qwarnm, from qui^ quae^ quod. 

-— — Refiigere, mstead of refugiebant B. 669. For cum with the abl. 

see B. 545. PEiiitiiriiS, see B. 685. For the construction of a quo, 

see B. 530. S. 163. -Foenituit takes the ace. eas of the person exercis- 
ing the feeling, and the gen. precum of the object in respect to which the 
feehng is exercised. 

361 — 370. Mtarns esset, from hieo. Ipsi, to him.- lis . . . ante 

©CiilOS, \ii., for them before the eyes, that is, before their eyes. For the 

construction of m, see B. 380, 381. Poneret denotes the purpose for 

v/hich he related the fable. The indirect quotation or oratio ohUqua 

depending on dixit, begins at lupos, the subj. ace. of pactos esse, which is 

derived from paciscor. Se . . . dederentiir, constitutes the agreement 

of the wolves. Se, subj. ace. of esse impugnaturos. Posterum, supply 

temp lis. Greges, from grex, Bederentar, from dedo,- Excubiis, 

abl. of separatio7i» B. 514. S. 166. 

371 — 380. Dilaniasse, contraction for dilaniavisse. Per ln^nm, in 

sport. Iggressos esse, from aggredior, Latiiri9 from fero, denotes 

purpose. Severa, iyi reality. For the government of sibi and grcgi, 

see B. 403. S. 142. — — Liidere depends on existimantes, and agrees with 
its subj. ace. eum. 

381—390. Earnmjgen. of the whole. B. 355. S. 131. Voce, abl. 

of manner. Allecti, from allicio. For the construction of ei, see B. 

401. ColttiBbae, for its government, see B. 403, 405 ; 2d. S. 142. 

A. and S, § 223, Rem. 2. H. 385. Foeciinditatem is the ace. of the 

thing in respect to which the congratulation is given. B. 539. A. and 

S. § 232, (3). H. 380.- For the mood of excluderet, see B. 655. 

Ne . . . commemores, do not mention, B. 171, 1., 1. Qaos pullos, the 

Enghsh order is eos pullos quos. Domlnns, supply meus. Raptos, 

having been seized, agrees with eos. Ant . . . ant, either , . . or. 

891 — 403. Comedendos, fut. pass. part, of comedo. Yenatum, su- 
pine, from venor. 

481 — 490. Iverant, from eo. For its number, see B. 312. Iliam, 

it. Correptnm dilaniavit is equivalent to corripuit et dilaniavit. — — 

Vnlpeenlae, a diminutive noun. Partieadi, the gen. of the gerund fol- 
lowing negotium. B. 702. Astutior, more cunning, that is, than the ass. 

Leoai, dat. after apposuit. B. 399. S. 143. Maximam, irreg. 

superl. ofmagnus. Vix, scarcely, ^JSlinimam, irreg. superl. oi parvus. 

Fade . . . didicerit is the object of the thing after interrogore. 

Didicerit, from disco. For its mood, see B. 627, 5. S. 175, 3. Buy us, 

of this one, the ass. B. 123, 2. Doenit takes two accusatives, me of 

the person, qitid . . . debeant, of the thing. 



NOTES AND REFERENCES 



M YTHOLO G Y. 



The word Mythology is compounded of two Greek words, ijlv^os^ a 
fable^ and \6yos, a discourse. In other words, it is a system of fables, or 
the fabulous history of the false gods of the heathen world. 

Lines 1 — 10. Cadmus was the first who introduced the use of letters 

into Greece. Agenoris, of Aginor, He was king of Phoenicia. 

Martis, of Mars^ son of Jupiter and Juno, and god of war. CiijasdaiDy 

from quidam, Boeotla, a country of Greece, so called from Boeotus, 

son of Itonus ; according to others, a hove^ from a cow, by which Cadmus 

was led into the country where he built Thebes. Vidit agrees with 

Cadmus, Harmonia, daughter of Mars and Yenus. Ulyriam, Illy- 

ria^ a country bordering on the Adriatic Sea, opposite Italy. Ambo is 

declined like duo. Neptnni, of NepUme., son of Saturn and Ops, brother 

of Jupiter, Pluto and Juno, and god of the sea. Beliryciae, the ancient 

name of Bithynia, a country of Asia Minor. Omnes, subj. ace. of con- 
tendere. -For the mood of venissent, see B. 636. Caestibns, from 

caestus. Some think that the caestus was a sort of club or bludgeon, with 
lead at the end. It was more probably a kind of leathern guard for the 
hands and arms, composed of thongs, and filled with lead to add force and 
weight to the blow. It was bound about the hands and arms, as high as 

the elbows. ArgonautaSo A name given to those ancient heroes who 

went with Jason on board the ship Argo to Colchis, in search of the 
golden fleece. 

11 — 20. Otos, a Greek noun of the sec. deck B. 74. Aloei, of 

AloeuSy a giant, son of Titan and Terra. For the construction of filii, 

see B. 254. Mira magnitndine, of wonderful size. B. 339. S. 130. 

Singulis mensibis, abl. of time. B. 565. P^ovem digitis denotes 

extent of space. B. 573. Annornm noyem, lit. of nine years^ that is, 

nine years old. B. 339. S. 130. Faclebant^ imperf. indie, denoting 



162 NOTES AND KEPERENCES. 

an attempted action. B. 159, 3> OssaM . . . Pelloa, mountains in 

Thessaly. Ippollnis, the son of Jupiter and Latona, and god of ail the 

fine arts, of medicine, music, poetry, and eloquence. Interempti sunt, 

from inter imo, 

21 — 30. Eapliemi, son of Neptune and Europa. ItlieniSj «^ Athens^ 

the abl. of place. B. 549. S. 1G9. In Cretam, to Crete, one of the 

largest islands of the Mediterranean Sea. B, 562. Aliiit, from abeo, 

Laliyrlntliiuilj a labyrinth, a building whose numerous passages and 

perplexing windings render the escape from it difficult, and almost im- 
practicable. The labyrinth of Crete, built by Daedalus, is the most fa- 
mous in classical history. A MmGC, for its construction, see B. 5S0. 

S. 163. Cera is the abh of means. iitlas is the comparative of alte. 

Cera calefacta, abl. absol. Icariaia pelagas, predicate after est ap- 

pellatum. B. 819. S. 126. The Icarian sea was a part of the Aegean 
Sea. For the gender of peldgus, see B. 68, Exc. 3. Siciiiam, the larg- 
est and most celebrated island in the Mediterranean sea, at the south of 
Italy. 

31 — 40. Tlieseij of Theseus^ king of Athens, and son of Aegeus, one 

of the most celebrated of the heroes of antiquity. Percassit, from per- 

cutio. ^^Cyclopes, a race of men of gigantic stature, supposed to be the 

sons of (^oelus and Terra. They had but one eye, and that in the middle 
of their foreheads. They inhabited the western parts of the island of 
Sicily, and from their vicinity to mount Aetna, they have been supposed 
to be the workmen of Yulcan, and to have fabricated the thunderbolts of 

Jupiter. Thessaliae, a country of Greece. Alcestlm, for this ending 

of the ace, see B. 90, 2. Peliac, of Pelias, son of Neptune and Tyro. 

Esse dataram, from do. 

41 — 50. AdmctaSj son of Pheres and Clymene. Rogavit takes two 

accusatives, one of the person, AppoUmem, the other of the thing, viz. : 

the clause ut . . . adjuvdret. Ab Admeto, abl. of the voluntary agent. 

EI5 for its construction, see B. 408. S. 142. Apram, from aper. 

^Ei . . . earrai jaaxit. See B. 427, 431. S. 145. Maaas, permis- 
sion For the number of voluisse^it, see B. 313. ObtuLt governs 

7norti, according to B. 399. S. 143. 

51 — 60. Orel, of Orcus, of one of the names of the god of heil, though 

generally used to signify the infernal regions. CassiopSj wife of Ce- 

pheus, king of Ethiopia, and mother of Andromeda. NereMam, of the 

Nereids, nymphs of the sea, and daughters of Nereus and Doris. For 

the construction of formae, see B. 899. S. 143. A Neiitano, see B. 

511. Ut . . . objiceretar is the ace. of the tJdng, Qnae standing at 

the beginning of the sentence, is to be translated as if it were ilia. 

Perseas, son of Jupiter and Danae. Llbyaj a name giv^ to Africa, 



NOTES AND REFERENCES. 163 

though, properly speaking, it is only a part of Africa. Mednsam, Me- 

diisay one of the three Gorgons. She was the only one of them subject to 
death. She is celebrated for her personal charms and the beauty of her 
locks. 

61 — 70. Yellet, from volo. Ut denotes purpose. Cogiiita, from 

cognosco, Qao tIso, which having been seen, that is, at the sight of 

which. Eedllt, from redeo. Ilesperl, of Hesperus, son of Iap6tus 

and brother of Atlas. Pcrlisset, from pereo. 

Yl — 80. AkyOECS, predicate of appellantur. — — Parlnnt, lay, an in- 
stance of an active verb used without its case. Ova, from ovum, i, n., 

may be supplied. Tempore is the abl. of time, B. 565. For the 

construction of dies Alcyoneos, see B. 440. S. 147. Diis limits carus, 

B. 382. S. 140. rt denotes the result, and is therefore followed by 

the subj. Qnae is equivalent to ca, quae, those things which. Ipud 

Jovcm, in the presence of Jupiter. Communicabat, iised to tell. The 

imperf. here denotes customary action. 

81 — 90. Susiptnras est, from sumo, attempts to take. B. 214, 8. S, 

89, 1. For the construction of ei, see B. 380. Ei snper caput, ht., 

over the head to him, that is, over his head. Capiti, from caput, dat. 

after impendere. B. 399. S. 143. Felel, of Pdeus, king of Thessaly. 

Tketidis, from TJietis, one of the sea deities, daughter of Nereus and 

Doris. Dlscordlam, Discordia, a malevolent deity, daughter of Nox, 

and sister to Nemesis, the Parcae, and death. She is represented with a 
pale, ghastly look, her garment is torn, her eyes sparkle with fire, and in 
her bosom she holds a concealed dagger. Her head is generally entwined 
with serpents, and she is attended by Bellona, the goddess of war. 

91 — 100. JnRO, daughter of Saturn and Ops. Yenns, goddess of 

beauty. Minerva, who sprang from Jupiter's brain, was the goddess of 

wisdom, war, and all the liberal arts. Mercurio, Mercury, the messen- 
ger of the gods. He was the patron of travelers and shepherds ; he con- 
ducted the souls of the dead into the infernal regions, and presided not 
only over orators, merchants and declaimers, but was also the god of 
thieves, pickpockets, and all dishonest persons. For its construction see B. 

403. S. 142. Priami, ofPriarn. He was the last king of Troy. Ida, 

a celebrated mountain, or more properly a ridge of mountains in Troas, 

chiefly in the neighborhood of Troy. Greges, from grex. Liteia, 

from lis. Jadicasset, by contraction for judicavisset, Autem, along 

with enim and vera, commonly occupies the second place in a clause. 

Helen am is the object of dure. 

101 — 110. Ledae, of Leda, a daughter of king Thespius and Eurythe- 

mis. Se . . . dare, that she would give. For the construction of p, i- 

oribuSy SCO B, S99. S. 143. Lacedaemouem, Lac^daemon, a noble city 



164 KOTES AND REFERENCES. 

of Peloponnesus, also called Sparta. It is here the ace. o^ place. B. 553. 

S. 153, Profectns, horn, projiciscor. Suo^ see B. 118, 3 ; Exc. 8d. 

AgamemnOEe dnce, lit., Agamemnon being the commander^ that is, under 
the command of Agamemnon. For the construction, see B. 695. S. I'ZS. 
Agamemnon was king of Mycenae and Argos. Menelaus was king of 

Sparta. Achillem, Achilles^ the bravest of all the Greeks in the Trojan 

war. During his infancy, Thetis, his mother, plunged him in the river 
Styx, which had the effect of making his body invulnerable in every part 

except the heel, by which she held him. Peritnrnm esse, would perish^ 

the leading verb sciret, being in the imperfect. It agrees with its subj. 
ace. Achillem, 

111 — 120. Ad Trojam, to Troy. Scyron, Scyros^ a rocky and barren 

island in the Aegean sea. For its declension, see B. 74. Hal)ita de- 
notes the means, B. 542. S. 162. Ensii ilii OCCUitari, that he was con- 
cealed thei^e. Ulysses, son of Anticlea and Laertes. Ithaeae, of Ith- 
aca, a celebrated island in the Ionian Sea. It is very rocky and mount- 
ainous, measuring about 25 miles in circumference. For the use of 

feminea, see B. 337. Cecinit, from cano. 

121 — 130. Virnm from vir. It is the predicate ace. of esse. Intel- 

lectam est has strictly the clause eum virum esse, for its subject. Aalide, 

at Aulis, a town of Boeotia, near Chalcis on the sea coast. It denotes 
ihQ place. B. 549. S. 169. Dianae, of Diana, the goddess of hunt- 
ing. Deae limits sacram. B. 382. S. 140. Snperbins, an adv. of 

the comp. degree, to be rendered by the prefix too. Haruspices, sooth- 
sayers at Rome, who drew omens by consulting the entrails of beasts that 

were sacrificed. Respondernnt, supply i/^?. Non posse, could not. 

Argos, the capital of Argolis, in Peloponnesus. It is here the ace. 

oi place. B. 553, 96, 4 ; Note 1. S. 153. For the tense of mentitur^ 

see B. 157, I., 3. 

131 — 140. Abdaxit takes two accusatives, earn, of the person, and 

Aulidem^ of the place to xohich. Virgmem is the object of miser ata. 

Ei, dat. after supposuit. B. 399. S. 143. Tanricam, a large penin- 
sula of the Black sea, now called the Crimea. Betulit, from defero, 

Before sacerdoiem, supply earn. Troja eyersa, abl. absoL, denoting 

the time. It may accordingly be translated, after the destruction of Troy. 
For the construction of domum, see B. 558. Virnm, from vir. 

141 — 150. Quare, compounded of qua and re. -Virgo, the pred. 

nom. of fuit. Prometlieas, a word of three syllables. Primus, see 

B. 274. Finxit, from fingo. lisqne, compounded of iis from is, ea, 

id. and the enclitic que. It is in the dat. after attulit, which comes from 

ajfero.' Servarent, for its mood, see B. 627, 5. S. 175, 3. Vulcanus, 

the god of fire, and patron of all artists who worked iron and metals.- 



NOTES AND REFEEENCES. 165 

Caneaso, aucasus, a celebrated mountain between the Euxine and Cas- 
pian seas. Qnae . . . exederet See B. 641, 643, 4th. S. 175, 2. 

15 L — 160. Qaantam . . . tantam, as much . . . so much. Tantum is a 
demonstrative adj., to which the relative adj. quantus relates. The rela- 
tive word is here placed first. Pluto, son of Saturn and Ops. In the 

division of his father's kingdom, he received as his lot, the kingdom of 
hell, and whatever lies under the earth, and as such he became the god 
of the infernal regions, of death and funerals. He is generally represented 
as holding a sceptre with two teeth, with keys in his hand, to intimate 

that whoever enters his kingdom can never return. Ut . . . daret. For 

the mood of daret^ see B. 627, 1 ; 3d. Cereris, of Ceres, the goddess 

of corn and of harvests, and daughter of Saturn and Yesta. JVegayit, 

that is, dixit, Cererem non esse passuram. See A. and S. § 279, 15 (b). 
For the use of the ace. with the infinitive after nego, see A. and S. § 272, 

Note 1, and Rem. 6. ^TartJiri^ of Tartarus, one of the regions of hell, 

where, according to the ancients, the most impious and guilty among 
mankind were punished. 

161 — 170. Nemore, from nemus. Ennae, q/^n^ia, a town in the 

middle of Sicily, with a beautiful plain. Flores, from flos. Qaad- 

rigis, see B. 96, 21. Esset, for its mood, see B. 627, 5. S. 175, 3. 

Elensiniornm, of the Eleusinii, the inhabitants of Eleusis, a town of At- 
tica. Pepererat, from pario, Natricem, from nutrix. Quo facto, 

. . . quod qnam, and qui qnum* The relative pronoun at the beginning 

of a sentence, is often translated like a demonstrative. Immortalem, 

the predicate ace. after reddere. 

171 — 180. Lacte, from lac, Cererem, subj. ace. of mittere. 

Slittere, lit., to send, here, to put, and with the force of pres. act. part., 

putting. ^Triptolemo, indirect object of iribuit. Junetnm agrees 

with currum. Quag, object of disseminaret. ^Vectas, from veho, 

agrees with the omitted subject of disseminaret. For the mood of dis- 
seminaret, see B. 641. S. 175, 2. Thestii, of Thesiius, king of Pleuron. 
Oejieo, Oeneus, king of Calydon in Aetolia. 

181 — 190. Parcae, powerful goddesses, who presided over the birth 
and the life of mankind. They were three in number, Clotho, Lachesis, 
and Atropos. Clotho, the youngest of the sisters, presided over the mo- 
ment in which we are born, and held a distaff in her hand ; Lachesis 
spun out aU the events and actions of our life ; and Atropos, the eldest 

of the three, cut the thread of human life with a pair of scissors. 

Praefantes, pres. part, of praefari, compounded oi prae and /or. A. and 

S. § 183, 6. Tam diu . . . quam diu5 so long , . . as. Yictarum, from 

vivo. Supply esse. ^Buuc, supply titionem. Oeneo, dat. after irata, 

B. 882. S. 140." Mira magnitudiue, the abl. of characteristic, B* 



166 NOTES AND REFERENCES. 

S39. S. 130. ^For the mood of vastaret, see B. 643, 4th. S. lYS, 2. 

€oi refers to Atalanta. 

191 — 200. lYiiSiculos COD tains the radical letters of the English word 
uncle. Grayi ira denotes mn',?i«er. B. 542. S. 162. EsFopasi, ob- 
ject of transvexit Sldoiiej the abl. of the place from which, B. 556. 

Sidon was an ancient city of Phoenicia. Cretam is the ace. of the 

place to which. B. 558, 562. S. 153. riiinceKlj llinos, king of Crete, 

who, after death, was rewarded, on account of his equity, with the office 

of supreme and absolute judge in the infernal regions. Sarpedooem, 

Sarpedon. He went to the Trojan war to assist Priam against the Greeks. 
Ehadamantlinm, Rhadamanthus. On account of his justice and im- 
partiality, it is said that he became one of the judges of hell, and was em- 
ployed in the infernal regions in obliging the dead to confess their crimes, 

and in punishing them for their oifences. Hanc nt redacereilt, that 

they might bring her back^ or simply, to bring her bach See B. 627, 1, 
2d. S. 175, 1. 

201—210. Conditloae addita, abl. absolute. B. 690. S. 173. 

Kec ipsi, that is, ipsi quoque non. Cadoiiis nomine, Cadmus by name^ 

that is, named Cadmus. B. 535. BelpllOS, to Delphi^ a town of Phocis. 

It was famous for a temple of Apollo, and for an oracle celebrated in every 

age and country. It is the ace. of place. B. 96, 19, 553. S. 153. 

For the omission of w^ after accepit^ see B. 632. Bovcm, from bos. B. 

90, 12. S. 27. Decaliuisset, from decumbo. For its mood, see B. 656. 

Faceret, the imperfect here denotes an incomplete action. Cns- 

todfebat. B. 159, 160, 2. Sparsit, from spargo, 

211 — 220. Enati sunt, from e^ascor. Superfiierimt, from supersum, 

Stirpes, from stirps. Eacelms, the god of vintage, of wine, and of 

drinkers, and generally represented crowned with vine and ivy leaves, and 

with a thrysus in his hand. Semele, a daughter of Cadmus. Indiam, 

India^ the most celebrated and opulent of all the countries of Asia, bounded 
on one side by the Indus, and situated at the south of the kingdoms of 

Persia, Parthia, etc., along the maritime coasts. Silenns, a demi-god, 

who became the nurse, preceptor, and attendant of the god Bacchus, 

Mygdoniae, of Mygdonia., a small province of Macedonia, near Thrace. 

Hospitio, see B. 542. S. 162. For the mood of reducer et, see B. 

641, 642. S. 175, 2. Qnicqnid or qnidquid, from quisquis. This pro- 
noun, like the English whoever and whatever, seems often to include both 
antecedent and relative. 

221 — 230. Tetigisset, from tango. Impetrasset, for impeiravisset. 

For its mood and tense, see B. 631. GaYiSns est, from gaudeo. — — 

Yirtnte, abl. after gavlsus est. B. 485. Virtus here means power, ability, 
-NiM!, subj. ace. of esse. Ipsi limits perniciosius, which is of the 



NOTES AND REFKRENCES. 167 

comp. degree, and takes the ending -ms, in order to conform to the gender 

0^ nihil. Miitiibatiir, for its number, see B. 313. Petit, the present, 

is used for the perfect indefinite, and hence is followed by the imperfect 
revocaret. QaeiH, subj. ace. of aUuere. Factoio, Pactolus^ a cele- 
brated river of Lydia, rising in mount Tmolus, and falling into the Her- 

mu3. Facta est, supply ea, it^ the water. For the construction of 

colGve, see B. 339. S. 130. 

231 — 240. Sckoeneas, a son of Athamas. — -Siiperal>at, imperf. de- 

noting customary action, was wont, or used to surpass. B. 160, 1. 

Plnrlbas, for its declension, see B. 99, II. 4. Exc. Qui is equivalent to 

ille qui. Eaiii dacere, to marry her. Ab Hippomene, by Hippo* 

menes, abl. of the voluntary agent. B. 530. S. 163. Eippomenes was 
the son of Macarens and Merope. 

241—250. lis, abl. of means. B. 542. S. 162. Ad metam, to the 

goal. In the Roman circus there were two Metae or marks, one near the 
Carceres or Lists, the other standing at the farther end, to conclude the 

race. — — Uxorem, see B. 440. S. 147. OMltas, from ohliviscor. 

Se vicisse, that he had conquered. Grates . . . egit, he did not return 

thanks to her. Ob, the preposition usually precedes the adj. Ata- 

lanta, subject of?nutata est, to be supplied. Megareasiuia, of the Meg- 

arensians, the inhabitants of Megara, a city of Achaia. 

251 — 260. Praedictmii fait has for its subject the clause tarn . . . 

custodisset. B. 309. Tam dia . . . qaani din, so long . . . as. Ag" 

gressMS est, from aggredior.—E^us is the objective genitive after amore. 
Ut . . . pararet. See B. 627, 1, 2d. S. 175, 1. Patrl, for its con- 
struction, see B. 399. S. 143. Dermicati denotes the adverbial rela- 
tion of time, while sleeping. Rogavlt takes two accusatives, one, eum, 

of the person, the other, the clause ut . . . aveheret, denoting the thing. 
K'cgayitj that is, dixit, Cretam non esse recepturam. A. and S. § 279, 15, 
(b). Taatam S€elas stands for mulierem tam scelesiam. 

261 — 270. Scyila is the subj. nom. of conversa est to be supplied. 

Vecant takes two accusatives denoting the same person. For the omis- 
sion of the subject of vocant, see B. 305. CIrim, see B. 90, 2. 

Hodieqae is compounded of hoc, die and que. Conspexerit, see B. 173, 

2. Rap tam dllasint is equivalent to rapit et dilaniat. Raptum 

agrees with eum, referring to the fish. — Aatiopes, of Antiope, daughter of 

Nycteus, king of Thebes. Tliebas, Thebes, a celebrated city, the capital 

of Boeotia. In the time of its splendor, it extended above 23 miles, and 
upon any emergency, could send into the field by each of its hundred 

gates, 20,000 fighting men, and 200 chariots. ^Tantall, of Tantalus, a 

king of Lydia, and son of Jupiter. From this is derived the English word 
tantalize. Qaem partam^ that is, hos liberos sues. 



168 NOTES AND EEFERENCES. 

271 — 280. For the construction of liberis, see B. 399. S. 143. 

Latonae, of Latona^ a daughter of Coeus and Phoebe. Venantes, while 

hunting. Diana, supply interfecit. Lifeeris orl^ata, having been he- 
reft of her children. B. 514. S. 166. Al) Apoilme denotes the agent. 

Sagittis, the instrument.^- — PhlaeaSj a word of two syllables. 

Fatnraram, fut. part, of mm. The genitive plural of other participles in 
ru8 is seldom used. 

281—290. Enuntiaret, See B. 631, 160, 1. For the construction 

of e^, see B. 399. S. 143. Harpyias, pronounced Bar-py'yas-. This 

word is derived from the Greek apird^eip, to snatch. The Harpies were 
the daughters of Neptune and Terra, and three in number, Aello, Ocypete, 
and Celeno. They were winged monsters, having the face of a woman, 
the body of a vulture, and their feet and fingers armed with sharp claws. 

Canes is the pred. nom. Ut with the subjunctive auferrent^ denotes 

purpose. B. 627, 1, 2d. S. 1'75, 1. Ab ore ei, from him, from his 

mouth, that is, from, his very mouth. The expression is equivalent to ah 

ore ejus. B. 401. Enm iter rogarent. See B. 508. S. 148. The 

words following dixit are in the oratio ohllqua. B. 650, 651, 652. 

Poena, abl. of separation. B. 514. S. 166.—^ — Aqnilonis, of Aquilo. 

Habnisse has the force of the present. Strophadas, ace. plur. from 

Strophades^ having the ending as, in imitation of the Greek. It is derived 
from the Greek word (rrpo<p'i], a turning round, because Zetes and Calais 
after having pursued the Harpies as far as these islands, at the direction 
of Jupiter, chased them no farther, and returned. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



ABBREYIATIOMS AND EXPLANATIONS. 



abl ablative. 

adj adjective. 

adv. adverb. 

c common gender. 

comp comparative. 

conj conjunction. 

contr contraction. 

dat dative. 

defect defective. 

deg degree. 

dep deponent. 

dim diminutive. 

f feminine. 

ff following. 

freq frequentative. 

gen genitive. 

impers impersonal. 

indecl indeclinable. 

infin infinitive. 



interjec interjection. 

interrog. . . .interrogative. 

irr. irregular. 

irr. neut .... irregular neuter. 

lit literally. 

m masculine. 

n neuter. 

neut. pass.. neuter passive. 

nom .nominative. 

num numeral. 

part participle. 

pi plural. 

prep preposition. 

pret preteritive. 

pron pronoun. 

rel relative. 

sing singular. 

subs substantive. 

superl superlative. 



A. & S Andrews' and Stoddard's 

Latin G-rammar. 
B Bullion's Latin Grammar. 



.Harkness' Latin Grammar. 
.Silber's Elementary Latia G-ram- 
mar. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



A, ab, abs, prep, with abl., from, ly. 

Abduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead 
away, 

Abeo, -ire, -ivi, or ii, -itum, to de- 
part, 

Aberro, -are, -avi, -atum, to stray y to 
lose tJie way, 

Abluo, -u6re, -ui, -ultum and utum, to 
furifyy to wash, 

Abstineo, -ere, -ui, -entum, to abstain. 

Abundo, -are, -avi, -atum, to abound. 

Accedo, -ere, -essi, -essum, to ap- 
proach, 

Accido, accidere, accidi, to fall down 
at or before: accidit, impers., it 
happens, 

Accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to re- 
ceivey to hear, to accept, 

Accipiter, tris, m., a hawJs, 

Accuratus, a, um, part, and adj., ac- 
curate. 

Accurro, -ere, -curri or cucurri, to 
run to, 

Acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, 

Acerbus, a, um, adj., sov/r, 

Acerrime, adv., superl. of acriter, 
mostflercely, 

Acervus, i, m., a heap, 

Achilles, is, m., Achilles^ the bravest 
Grecian hero in the Trogan wary 
and son of Feleus and Thetis, 

Acies, ei, f., an edge^ a line of soldiers y 
a rank. 

Actio, onis, f., an action. 

Ad, prep., to, 

Addisco, -ere -didici, to learn, 

Addo, -ere, -idi, -itum, to add, 

Adeo, adv., sOy to such a degree. 



Adhibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to use, 
Aditus, us, m., entrance: 
Adjuvo, -are, -juvi, -jutum, to assist, 
Admetus, i, m., Admetus, 
Adniitto, -ere, -misi, -missum, to ad- 
mit. 
Admoneo, -ere, -monui, -monitum, to 

warn, 
Adolescentia, ae, f., youth, 
Adorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, dep.,^(? at^ 

tacky to address. 
Adsisto, -sistere, -stiti, to stand byy to 

assist, 
Adspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectum, to be* 

hold. 
Adsto, -are, -stiti, to stand by, to be 

near, 
Adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, irr., to be 

present. 
Adulator, oris, m., a flatterer. 
Adveho, -ere, -vexi, -vectum, to carry, 
Advenio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to come, 

to arrive. 
Adventus, us, m., arrival, 
Adversus, a, um, adj., adverse, 
Advoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call, to 

summon, 
Advolo, -are, -avi, -Stum, to fly to, 
Aedifico, -are, -avi, -atum, to build, 
Aegyptus, i, f., Egypt. 
Aeneas, ae, m., ^neaSy a Trojan 

prince, 
Aequalis, e, adj., equal, 
Aequus, a, um, adj., equal, 
Aes, aeris, n., brasSy money. 
Aesculapius, i, m., AesculapiuSy god 

of medicine. 
Aestas, Stis, f., summer, 
Aestimo, -are, -avi, -atum, to regard. 



174 



VOCABULAEY. 



Aestus, us, m., lieat, 

Aetas, atis, f., age. 

Aeternus, a, urn, adj., immortal. 

Affero, -ferre, attiili, allatum, ^o JW/i^. 

Africa, ae, f., Africa. 

Africanus, i, m,, Africanus. 

Agamemnon, onis, m., Agamemnon. 

Age nor, oris, m., Agenor. 

Ager, agri, m., afield, a territory, 

Aggredior, -gredi, -gressus-sum, dep., 

to attach. 
Agitator, oris, m., a driver. 
Agmen, inis, n., a troop vpon the 

marchy an army. 
Agnosco, -ere, -novi, -nitum, to recog- 

nize, to know. 
Agnus, i, m., a lamb. 
Ago, -ere, egi, actum, to do^ to drivCy 

to lead ; with grates, to thank. 
Agricola, ae, m., a husbandman. 
Agriculttira, ae, f., agriculture. 
Aio, ais, ait, etc., defect., to say. 
Ala, ae, f., a wing^ an armpit. 
Albus, a, um, adj., white. 
Alcestis, idis, f., Alcestis. 
Alcyone, es, f., Alcyone. 
Alcyone us, a, um, adj., halcyon. 
Alexander, dri, m., Alexander. 
Alicunde, ?idiY.yfro7n some place. 
Alieuus, a, um, adj., foreign, an- 
other's. 
Aliquando, adv., once, formerly, 
Aliquantum, ^l^y., something, a little. 
Aliquis, -qua, -quod and quid, pron., 

some one, some, something, any. 
Alius, a, ud, adj., another, other; alii 

— alii, some — others. 
AUevo, -are, -avi, -atum, to raise up, 

to lighten. 
Allicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, to allure. 
Alligo, are, -avi, -atum, to bind to, to 

tie. 
Alloquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, dep., 

to address. 
Alo, al5re, alui, alitum or altum, to 

nourish. 
Aloeus, i, m., AloeuSj a giant. 



Alpes, ium, f. pi., the Alps. 
Alpinus, a, um, adj., Alpifie / Alpini 

mures, marmots. 
Alter, -era, -erum, adj., the other, the 

second. 
Althaea, ae, f., Althaea, the daughter 

of Meleager. 
Altissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. of al- 

tus), highest, very high. 
Altius, adv. (comp. of alte), more 

highly, higher. 
Altus, a um, adj., high, deep, loud. 
Alumnus, i, m., a foster-son. 
Ambo, ae, o, adj. pi., both. 
Ambiilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to walk. 
Amicus, a, um, ^di]., friendly. 
Amicus, i, m., a friend. 
Amitto, -ere, -misi, -missum, to lose, 

to relinquish. 
Amnis, is, m., river, 
Amo, are, -avi, -atum, to love. 
Amor, oris, m., love. 
Amphion, onis, m., Amphion. 
Amplus, a um, adj., gi^eat, large. 
Amycus, i, m., Amycus, king of 

Bebrycia. 
An, conj., whether, or. 
Ancilla, ae, i.,amaid, a female servant, 
Andromeda, ae, f., Andromeda. 
Ango, -ere, anxi, to trouble, 
Anguis, is, c, a snake. 
Anima, ae, f., breath, the soul. 
Animadverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 

sum, to observe. 
Animal, alis, n., an animal. 
Animus, i, m., the mind. 
Annecto, -nectere, -nexui, -nexum, to 

tie or fasten to. 
Annuo, -nuere, -nui, to absent. 
Annus, \,m., a year. 
Annuus, a, um, adj., yearly. 
Anser, 6ris, xn., a goose. 
Ante, adv. and prep., with ace, before^ 

sooner. 
Antea, adv., before. 
Antepono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, 

to prefer. 



VOCABULAEY 



1Y5 



Antiope, es, f., Antiope, 

Apelles, is, ni., Apelles, 

Aper, ri, m., a hoar. 

Apertus, a, um, part., opened, open. 

Apis, is, f , o hee, 

Apollo, inis, m., Apollo, 

Appello, -are, -avi, -atum, to name, to 

call, 
Appendo, -peadere, -pendi, -pensum, 

to hang upon or to. 
Appeto, -petere, -petivi, -petitum, to 



Appono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, to 
place before. 

Appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ap- 
proach. 

Apto, -are, -avi, -atum, to fit. 

Aptus, a, um, adj., fittedy adapted. 

Apud, prep., among y to. 

Aqua, ae, f., water. 

Aquila, ae, f., an eagU. 

Aquilo, onis, m., AquilOy the north 



Ara, ae, f., an altar. 

Arbor, dris, f., a tree. 

Area, ae, f., a chest, 

Arceo, -ere, -ui, to Jceepfrom. 

Ardea, ae, f., Ardea. 

Ardens, -tis, part, and adj., burning. 

Arduus, a, um, adj., high, lofty, dif- 
ficult. 

Argentum, i, n., siher. 

Argivi, orura, m. pi., Argives. 

Argon autae, arum, m. pi , the Argo- 
nauts. 

Argos, i, n. sing., and Argi, orum, 
m., pi., Argos, a city of Greece. 

Ariovistus, i, m., Ariovistus, a Icing 
of a German tribe, in Coesar's 
time. 

Arm a, orum, n. pi., arms. 

Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, to plough. 

Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, to 
seize upon^ to seize. 

Arrogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to claim. 

Artifex, tificis, m. and {., an art- 



Ascendo,- cendere, -cendi, -censum, to 

ascend. 
Asia, ae, f., Asia. 
Asinus, i, m., an ass. 
Aspergo, -pergere -persi, -persum, to 

sprinkle. 
Assequor, -sequi, -sectitus sum, dep., 

to obtain. 
Astutus, a, um, adj. (ior, ius, comp., 

issimus, a, um, superl.), cun- 



At, conj., but. 

Atalanta, ae, f., Atalanta. 

Atheoae, arum, f. pi. Athens. 

Atheniensis, is, m., an Athenian, 

Atque, conj., and. 

Atrox, ocis, adj., atrocious. 

Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, to rub 

of. 
Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tactum, to 

touch, to reach. 
Auctumnus, i, m., autumn. 
Audax, acis, adj., bold. 
Audeo, audere, ausus sum, neut, 

pass., to dare. 
Audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to hear. 
Aufero, auferre, abstiiii, ablatum, to 

take away^ to remove. 
Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugitum, to 

run off, to escape. 
Augustus, i, m., Augustus. 
Aulis, idis, f., Aulis. 
Aureus, a, um, adj., golden. 
Auriga, ae, m., a charioteer * 
Auris, is, f, the ear. 
Aurum, i, n., gold. 
Aut, conj., or, aut — aut, either — or. 
Autem, conj., but. 
Auxilium, i, n., aid, help. 
Avaritia, ae, f., avarice. 
Aveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vectura, to 

carry off, or away. 
Avicula, ae, f. dim., a small bird. 
Avid us, a, um, adj., desirous, greedy. 
Avis, is, f, a bird. 
Avolo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly away. 
Avunculus, \,m., an uncle. 



176 



VOCABULAKY. 



B 

Babylon, onis, f., Babylon. 
Babylonia, ae, f.. Babylonia, 
Bacchus, i, m., Bacchus, 
Beatitude, inis, f., happiness. 
Beate, adv., happily. 
Beatus, a, urn, adj., happy. 
Bebrycia, ae, f., Bebrycia. 
Belgae, arum, m. pi., the Belgians. 
Belligero, -are, -avi, -atum, to wage 

war. 
Bellua, ae, f., a beasty a brute. 
Bellum, i, n., war. 
Bene, adv., well. 

Beneficium, i, n., a benefit, Jcindness. 
Benignus, a, um, adj., hind. 
Bestia, ae, f., a beast. 
Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, to drink. 
Bini, ae, a, num. adj., two by tivo, 

two. 
Blanditia, ae, f., a compliment ; blan- 

ditiae, ^\., flattery. 
Blandus, a, um, flattering. 
Boeotia, ae, f., Boeotia. 
Bonitas, atis, f,, excellence, goodness. 
Bonus, a, um, adj. good. 
Bonum, i, n., « good thing, 
Boreas, ae, m., the north wind. 
Bos, bovis, c, an ox, a cow. 
Br e vis, e, adj., short. 
Britannia, ae, f., Great Britain. 



Cadmus, i, m., Cadmus. 
Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, to fall. 
Caedes, is, f., slaughter , murder. 
Caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, to cut, 

to Mil. 
Caesar, aris, m., Ccesar. 
Caestus, us, m., a gauntlet. 
Calais, is, m., Calais. 
Calamitas, atis, f., a calamity. 
Calamus, i, m., a reed. 
Calathiscus, i, m., a small basJcet, 
Calefacio, -facere, -feci, -factum, to 

warm. 



Calidus, a, um, adj., warm. 
Callidus, a, um, adj., cunning. 
Calor, oris, m., warmth^ heat. 
Calydonius, a, um, adj., Calydonian. 
Campus, i, m., a plain. 
Cancer, cri, m., a crab. 
Canis, is, c, a dog. 
Cano, canere, cecini, cantum, to sing. 
Canto, -are, -avi, -atum, to sing. 
Cantus, us, m., singing y a song ; can- 

tus galli, the crowing of the cocJc. 
Capio, capere, cepi, captum, to take, 

to capture. 
Capitalis, e, adj., capital, deadly. 
Capra, ae, f., a she goat. 
Captivus, a, um, adj., captive. 
Caput, itis, the head. 
Carbonarius, i, m., a collier. 
Careo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to be destitute, 

to be without. 
Carica, ae, f., a fig. 
Carissimus, a, um (superl. of carus), 

most dear^ or dearest. 
Carmen, inis, n., a song, poem. 
Carpo, -ere, carpsi, carptum, to pluck, 

to tear. 
Carthaginiensis, e, adj., Carthaginr- 

ian ; subs., a Carthaginian. 
Carthago, inis, f., Carthage. 
Carus, a, um, adj., dear. 
Caseus, i, m., cheese. 
Cassiope, es, f., Cassiope. 
Castalius, a, um, adj., Castalian. 
Castra, orum, plur., a camp. 
Casus, us, m., chance, misfortune. 
Catilina, ae, m., Catiline. 
Catulus, i, m.,a ichelp. 
Caucasus, i, m., Caucasus. 
Caula, ae. f., a fold. 
Causa, ae, f., a cause, a reason. 
Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, to be- 
ware, to shun; cavere sibi ab ali- 

quo, to guard against. 
Celebro, -are, -avi, -atum, to celebrate. 
Celeriter, adv., quickly. 
Celerius (comp. of celeriter), adv., 

more swiftly. 



VOCABTXLAEY. 



177 



Celeus, 1, m., Celeus. 

Celo, -are, -avi, -atum, to conceal. 

Centuria, ae, f., a division of trooj^s, 

a century, a company. 
Cera, ae, f., wax, 
Ceres, eris, f., Ceres. 
Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, to see^ 

to perceive. 
Certamen, inis, a contest, a tattle. 
Certus, a, um, adj., sure, certain, 



Cerva, ae, f., a female deer, a Jiind, 

Cervix, icis, f., the neck. 

Cervus, i, m., a stag. 

Ceterus, a, um, adj., other, the rest, 

Cetus, i, m., a whale. 

Cejx, ycis, m., Ceyx. 

Cibus, i, m.yfood, 

Cicero, onis, m., Cicero, 

Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinctum, to 

surround. 
Cinis, 6ris, m. and f., ashes. 
Circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum, to 

surround, to put around, 
Circumvenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, 

to surround, 
Ciris, is, f., Ciris. 
Cito, adv., quickly, 
Citus, a, um, adj., quick, 
Civilis, e, adj., civil. 
Civitas, atis, f., a city^ a state. 
Clam, adv., secretly. 
Clamor, oris, m., a clamor, a cry. 
Clarus, a, um, adj., clear, loud, cele- 

hrated. 
Claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum, to close, 

to shut. 
Clavus, i, m., a nail, the helm, 
Cleopltra, ae, f., Cleopatra, 
Clypeus, i, m., a shield. 
Coecus, a, um, adj.. Hind. 
Coelum, i, n., the heavens, weather, 
Coepi, defect., I began, or Ilegin. 
Cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, to think, to 

consider. 
Cognosce, -noscgre, -novi, -nitum, to 

know, to learn, 

8* 



Cogo, cogSre, coSgi, coactum, to drive, 
to compel. 

Cohors, tis, f., a cohort. 

CoUabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, dep., to 
fall. 

Collare, is, n., a collar. 

Colligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, to col' 
led. 

Collis, is, m., a hill, 

Colloco, -are, -avi, -atum, to plaice. 

Collum, i, n., the neck. 

Color, oris, m., a color, 

Columba, ae, f., a dove, 

Columbare, is, n., a dove-cote. 

ComSdo, -edere, -edi, -esum, to de- 
vour, to eat up. 

Comes, itis, c, a companion, 

Comitor, -ari, -atus sum, to accom- 
pany, to follow. 

Commemoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to com- 
memorate, to mention. 

Commendo, -are, -avi, -atum, to coni' 
mend, to commit to one's care. 

Commeo, -are, -avi, -atum, to pass. 

Commigro, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
move. 

Comminuo, -minuere, -minui, -minti- 
tum, to dash in pieces, to crush. 

Committo, -mittere, -misi, -missum, 
to commit. 

Commodum, i, n., an advantage. 

Commoveo, -movere, -movi, -motum, 
to move, to influence. 

Communico, -are, -avi, -atum, to com- 
municate, to tell. 

Compenso, -are, -avi, -atum, to corw- 
pensate, to make amends for. 

Concha, ae, f., a shell-fish. 

Concordia, ae, f., concord, harmony. 

Concredo, -credere, -credidi, -credi- 
tum, to trust, to intrust. 

Conditio, onis, f., condition, pro- 
posal. 

Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, to found, 
to conceal. 

Conduce, -duc^re, -duxi, -ductum, to 
hire. 



lis 



TOCABULAEY. 



Confero, conferre, contuli, collatum, 

to hring together, to hestow, 
Conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, to 

make J to finish. 
Confodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fossum, to 

dig, to pierce. 
Confugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugitum, to 

fly to, tofl.ee. 
Conjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, to cast, 

to ihroio. 
Conjugium, i, n., marriage. 
Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junctum, 

to unite, to join. 
Conjuratio, onis, f., conspiracy. 
Conjux, iigis, c, a spouse, a husband 

or ivife. 
Conor, -ari, -atus sum, to attempt, to 

endeavor. 
Conqueror, -queri, -questus sum, to 

complain. 
Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, to sit 

down. 
Consilium, i, n., counsel, design, a 

council, apian. 
Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, to consist. 
Conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, 

to behold. 
Conspicor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to 

see. 
Constituo, -uere, -ui, -utum, to consti- 
tute, to determine, to establish. 
Consul, ulis, m., a consul, 
Consulto, «are, -avi, -atum, to consult. 
Consumo, -sumere, -sumpsi, -sump- 
turn, ^o consum,e, to exhaust. 
Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, -temp- 

tum, ^<9 despise. 
Contemplor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to 

contemplate. 
Contemptus, us, m., contempt. 
Contendo, -ere, -di, -turn, to fight, to 

contend, to dispute. 
Contentio, onis, f., contention, effort. 
Contra, prep., against, contrary to. 
Contrarius, a, urn, adj., contrary. 
Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, to 

meet^ to come together. 



Converto, -vertere, -verti, -versum, to 
turn, to change. 

Convivium, i, u., afieast, abanquet. 

Couvoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call to- 
gether. 

Copia, ac, f., abundance ; ^\., forces. 

Copiose, adv., abundantly. 

Cor, cordis, n., the heart. 

Coram, prep., before, in the presence 
of; adv., openly. 

Corinthus, i, f., Corinth. 

Cornix, icis, f., a crow. 

Cornu, us, n., a horn. 

Corpus, oris, a body. 

Corripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to seize, 

Corrodo, -ere, -rosi, -rosum, to gnaw, 

Corruo, -ere, -rui, to fall, 

Corvus, i, m , <2 raven, 

Crassus, i m., Crassus. 

Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj., fre- 
quent. 

Credo, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to believe, 

Cremo, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn. 

Creo, -are, -avi, -atum, to create, to 
choose. 

Cresco, crescere, crevi, cretum, to 
grow, to increase, 

Creta, ae, f., Crete. 

Cretensis, e, adj., Cretan. 

Crimen, inis, n., a crime, a fault, 

Crinis, is, m., thehair. 

Cruciatus, us, m , torture. 

Crucio, -are, -avi, -atum, to torment^ 
to torture, 

Cruentus, a, um, adj., bloody. 

Cruor, oris, m., blood. 

Cui (dat. of qui, quae, quod), to whom. 

Cnjus (gen. of qui, quae, quod), of 
ivhom. 

Ciijusdam (gen. of quidam), of a cer- 
tain one. 

Cum, prep., with; adv., same as 
quum, when. 

Cupiditas, aiis, f., desire. 

Cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to desire^ to 
long for. 

Cur., adv., why. 



VOCABULABY. 



179 



Cura, ae, f., care^ anxiety, 

Curius, i, m., Curius, 

Curo,- are, -avi, -atum, to talce care of , 

to care. 
Curro, currere, cucurri, cursum, to 

run. 
Currus, us, m., a cliariot. 
Cursus, us, m., a course^ a running. 
Custodia, ae, f., aprison. 
Custodio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to preserve, 

to guard, to watcli. 
Gustos, odis, c, a guard, a Iceeper. 
Cjclopes, um, m. pi., tlie Cyclopes, 

D 

Daedalus, i, m., Daedalus. 

Damnosus, a, um, adj., hurtful, 

Danaus, i, m., Danaus, 

Daps, dapis, f., a feast, a meal. 

De, prep.,yrom, concerning,' de nocte, 
wliile it was niglit. 

Dea, ae, f., a godxless. 

Debello, -are, -avi, -atum, to conquer, 
to subdue. 

Debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to he obliged ; 
with an infin., ougJif or should. 

Debilito, -are, -avi, -atum, to weaken. 

Decern, num. adj., ten. 

Decemviri, orum, m. pi., decemvirs. 

Decerpo, -cerp^re, -cerpsi, -cerptum, 
to plach off. 

Decide, -cidere, -cidi, to fall. 

Declaro, -are, -avi, -atum, to declare, 
to show. 

Decorus, a, um, adj ; handsome, beau- 
tiful. 

Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, to lie 
down. 

Dedo, dedSre, dedidi, deditum, to 
surrender, to give up. 

Defatigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to weary, 

Defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -feusum, to 
defend. 

Defero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, to bring, 
to convey. 

Deformitas, atis, f., deformity^ ugli- 
ness. 



Deinde, adv., then. 

Dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, to 

throw, or cast down. 
Delabor, -labi, -lapsus sum., dep., to 

fall. 
Delectus, a, um, part., chosen, selected, 
Deleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, to extinguishy 

to destroy. 
Delibero, -are, -avi, -atum, to deliber- 
ate. 
Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, to selecty 

to choose. 
Delphi, orum, m. pi., Delphi. 
Delphinus, i, m., a dolphin. 
Demitto, -mittSre, -misi, -missum, to 

send down, to drop. 
Demonstro, -are, -avi, -atum, to shoWy 

to prove. 
Demosthenes, is, m., Demosthenes 
Dens, tis, m., a tooth. 
Deploro, -are, -avi, -atum, to deplore. 
Depono, -ponSre, -posui, -positum, to 

lay down, or aside. 
Deprehendo, -hendSre, -hensi, -hen- 
sum, to seize, to catch. 
Depulso, -are, -avi, -atum, to repel. 
Descendo, -scendgre, -scendi, -scen- 

sum, to descend. 
Desino, -sinere, -sivi, -situm, to leave 

off, to cease. 
Despero, -are, -avi, -atum, to def^pair, 
Desponso, -are, -avi, -atum, to promise 

in marriage, to betroth, 
Deterior, adj. com p., worse. 
Detrabo, -trah^re, -traxi, -tractum, to 

draw off, to take from. 
Deus, i, m., God, a god. 
Devinco, -vincere, -vici, -victum, to 

conquer, to overcome. 
DevSro, -are, -avi, -atum, to devofir. 
Dexter, -era, -6rum, or -ra, -rum, 

right. 
Diana, ae, f., Diana. 
Dico, dicSre, dixi, dictum, to say, to 

call. 
Dies, 6i, m. or f. in sing., m, in pi., 

a day. 



180 



VOCABULARY. 



Difficilis, e, adj., difficult, 

Dig^itus, i, m., a finger, a finger's 

hreadth. 
Dilanio, -are, -avi, -atum, to tear or 

rendin pieces. 
Diligens, entis, adj., diligent. 
Diligenter, adv., diligently^ carefully. 
Diligentia, ae, f., diligence. 
Diligentius, adv., comp. of diligenter, 

•more diligently, more carefully. 
Dirimo, -imere, - emi, -emptum, to di- 

mde, to decide. 
Diripio, -ripere, -ripui, reptum, to 

rob, to sack. 
Discedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, to 

go away. 
Disco, discere, didici, to learn. 
Discordia, ae, f., dissension, discord. 
Discordo, -are, -avi, -atum, to differ, 

to disagree. 
Dispiito, -are, -avi, -atum, to dis- 
course, to dispute. 
Dissemino, -are, -avi, -atum, to scatter. 
Dissidium, 1, n., a disagreement, a 

dissension. 
Dissimilis, e, adj., dissimilar. 
Distribuo, -tribuere, -tribui, -tribu- 

tum, to distribute, 
Diu, adv., long ; tam diu — quam diu, 

so lony — as. 
Diuturnus, a, um, adj., long. 
Divido, dividere, divisi, divisum, to 

divide. 
Divinus, a, um, adj., divine. 
Divitiacus, i, m., Bivitiacus. 
Divitiae, arum, f. pi., riches. 
Do, dare, dedi, datum, to give) with 

poeuam, or poenas, to suffer pun- 
ishment. 
Doceo, -ere, -ui, -turn, to teach. 
Dolor, oris, m., grief. 
Domina, ae, f., a mistress. 
Dominus, i, m., owner^ lord, master. 
Domo, -are, -ui, -itum, to subdue. 
Domus, us and i, f., a house, home. 
Dono, -are, -avi, -atum, to give, to 



Donum, i, n., a gift, a present. 
Dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to t 
Draco, onis, m., a dragon. 
Dubito, -are, -avi, -atum, to doubt, to 



Duco, ducSre, duxi, ductum, to lead, 

to conduct; with uxorem, to marry; 

with origo, to derive. 
Dulcis, e, adj., sweet. 
Dulcior, us, adj. (comp. of dulcis), 

siveeter. 
Dulcissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. of 

dulcis), sweetest. 
Dum, adv. and conj., while, until. 
Duo, ae, o, num. adj., pi., two. 
Durus, a, um, adj., hard. 
Dux, cis, c. a leader, guide, a com- 
mander. 

E 
E, prep., out of, from. 
Ea, {see Is, ea, id.) 
Ebrietas, atis, f., drunkenness. 
Edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, to pro- 
claim, to order. 
Edo, edere, edidi, editum, to publish, 

to cause. 
Edo, edere, or esse, edi, esum, to eat, 
Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, to 

lead forth, to bring forth. 
Efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, to effecty 

to cause. 
Efflo, -are, -avi, -2Xvsci,tobreatheout ; 

with animam, to die. 
Effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugitum, to 

escape. 
Ego, mei, subs, pron., I. 
Egregius, a, um, adj., distinguished. 
Elephantus, i, and Elephas, antis, m., 

an elephant. 
Eleusinii, orum, m. pi., the Eleusin- 

ians. 
Eligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, to choose, 

to select. 
Eloquentior, us, adj. (comp. of elo- 

quens), m>ore eloquent. 
Eloquentissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. 

of eloquens), most eloquent. 



VOCABULARY. 



181 



Emineo, -ere, -ui, to appear, 

Emo, emere, emi, emptum, to luy. 

Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum, to arise^ 
to be horn. 

Eueco, -necare, -necavi, or necui, -ne- 
catum, or nectum, to hill. 

Enim, conj.,ybr. 

Enna, ae, f., 3nna, a town of Sicily, 

Enuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, to pro- 
claim^ to divulge. ' 

Eo, ire, ivi, or ii, itum, to go, 

Ephialtes, is, m., EpMaltes. 

Epirus, i, m., Epirus. 

Epistola, ae, f., a letter. 

Epitome, es, or epitoma, ae, f., epit- 
omey abridgment. 

Epiilae, arum, f.,a banquet, a feast. 

Epiilor, -ari, -atus sum, to feast, to 
eat. 

Eques, itis, m., a Tiorseman ; pi., cav- 



Equito, -are, -avi, -atum, to ride on 
horseback. 

Equus, 1, m., a horse. 

Eram, ero, &c., {see sum.) 

Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum,^c tear 
from, to tahefrom, to rescue. 

Erro, -are, -avi, -atum, to err, to wan- 
der y to stray. 

Esse, &c., {see sum.) 

Esurio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to be hungry, 

Et, conj., and ; et — et, both — and. 

Etiam, conj., also, even. 

Euphemus, i, m., Euphemus. 

Europa, ae, f., Europe. 

Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, to es- 
cape. 

Everto, -vertere, -verti, -versum, to 
ovet'turn, to destroy. 

Evolo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly out or 
away, 

Evomo, -vomere, -vomui, -vomitum, 
to vomit forth. 

Ex, prep., out ofyfrom, among. 

Exanimo, -are, -avi, -atum, to Tcillj to 
render lifeless, 

Excaeco, -are, -avi, -atum, to blind. 



Excello, -cellSre, -celui, -celsum, to 

excel. 
Excito, -are, -avi, -atum, to excite, to 

arouse, 
Exelamo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ex- 
claim, to cry out. 
Exclude, -cludere, -clusi, -clusum, to 

exclude, to hatch. 
Excrucio, -are, -avi, -atum, to torment, 
Excubiae, arum, f., pL, a guard, a 

sentinel. 
Exedo, -edere, and -esse, -edi, -esum, 

irr., to eat, to devour. 
Exemplum, i, n., an example, an in- 

stance. 
Exerceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to exercise, to 

practise, 
Exercitus, us, m., an army. 
Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, to drive 

away; with monumentum, to buildy 

to erect. 
Existimo, -are, -avi, -o^ivim, to believey 

to think, to suppose, 
Exitium, i, n., destruction, 
Exorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, dep., to 

rise, to arise. 
Exorno, -are, -avi, -atum, to adorn, 
Exoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to entreat 

earnestly. 
Expeditio, onis, f., an expedition, 
Expeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to ask, to de- 
mand, 
Expio, -are, -avi, -atum, to expiate, to 



Expleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, to fill, 

Explico, -are, -avi, and ui, -atum and 
itum, to imfold, 

Exprobo, -are, -avi, -atum, to upbraid, 

Expugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to take, to 
take by storm. 

Exstinguo, and extinguo, -stinguere, 
-stinxi, -stinctum, to extinguish, to 
kill. 

Exstruo, or extruo, -struere, -struxi, 
-structum, topile up, to construct, 

Extermino, -are, -avi, -atum, ^^ exter- 
minate. 



182 



VOCABULARY. 



Extr^ho, -trahere, -traxi, -tractum, to 
draw outy to extract. 



Faber, ri, m., artificer^ malcery archi- 
tect. 

Fabiila, ae, f, a story, afahle. 

Facile, adv., easily. 

Faciijus, oris, n., a deed^ a crime. 

Facio, facere, feci, factum, to do, to 
make, to form / facere iter, to 
travel. 

Factio, onis, i., faction, party. 

Factum, i, n., a deedy an action, 

Factus, a, um, part., made, done, 

Falsus, a, um, 2iAy, false. 

Fama, ae, i., fame, reputation. 

Famelicus, a, um, adj., hungry. 

Fames, is, f., hunger. 

Famiiia, ae, f., a family, servants. 

Famiila, ae, f., a maid. 

Fascis, is, m., a hundle. 

Fatalis, e, 2idi]., fatal. 

Fatigatus, a, um, part., wearied. 

Fauce, abl., f., the throat ; pi. fauces, 
the throat. 

Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, to favor. 

Fellcitas, atis, f., happiness. 

Felis, is, f., a cat. 

Felix, icis, adj., happy. 

Fea^ineus, a, um, adj , female, per- 
taining to females. 

Fera, ae, i, a wild least. 

Fere, adv., almost, nearly. 

Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, irr., to hear, to 
relate^ to produce. 

Ferocior (comp. of ferox), wilder, 
more fierce, more ferocious. 

Ferreus, a, um, adj., iron. 

Ferula, ae, f , a reed. 

Ficus, i, and us, f., a fig-tree. 

Fides, ei, f, faith, fidelity. 

Filia, ae, f., a daughter. 

Filius, i, m., a son. 

Fingo, fingere, fiuxi, fictum, to feign, 
to form, to pretend. 

Finio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, toendy to finish. 



Fiuis, is, m. and f., the end, a limit. 

Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass., to he 
made, to become, to happen. 

Firmo, -are, -avi, -atum, to establish, 
to confirm. 

Firm us, a, um, adj., firm, strong, se- 
cure. 

Flagitium, i, n., a crime, a shame- 
ful action. 

Floreo, -ere, -ui, to bloomy to blossom. 

Flos, fioris, m., a flower. 

Flumen, inis, n., a river. 

Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, to flow. 

Fluvius, i, m., a river. 

Foecunditas, atis, i.,fruitfulness. 

Foedus, eris, n., a treaty. 

Folium, i, n., a leaf. 

Fons, tis, m., a fountain, a source. 

YoYQ,from forera, to be about to be. 

Foret, def. verb, / ivould or should 
be. 

Forma, ae, ^., form, figure, beauty. 

Formido, inis, i,fear. 

Formidolosus, a, um, 2i^y, fearful. 

Formosissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. 
of formosus, a, um), most beauti- 
ful. 

Formositas, atis, f., beauty. 

Formosus, a, um, adj., beautiful. 

Fortasse, adv., perhaps. 

Forte, adv., by chance, accidentally. 

Fortis, e, adj., brave, bold. 

Fortissimus, a, um, adj., (superl. of 
fortis, e), bravest, boldest. 

Fortissimo, adv. (superl. of fortiter), 
most bravely. 

Fortiter, adv., bravely. 

Forttina, ae, f., fortune. 

Forum, i, n., the market-place, the fo- 
rum. 

Fovea, ae, f., apit. 

Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, to cherishj 
to Jceep wo^rm. 

Frango, frangere, fregi, fractum, to 
break. 

Frater, tris, m., « brother » 

Frigus, 5ris, n., cold. 



YOCABULAEY. 



183 



Frugis, (frux, nom. sing., scarcely 
used), gen. f., corn; fruges, um, 
pi., fruits. 

Frumentum, i, n., corn^ wheat. 

Fruor, fiui, fruitus, and fructus sum, 
dep., to enjoy. 

Frustror, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to de- 
ceive. 

Fnga, ae, f., flight. 

Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, to fly ^ to 
escape, to flee. 

Fugo, -are, -avi, -atum, toput to flighty 
to chase. 

Fui, fueram, &c., from sum. 

Fuligo, inis, f. soot. 

Fullo, onis, m., a fuller. 

Fulmen, inis, n., thunder^ a thunder- 
holt, 

Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, to pour 
out. 

Fur, furis, q., a thief. 

Furor, oris, m., fu7^y madness, 

Futurus, a, um, part, (from sum), 
alout to be, future, 

a 

Gallia, ae, f., Gaul. 

GiiUina, ae, f., a hen. 

Gallinaceus, i, rn., a cocJc. 

Gallus, i. m., a cock. 

Gallus, i, m., a Gaul, 

Garriilns, a, um, adj., talkative^ gar- 

rulous. 
Gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, neut. 

pass., to rejoice, to he pleased luith. 
Gaudium, i, n ,joy. 
Gelid us, a, um, adj., cold. 
Genu, us, n., the knee. 
Gerraanus, i, m., a German. 
Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, to hear, 

to carry, to perform ; with bellum, 

to wage or car7'y on war, 
Gigas, antis, a giant. 
Gigno, gignere, genui, genitum, to 

hear, to produce. 
Glaber, glabra, glabrum, adj., hare. 
Glans, dis, f, a mast^ an acorn. 



Gloria, ae, f., glory. 

Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, dep. to 
go, to walk. 

Graecia, ae, f., Greece. 

Graecus, a, um, adj., Grecian ; subs., 
a Greek. 

Grandior, us, adj. (comp. of grandis, 
e), larger, greater. 

Grassor, -ari, -atus sum, to advance^ 
to make an attack. 

Grates, f. pi., thanks. 

Gratia, ae, t, favor, thanks. 

Gratiilor, -ari, -atus sum, to congrat- 
ulate. 

Gratus, a, um, adj., acceptable, pleas- 
ing. 

Gravis, e, adj., heavy, great ; with 
somnus, sound. 

Gravitas, atis, f., gravity, weight. 

Graviter, adv., heavily, grievously. 

Gressus, us, m., a step. 

Grex, gis, c, afloock, a company. 

Grus, gruis, c, a crane. 

Gubernator, oris, m., a pilot, a ruler. 

H 

Habeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to have, to 
hold, to esteem. 

Habito, -are, -avi, -atum, freq., to 
dwell. 

Habitus, us, m., habit, dress. 

Hannibal, alis, m., Hannibal. 

Harmonia, ae, f., Harmonia, 

Harpyiae, arum, f., pi., the Harpies. 

Haruspex, icis, m., a soothsayer, 

Hasta, ae, f., a spear. 

Hand, adv., not. 

Haustus, us, m., a draught. 

Helena, ae, f., Helen. 

Helvetii, orum, m., ^\., the Helvetians. 

Herbidiis, a, um, adj., grassy. 

Hercules, is, m., Hercules. 

Hesperus, i, m., Hesperus. 

Hiatus, us, m., an opening. 

Hibernus, a, um, adj , of winter, win- 
try. 

Hiberna, orum, n. pi., winter-gtmrteri. 



184 



VOCABULARY. 



Hie, Haec, Hoc, pron., tJiiSj he, she dc, 
Hiems, emis, f., winter, 
Hinc, adv., hence, from this. 
Hinnuleus, i, m., a fawn. 
Hippoljtus, i, m., Hip^olytus. 
Hippomenes, is, m., Hippomenes. 
Hodieque, adv., to this day. 
Hoedus, i, m., a hid. 
Homerus, i, m., Homer. 
Homo, inis, c, a man, a human being. 
Honestas, atis, f., virtue, honor. 
Honor and Honos, oris m., honor 
Hora, ae, f., an hour. 
Horribilis, e, adj., horrible. 
Hortatus, us, eq., an exhortation, ad' 

vice. 
Hortor, -ari, -atus sum, to exhort. 
Hospitium, i, n., hospitality. 
Hostilius, i, m., Hostilius. 
Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 
Hue, adv., hither. 
Humanus, a, um, adj., human. 
Hydrus, i, m., a water-snake. 



lapetus, i, m., lapetus. 

Ibi, adv., there, then. 

Icarus, i, m., Icarus. 

Icarius, a, um, adj., Icarian. 

Ida, ae, f., Ida. 

Idem, eadem, idem, pro., tlie same. 

Igitur, conj., therefore. 

Ignis, is, m.jfre. 

Ignore, -are, -avi, -atum, to be igno- 
rant. 

Ille, ilia, illud, pron., that, he, she, it. 

Illustris, e, adj., illustrious. 

Illyria, ae, f., Illyria. 

Imago, inis, f., an image, a resem- 
blance. 

Imbecillis, e, adj., weah. 

Imitor, -ari, -atus sum, to imitate, 

Immanis, e, adj., huge, enormous. 

Immeritus, a, um, part., undeserved. 

Immineo, -ere, -ui, to hang over, to 
threaten. 



Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, to 
let in, to send against. 

Immoio, -are, -avi, -atum, to sacrifice. 

Immortalis, e, adj., immortal. 

Impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to impede^ to 
prevent. 

Impendeo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum, 
to hang over, to threaten. 

Imperator, oris, m., a general, a com- 
mander. 

Imperitus, a, um, adj., inexperienced. 

Imperium, i, n., a command, govern- 
ment. 

Impero, -are, -avi, -atum, to com- 
mand, to govern. 

Impetro, -are, avi, -atum, to obtain. 

Impetus, us, m.^ force, an attack. 

Impleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, to fill, to 
perform. 

Implicitus, a, um, part., attacked. 

Implore, -are, -avi, -atum, to implore, 
to beg. 

Impono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, 
to place upon, to impose. 

Impugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to atttack. 

Impune, adv., with impunity. 

In, prep., in, into, upon, among, to- 
wards. 

Inanis, e, adj., vain^ foolish, inef' 
fectual. 

Incedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, to go, 
to walk. 

Incertus, a, um, adj., uncertain. 

Incido, -cidere, -cidi, to fall upon. 

Incite, -are, -avi, -atum, to instigate. 

Incoliimis, e, adj., unhurt, safe. 

Incredibilis, e, adj., incredible. 

Incursio, ouis, f., an attack, an incur- 
sion. 

India, ae, f., India. 

Indico, 'dicere, -dixi, -dictum, to in- 
dicate. 

Indoles, is, f., nature, disposition. 

Induo, -duere, -dui, -dutum, to put 
on, to clothe. 

Ineo, -ire, -ii^ -itum, to enter upon, to 
form. 



VOCABULARY. 



185 



Inermis, e, adj., unramed, 

Inferi, orum, m. pi., the infernal re- 
gions^ Hades. 

Infero, inferre, intuli, illatum, to hring 
in or against^ to tring upon. 

Infestus, a, um, adj., hostile. 

Infirmus, a, um, adj., weak. 

Inflatus, a, um, '^2ivi.j pvffed up. 

Infligo, -fligere, -flixi, -fiictum, to in- 
flict, 

Infrendeo, -ere, -ui, to gnash with the 
teeth. 

Ingens, tis, adj., great. 

Inhaereo, -haerere, -haesi, -haesum, 
to cleave or stich to., or in. 

Inhio, -are, -avi, -atum, to desire^ to 
gape for. 

Inimicus, a, um, adj., hostile ; as a 
subs., an enemy. 

Injuria, ae, f., an injury^ an insult. 

Innumerus, a, um, adj., innumerable. 

Inopia, ae, f., want. 

Inquam, or inquio, def., I say. 

Inquino, -are, -avi, -2ii\xxn., to pollute., 
to soil, 

Insania, ae, f., madness. 

Insanio, -Ire, -ivi, -itum, to he mad. 

Inscribo -scribere, -scripsi, -scriptum, 
to inscribe^ to write upon. 

Insequens, tis, part., subsequent, fol- 



Insidiae, arum, f., an ambuscade, am- 
bush, treachery. 

Insidior, -ari, -atus sum, to lie in wait, 
to deceive. 

Insigne, is, n., a mark, an ensign. 

lusolabiliter, adv., inconsolably. 

lusto, -stare, -stiti, to persist, to beg 
earnestly. 

Instruo, -struere, -struxi, -structum, 
to prepare, to teach. 

Insula, ae, f., an island, 

Insiiper, adv., moreover. 

Inteliigo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, to un- 
derstand, to perceive. 

Inter, prep., among, between. 

Interdiu, adv., by day. 



luterdum, adv., sometimes. 

Intereo, -ire, -ii, -itum, irr., to perish, 

Interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, to 

hill. 
Interim, adv., in the meantime. 
Interirao, -imere, -emi, -emptum, to 

kill. 
Interrogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask, 
Intus, adv., within, 
Invenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, to 

find, to invent, to discover, 
Invideo, -ere, -vidi, -visum, to envy. 
Invidia, ae, f., hatred, envy, 
Invitatus, a, um, part., invited; subs., 

a guest. 
Invito, -are, -avi, -atum, to invite. 
Invoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call upon. 
Iphigenia, ae, f., Iphigenia. 
Ipse, a, um, pron., he himself, she 

herself, itself; or simply, he, she, it, 
Ira, ae, f., anger, 
Iratus, a, um, adj., angry. 
Irretio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to entangle, 

to ensnare. 
Irrigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to moisten. 
Irrito, -are, -avi, -atum, to irritate, to 

incite. 
Irruo, -uere, -ui, to rush upon, to at- 
tack. 
Is, ea, id, pron., this^ he, she, it. 
Isocrates, is, m., Isocrates. 
Iste, a, ud, pron., that, he, she, it. 
Ita, adv., so, thus. 
Italia, ae, f., Italy. 
Italus, a, um, adj., Italian; subs., 

the Italians, 
Itaque, adv., and so, therefore. 
Iter, itineris, a journey, a road, a 

march. 
Iterum, adv., again. 
Ithaca, ae, f., Ithaca. 
Iveram,/rom eo, to go. 



Jaceo, -ere, -ui, to lie. 

Jam, adv., now, already, even, 

Juba, ae, f., the mane^ 



186 



VOCABULARY. 



Jubeo, jubSre, jussi, jussum, to eomr 
mand^ to order. 

Jucundus, a, urn, adj., agreeable, pleas- 
ing. 

Judex, icis, c, a judge. 

Judico, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge, to 
decide. 

Jugum, i, n., a yoke, a ridge of moun- 
tains. 

Junctus, a, um, part., (from jungo.) 

Jungo, jiingere, junxi, junctum, to 
unite, to join; with societas, to 
form a partnership ; with currus, 
to harness to. 

Juno, onis, f., Juno. 

Jupiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter, 

Juro, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear, 

Jussu, abl., m., a command. 

Justus, a, um, adj.,yw5^, right. 

Juvenca, ae, f., a cow, a heifer, 

Juvenis, is, c, a youth. 



L., an abbreviation of Lucius. 

Labor, oris, m., labor, toil. 

Labyrinthus, i, m., a labyrinth. 

La®, lactis, n., milk. 

Lacedaemon, onis, f., Lacedaemon, 

Lacryma, ae, f., a tear, 

Lacus, us, m., a lake. 

Laetor, -ari, -atus sum, to rejoice, to 
he glad. 

Laetus, a, um, adj., glad,joyouSy abun- 
dant. 

Lana, ae, f., wool. 

Lanio, -are, -avi, -atum, to tear in 
pieces. 

Laqueus, i. m,, a noose, a snare. 

Largus, a, um, adj., large. 

Latebra, ae, f., a hiding place. 

Latinus, a, um., adj., Latin; Latini, 
subs,, the Latins. 

Latona, ae, f., Latona, 

Latro, -are, -avi, -atum, to lark, 

Latro, onis, m., a robber. 

Laturus, a, um, part, fut., (from 
fero.) 



Latus, a, um, adj., broad, wide. 
Laudo, -are, -avi, -atum, to praise^ to 

extol. 
Laus, dis, t, praise, glory, 
Laute, adv., sumptuously, 
Leaena, ae, f., a lioness, 
Leda, ae, f., Leda. 
Legatus, 1, m., a lieutenant, an am- 



Legio, onis, f., a legion. 

Lego, legerOj legi, lectum, to read, to 

choose, to collect. 
Leo, 5nis, m., a lion. 
Letalis, e, adj., deadly, 
Letum or Lethum, i, n., death, 
Le vitas, atis, f , lightness. 
Levo, -are, -avi, -atum, to lighten, to 



Lex, gis, f., a law. 
Libenter, adv., willingly. 
Liber, libera, liberum, adj., free. 
Liber, bri, m., a book. 
Liberaliter, adv., kindly, liberally, 
Libere, adv., freely. 
Liberi, orum, m., children, 
Libero, -are, -avi, -atum, to free, to 

deliver, 
Libertas, atis, f., liberty, 
Libya, ae, f., Libya. 
Licet, licuit, licitum est, impers., it 

is laivful, you may. 
Lignum, 1. n., wood, timber, 
Limpidus, a, um, adj., transparent, 

limpid. 
Lingua, ae, f., the tongue, a language. 
Lis, litis, f., a strife, a controversy. 
Littera, or Litera, ae, f., a letter of the 

alphabet ; pL, letters, learning y an, 



Litus, oris, n., the shore. 

Locus, i, m., in sing. ; m. and n., in 

pL, a place. 
Locusta, ae, f., a locust. 
Longittido, inis, f., length, 
Longus, a, um, adj., long, 
Longior, us, adj. (comp. of longus), 

longer. 



VOCABULARY. 



187 



Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep., to 

speak. 

Lnceo, lucere, luxi, to shine, 

Luctus, us, m., sorrow. 

Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, to play^ to 
he in sporty to deceive. 

Lugeo, lugere, luxi, to mou7m, to la- 
ment. 

Luna, ae, f., the moon. 

Lupus, i, m., dtwolf. 

Luscinia, ae, f., a nightingale. 

Lusus, us, m., a game^ a play ; per 
lusum, in sport. 

Lutum, i, n., clay. 

Lux, lucis, f., light. 

Lycomedes, is, m., Lycomeaes. 

M 

Macedonia, ae, f., Macedonia. 

Macto, -are, -ari, -atum, to slay. 

Macula, ae, f., a spot^ a stain. 

Magis, adv., m/)rey rather. 

Magnitiido, inis, f., greatness^ size. 

Magnopere, adv., greatly y earnestly. 

Magnus, a, um, adj., greaty large. 

Major, U3 (comp. ofm2igwas)^g7*eater. 

Male, adv., ladly, ill. 

Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, to 
revile, to rail at. 

Maleficus, a, um, adj , wiclcedy hurt- 
ful ; subs., an evil doer. 

Malum, i, n., an apple. 

Malum, i, n., misfortune^ calamity. 

Mains, a, um, adj., had. 

Mando, -are, -avi, -atum, to command, 
to intrust. 

Maneo, -ere, mansi, mansum, to re- 
main. 

Manipiilus, i, m., « maniple. 

Mano, -are, -avi, -atum, to flow, 

Manus, us, f., a hand, a hand of sol- 
diers. 

Mare, is, n., the sea. 

Marinus, a, um, adj., marine) aqua 
marina, sea-water. 

Mars, tis, m., Mars. 



Massa, ae, f., a mass, a lump. 

Mater, tris, f., a mother. 

Matrimonium, i, n., marriage, 

Maxime, adv. (superl. of magis), wos^ 
of ally greatly. 

Maximus, a, um, adj. (superl. of mag- 
nus), greatest. 

Me, ace. sing, of ego, me. 

Mecum, (me and cum), with me. 

Medicus, i, m., a physician, 

Medius, a, um, adj., middle ; medi- 
um, the middle. 

Medusa ae, f , Medusa. 

Megara, ae, f , Megara. 

Megarenses, ium, m. pi., Megaren^ 
sians. 

Meherciile, adv., hy Bercules! truly. 

Mel, lis, n., honey. 

Meleager, gri, m., Meleager. 

Melior, us, adj. (comp. of bonus), het- 
ter. 

Melius, adv. (comp. of bene), hetter, 

Membrum, i, n., a limby a memher. 

Memini, def. pret. verb., / remember, 

Memor, oris, adj., mindful. 

Memoria, ae, f., memory. 

Memoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to remem- 
hery to say. 

Mendax, acis, 2^.6.]., false, lying, 

Menelaus, i, m., Menelaus. 

Mens, tis, f., the mind. 

Mensis, is m., a month. 

Mentior, -iri, -itus sum, to liCy to as- 
sert falsely. 

Mercator, oris, i^., a merchant. 

Merces, edis, f., a rewardy wages. 

Mercurius, i, m.. Mercury. 

Mereor, -eri, -itus sum, to deserve. 

Mergo, mergere, mersi, mersum, to 
sink. 

Merito, adv., with reason. 

Meta, ae, f., a goal, a limit. 

Metallum, i, n., a m,etal. 

Metanira, ae, f., Metanira. 

Metuo, metuere, metui, to fear. 

Metus, us, m ,fear. 

Meus, a, um, pron., my^ mine. 



188 



YOCABULARY. 



Mico, -are, -ui, to sMne, 
Midas, ae, m., Midas » 
Mihi, (dat. sing, of ego), tome, 
Minerva, ae, f., Minerva. 
Minimus, a, um, adj. (superl. of par- 
vus), leasty smallest. 
Ministerium, i, n,, service, labor. 
Minor, us, adj. (comp. of parvus), less^ 

weaTcer, smaller. 
Minos, ois, m., Minos. 
Minus, adv., less. 

Miror, -ari, -atus, sum, dep., to won- 
der at, to admire. 
Mirus, a, um, adj., wonderful. 
Miser, misera, miserum, miseralle, 

ninJiajpfy. 
Misericordia, ae, f., 'pity. 
Miseror, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to pity. 
Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, to send; 

mittere se, to plunge, 
Modo, adv., 7^02/;/ mode — modo, sowe- 

tim,es — sometimes / conj., provided 

that. 
Modus, i m., a measure, a manner, 
Molestus, a, um, adj., irhsome. 
Moneo, -Sre, -ui, -itum, to advise, to 

admonisTi. 
Mons, tis m., a mountain. 
Monstro, -are, -avi, -atum, to sJiow, to 

point out. 
Monumentum, i, n., a monument. 
Morbus, i, m., a disease. 
Mordax, acis, adj., hiting, snappish. 
Morior, -iri or i, mortuus sum, dep., 

to die. 
Moror, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to delay ; 

nihil moror, lvalue not. 
Mors, tis, f., death. 
Morsus, us, m., a lite, 
Mortalis, e, adj., mortal, 
Mos, moris, m., a custom ; mores, pi., 

conduct. 
Motus, us, m., motion. 
Motus, a, um, part, (moveo), moved. 
Moveo, movere, movi, motum, to 

move. 
Mox, adv., soon, soon after. 



Miles, itis, c, a soldier, 
Milvius, i, m., a hite. 
Minae, arum, f. pL, threats, 
Muliebris, e, adj., womanly , female, 
Mulier, eris, f., a woman, 
Multittido, inis, f., a multitude 
Multo, adv., much, hy far, 
Multus, a, um, adj., many, 
Mundus, i, m., the world, 
Munio, -Ire, -ivi, -itum, to fortify, 
Munitus, a, um, ^2iVi., fortified. 
Muuus, eris, n,, an office, gift, a re^ 

ward, permission, 
Murus, i, m., a wall. 
Mus, mtiris, m., a Tnouse, 
Musa, ae, f., a muse, a song. 
Musciilus, i, m., dim., a little mouse, 
Muto, -are, -avi, -atum, to change, 
Mvgdonia, ae f., Mygdonia, 

]sr 

Nam, conj., /or, hut. 

Narro, -are, -avi, -atum, to relate, to 
tell. 

Nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep., to be 
born. 

Natalis, e, adj., natal/ dies natalis, a 
birth- day. 

Nato, -are, -avi, -atum, to swim, 

Natura, ae, f., nature. 

Natus, a, um, part., born. 

Naufragium, i, n., a shipwrech 

Nauta, ae, m., a sailor. 

Navis, is, f., a ship. 

Ne, enclitic conj. ; in direct questions 
often omitted in translation, in in- 
direct questions, whether / in a 
second question, or. 

Ne, adv. and conj., not, that not,lest; 
ne — quidem, not even. 

Nee, or neque, adv. and conj., neither, 
nor, and not, not / nee — nee, neque 
— neque, neither — nor, 

Negligo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, to 
neglect, 

Nego, -are, -avi, -atum, to deny, to re- 
fuse. 



VOCABULARY. 



189 



Negotium, i, n., business. 

Nemo, inis, c, no one, 

Nemus, oris, n., a forest^ a grove, 

NeptuDus, i, m., Neptune. 

Nequaquam, adv., ly no means. 

Neque, conj., neither^ nor, and not, 

Nequis, Nequa, Nequod, or Nequid, 
tliat no one or no tiling . 

Nereis, idis, a Nereid, a sea nympTi, 

Nero, onis, m., Nero. 

Nescio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, not to Jonow, 
cannot. 

Nestor, oris, m., Nestor, 

Neuter, neutra, neutrum, adj., neither. 

Nihil, n., indecl., notMng, 

Nihilo (abl. sing, of nihilum), in no- 
thing, hy nothing. 

Nil (contr. for, nihil), nothing, 

Niobe, es, f., Niole. 

Nisi, adv., unless, if not, 

Nisus, i, m., Nisus, 

Nitidus, a, um, adj., bright^ clear. 

Niter, oris, m., splendor, gloss. 

Nobilis, e, adj., nolle, celebrated. 

Nobis (dat. pi. ofego), to us. 

Noctu, abl. sing., by night. 

Nolo, nolle, nolui, irr. neut., to be v/n- 
willing. 

Nomen, inis, n., a name, 

Non, adv., not. 

Nonne, adv., not ? 

Nonnisi, adv., only. 

Nos (nom. pi. of ego), we. 

Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, to Icnow, 

Nosne, compound of nos and ne. 

Noster, nostra, nostrum, pron., our. 

Nostrum (gen. pi. of ego), of us. 

Noto, -are, -avi, -atum, to marlc, to 
stigmatize. 

Novem, indecl., num. adj., nine, 

Novus, a, um, adj., new. 

Nox, noctis, f., night. 

Nubes, is, f, a cloud. 

Nudo, -are, -avi, -atum, to malce bare. 

Nudus, a, um, adj., nahed, bare, 

NuUus, a, um, gen. ins, adj., no^ no 
one. 



Num, interrog., particle; in direct 
questions commonly omitted ; in 
indirect questions, whether, 

Numa, ae, m., Numa. 

Numerus, i, m., a number. 

Nunc, adv., now. 

Nunquam, adv., never. 

Nuntio, or nuncio, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to tell, to announce. 

Nuptiae, arum, f. pi., nuptials^ mar- 
riage. 

Nutrix, icis, f., a nurse, 

o 

0, interjec, 0! Ah! 

Ob, prep.,/(9/', before, on account of. 

Oberro, -are, -avi, -atum, to wander. 

Objicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, to 
throw to, to give. 

Obliquus, a, um, adj., oblique, side- 
wise. 

Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblltus sum, to 
forget. 

Oblongus, a, um, adj., oblong, rather 
long, 

Obruo, -mere, -rui, -riitum, to over- 
whelm, to cover. 

Obsctiro, -are, -avi, -atum, to obscure^ 
to darken. 

Obsecro, -are, -avi, -atum, to beseech, 

Obsequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, to 
follow, to serve, 

Observo, -are, -avi, -atum, to observe^ 
to loatch. 

Obviam, adv., in the way ; eo, or fio 
obviam, I meet. 

Occasus, us, m., a setting, west. 

Occido, occidere, occidi, occisum, to 
Mil. 

Occoeco, -are, -avi, -atum, to blind. 

Occultor, -ari, -atus sum, to be con- 
cealed. 

Occiipo, -are, -avi, -atum, to occupy, 
to seize upon, 

Occurro, -currere, -curri, and cucur- 
ri, -cursum, to meet^ to encounter. 



190 



VOCABULARY. 



Oculus, i, m., an eye. 

Odium, i, n., hatred. 

OSneus, ei and eos, m., (Eneus. 

Oliero, offerre, obtuli, oblatum, to of- 
fer j to present. 

Olim, 2idiY.^ formerly. 

Omnis, e, adj., ally every; omnes, all ; 
omnia, all things. 

Onus, eris, n., a load. 

Onustus, a, um, adj., laden. 

Opimus, a, um, adj., rich, dainty. 

Oportet, -ere, -uit, -impers. verb, it 
hehooveSy it is a duty, we ought. 

Oppidum, i, n., a walled town, a 
town. 

Oppuguo, -are, -avi, -atum, to assault, 
to besiege, to storm. 

(Ops), gen. opis, f., nom. sing., not in 
use, aid^ hel^p ; opes, pi., wealth, 
power. 

Optabilior, us, adj. (comp. of optabi- 
lis, e), more desirable. 

Optio, onis, f., a choice. 

Opulentissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. 
of opulens and opulentus), richest^ 
most opulent. 

Opus, eris, n., a worJc, a labor. 

Ora, ae, f., a coast, a shore. 

Oraciilum, 1, n., oracle. 

Oratio, onis, f., a discourse^ an ora- 
tion. 

Orator, oris, m., an orator, an am- 
bassador, 

Orbatus, a, um, part, (from orbo), be- 
reaved or deprived of. 

Orbis, is, m., an orb, a circle ; orbis, 
or orbis terrarum, the world. 

Orcus, i, m., Fluto^ the infernal re- 
gions. 

Ordior, ordiri, orsus sum, to begin. 

Origo, inis, f., source, origin. 

Orior, oriri, ortus sum, to rise, to ap- 
pear, to arise. 

Oro, -are, -avi, -atum, to beg, to en- 
treat, 

Ortus, us, m., a rising, east. 

Os, oris, n., the mouth, the face. 



Os, ossis, n., a bone, 

Ossa, ae, m., Ossa, 

Ostendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tensum 

and -tentum, to show. 
Otium, i, n., leisure^ ease. 
Otos, i, m., Otos. 
Ovis, is, f., a sheep. 
Ovum, i, n., an egg. 



Pabulum, i, n.., food, fodder. 

Paciscor, pacisci, pactus sum, dep., 
to bargain, to agree. 

Pactolus, i, m., Pactolus. 

Pactum, i, n., an agreement ; quo 
pacto, how. 

Paene, or pene, adv., almost, 

Palea, ae, f., chaff. 

Pal p^ bra, ae, f., the eyelid; pi. the eye- 
lashes* 

Pando, pandere, pansum and pas- 
sum, to open. 

Panis, is, m., bread. 

Parcae, arum, fem. pi., the Fates. 

Parco, parcere, peperci or parsi, to 



Parens, tis, c, a parent, father^ mo- 
ther. 

Pario, parere, peperi, partum, to bear^ 
to gain ; with ovum, to lay. 

Paris, idis or idos, m,, Paris, 

Pariter, adv., equally. 

Paro, -are, -avi, -atum, to prepare^ to 
obtain. 

Pars, tis, f., apart. 

Particiila, ae, f., a particle. 

Partior, -iri, -itus sum, dep., to divide. 

Partus, us, m., birth, offspring. 

Parum, adv., little. 

Parviilus, a, um, dim., adj., small, 
very small. 

Parvus, a, um, adj., small. 

Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, to feed. 

Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, dep., to 
feed upon. 

Pastor, oris, m,, a shepherd. 



VOCABULARY. 



191 



Pater, tris, m., father. 

Paterfamilias, patrisfamilias, the mas- 
ter of a family^ a houselcee;per. 

Fatior, pati, passus sum, dep., to 
suffer^ to endure^ to allow. 

Patria, ae, f., one's native country, 

Patrocinium, i, d., vaironage, 

Paulo or paullo, adv., a little, 

Paululum, adv., a little. 

Pauper, eris, adj.,^oor. 

Paupertas, atis, f., 'poverty, 

Pavo, onis, c, a peacoch. 

Pax, pacis, i.^ peace. 

Pecus, iidis, f., a sheep. 

Pelagus, i, n., the sea. 

Peleus, i, m., Peleus, 

Pelias, ae, m., Pelias, 

Pelion, i, n., Pelion. 

Pellis, is, f., the skin. 

Pendeo, pendere, pependi, pensum, 
to hang, 

Pene, adv., almost. 

Penna, ae, f., a feather^ <t wing. 

Per, prep., 5y, throvgh^ during. 

Percunctor, -ari, -atus sum, to ash 

Percutio, -cutere, -cussi, -cussum, to 
strike. 

Perdisco, -discere, -didici, to learn. 

Perdite, adv., desperately. 

Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, to des- 
troy, to lose. 

Perennior, us, adj. (comp, of peren- 
nis, e), more lasting. 

Pereo, -ire, -ii, -Hum, to perish, 

Perfacilis, e, adj., 'very easy. 

Pergo, pergere, p^rrexi, perrectum, 
to ad'vance. 

Pericles, is, m., Pei'icles. 

Periculum, i, n., danger. 

Perltus, a, urn, adj., skilful. 

Permitto, -mitt^re, -misi, -missum, to 
commit, to grant. 

Perniciosus, a, urn, adj., hurtful, per- 
niciotis. 

Perniciosior, us, adj. (comp. of per- 
niciosus, a, um), m.ore hurtful. 

Perpetuus, a. um, adj., perpetual. 



Persa, ae, m., a Persian. 
Persequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, to 

follow. 
Perseus, ei and eos, m., Perseus. 
Perterreo, -terrere, -terrui, -territum, 

to frighten greatly. 
Perturbo, -are, -avi, -atum, to disturK 
Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, to 

come to, to reach. 
Pes, pedis, m., a foot. 
Peto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to as\ to at- 
tack, to seek, 
Petulantia, ae, f., petulan^e^ miscMe- 

vousness, 
Philippus, i, m., Philip. 
Philosophus, i, m., a philosoplier^ 
Phin^us, i, m., Phineus. 
Pilus, i, m., the hair, 
Pindarus, i, m., Pindar, 
Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, to 

paint. 
Pinguis, e, adj.,/(2^, 
Piscis, is, m., ufish, 
Pistrlnum, \,u.,a mill, 
Placeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to please; 

with sibi, to he 'Gain qx proud of 
Placet, placuit or placitum est, im- 

pers. verb, it pleases. 
Plaga, ae, f., <i blow ; plaga^, plur., 

nets^ toils. 
Plane, adv., entirely, plainly, 
Platea, ae, f., the spoonbill, 
Plenus, a, um, adj.^ fzdl. 
Plurimus, a, um, adj. {sup. of multus), 

most, very m/xny. 
Plus, pluris, adj., nfiore ; pi., many, 
Pluto, onis, Pluto, 
Pociilum, i, n., a cup. 
Poena, ae, f., a punishment, 
Poenitet, -ere, -uit, impers. verb, it 

repents ; poenitet, me, it repents 'Hfie^ 

or / repent. 
Poenus, a, um, adj., Carthaginian; 

subs., a Carthaginian. 
Pol, adv., ly Pollux, truly, 
Polliceor, -eri, -itus sum, dep., to 

promise. 



192 



VOCABULAEY. 



Pollux, ticis, Pollux. 

Polyxena, ae, f., Folyxena. 

Pompilius, i, m., Fom^ilius. 

Pomum, i, n., an apple, 

Pono, ponere, posui, positum, to 

placey to set. 
Popiilor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to lay 



Populus, i, m., the people ; plur., 

nations. 
Porta, ae, f., gate. 
Porto, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry, 
Portus, us, m., a Jiarhor, 
Possum, posse, potui, irr., to he alley 

lean. 
Post, prep., after ; adv., after, after- 
wards. 
Postea, adv., afterwards. 
Posterus, a, um, adj., succeeding^ next; 

in posterum (supply tempus), for 

the future; posteri, orum, pos- 
terity. 
Postiilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to aslcj to 

demand. 
Potentior, us, adj. (comp. of potens), 

more powerful. 
PotentissTmus, a, um, adj. (superl. 

of potens), most powerful, 
Potio, onis, f., a drink. 
Potior, -iri, -itus sum, dep., to get, to 

obtain^ to enjoy , to possess. 
Prae, prep., hefore, in comparison 

with, 
Praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to offer, to 

give, 
Praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, to 

go hefore. 
Praeceptum, i, n., a precept, advice, 
Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, to 

cut off, 
Praecipito, -are, -avi, -atum, to pre- 

clpitate. 
Praeclarior, us, adj. (comp. of prae- 

clarus, a, um), more famous. 
Praeda, ae, f., booty, the prey. 
Praedico, -are, -avi, -atum, to declare, 

to assert. 



Praedico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, to 

predict. 
Praefari, praefatus, defec. verb, to pre- 
dict. 
Praemitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, 

to send hefore. 
Praemium, i, n., a reward. 
Praepono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, 

to set hefore, to place over, to pre- 
fer. 
Praesens, tis, d^6.]., present, 
Praesepe, is, n., a manger, 
Praestantia, ae, f., superiority, 
Praestantissimus, a, um, adj. (superl, 

of praestans), most distinguished, 
Praeter, prep., besides, 
Praeterea, adv., besides, moreover. 
Praetereo, -ire, -ii, -itum, to pass over 

or by, to omit. 
Pratum, i, n., a meadow. 
Pravitas, atis, f , depravity. 
Preci, dat. -em, ace. -e, abl. f., a 

prayer ; pi. preces. 
Premo, premere, pressi, pressum, to 

press. 
Priamus, i, m., Priam. 
Primo and primum, adv., first ; 

quum primum, as soon as. 
Primus, a, um, num. adj., the first. 
Princeps, ipis, m., prince, ruler, chiefs 

man. 
Prior, us, adj., the former, first, 
Prius, adv., before, first. 
Pro, prep.,/br, instead of, 
Procreo, -are, -avi, -atum, to beget, 
Proelium, i, n., a battle, 
Proficiscor, -icisci, -fectus sum, dep., 

to march, to go, 
Progredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 

dep,, to go forward^ to advance. 
Projicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, to 

throw away, to throw. 
Proles, is, f , race, offspring, 
Prometheus, i, m., Prometheus. 
Promitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, to 

promise. 
Propius, adv., nearer. 



VOCABULARY. 



193 



Propono, -ponere, -posui, -positum, 

to set before y to pi'opose, to offer. 
Propter, prep., /or, on account of. 
Propulso, -are, -avi, -atum, to drive 

away^ to repel. 
Prora, ae, f., tlieprow. 
Proserpina, ae, f., Proserpine. 
Prosum, prodesse, profui, irr., toprofib. 
Provoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call 

fortliy to defy or challenge, 
Proximus, a, um, adj. (superl. of pro- 

pior), nearest^ next. 
Prudentia, ae, f., prudence, wisdom. 
Prudentior, us (coQip. of prudens), 

more prudent. 
Psittacus, i, m., a parrot. 
Puer, eri, m., a hoy. 
Pugna, ae, f., a battle. 
Pugno, -are, avi, atum, tofigJit. 
Pulcher, pulchra, pulcbrum, adj., 

beautiful, glorious. 
Pnlchritudo, inis,'f, beauty. 
Pullus, i, m., tJie young of any animal. 
Pulvis, eris, m. and f , dust. 
Punicus, a, um, adj.. Panic, Cartlia- 

ginian. 
Punio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to punish. 
Puppis, is, f., the stern of a ship. 
Purpureus, a, um, adj., purple. 
Purus, a, um, adj., pure. 
Pusillus, a, um, adj., small, weah. 
Pjrenaeus, i, m., a?i(iPyrenaei, orum, 

m. pi., Pyrenees. 
Pyrites, ae, m., flinty a millstone^ iron 

pyrites. 
Pyrrhus, i, m., Pyrrhus. 
Pythagoras, ae, m., Pythagoras. 

Q 

Quadratus, a, um, adj., square. 
Quadrigae, arum, f., a four-horse 

chariot. 
Quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesi- 

tum, to ash, to seek for ; quaeritur, 

it is asked, 
Qualis, e> adj., of what Icindy such as. 



Quam, conj. and adv., as hoio ; after 

comparatives, than. 
Quanto, adv., by how much. 
Quantopere, adv., how much. 
Quantum, adv., how much. 
Quantus, a um, adj., how great, 
Quare, adv., wherefore. 
Quartus, a, um, num. adj., the fourth. 
Quasi, adv., as if. 
Quatuor and quattuor, adj.,/<9'Z^r. 
Que, enclitic conj., and, also. 
Quercus, us, f., an oah. 
Qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who^ 

which^ what. 
Qui, quae, quod, interrog. pron., 

whof which ^ what? 
Qui, adv., how. 
Quia, conj., because, 
Quidam, quaedam, quoddam and 

gniddam, pron., a certain one, 
Quidem, adv., indeed^ truly. 
Quies, etis, f , rest, quiet. 
Quin, conj., but, but that. 
Quiuque, num. adj.,^d-'e. 
Quis, quae, quid, pron., who f what? 
Quisnam or quinam, quaenam, quod- 

nam or quidnam, pron., who^ what, 
Quisquam, quaequam, quidquam or 

quicquam, any one^ any thing. 
Quisque, quaeque, quodque or quid- 

que, each, every, every one. 
Quisque, quidquid or quicquid, rel. 

pron., whoever, whatever. 
Quod, conj., that, because, 
Quomodo, adv., how. 
Quondam, adv., once, formerly, 
Quotidie, adv., daily, 
Quoties, adv., as often as. 
Quum or cum, adv., when; conj., 

since, although. 

B 

Radix, icis, f., a root. 
Ramus, i, m., a branch. 
Ran a, ae, f , a frog, 
Rapidus, a, um, adj., rapid. 



194 



VOCABULAKY. 



Rapio, rapgre, rapui, raptum, to seize, 
to plunder ^ to hurry away, 

Raro, adv., rarely. 

Ratio, Onis, f., a reason^ ivay, means. 

Recede, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, to 
recede. 

Recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, to 
receive, 

Recondo, -condere, -didi, -ditum, to 
hide. 

Recreo, -are, -avi, -atum, to restore, 

Recte, adv., rightly. 

Rectus, a, um., adj., rights straight. 

Reddo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, to re- 
turriy to render; with verbs, to re- 
peat. 

Redeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, to return. 

Redimo, -imere, -emi, -emptum, to 
buy haclcj to redeem. 

Reduce, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
lead bach ; with in gratiam, to re- 
concile, 

Refugio, -fugere, -fiigi, -fugitum, to 
fly hacJcy to retreat, 

Regina, ae, f., a queen. 

Regius, a, um, adj., royal. 

Regno, -are, -avi, -atum, to rule. 

Regnum, i, n., a kingdom, reign, 

Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, to rule. 

Regiilus, i, m., Regulus. 

Reiinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lictum, to 
leave. 

Reperio, -perire, -peri, -pertum, to 
find, 

Repudio, -are, -avi, -atum, to repudi- 
ate, to reject. 

Require, -quirere, -quisivi, -quisitum, 
to need. 

Res, rei, f, a thing, a way ; res ges- 
tae, exploits ; res familiaris or do- 
mestica, property,^ domestic affairs. 

Reserve, -are, -avi, -atum, ^o r^ser^^. 

Residee, sidere, sedi, to sit. 

Respendee, -spendere, -spendi, spon- 
sum, ^0 answer. 

Respensum, i, n., an answer. 

Respublica, reipublicae, f., the state* 



Respuo, -spuSre, -spui, to reject. 
Rev era, adv., truly,, in reality. 
Revoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to recall. 
Rex, regis, m., a hing. 
Rhadamanthus, i, m., Rhadamanthus ,. 
Rhenus, i, m., the lihine. 
Rhedanus, i, m., the Rhone. 
Ridee, -dere, -risi, -risum, to laugh. 
Ripa, ae, f., a lanh. 
Rixor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to quar^ _ 

rel. 
Robur, oris, n., strength, 
Robustus, a, um, adj., robust^ strvng. 
Rego, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask, 
Roma, ae, f., Rome. 
Romanus, a, um, adj., Roman, 
Romanus, i, m., a Roman. 
Remiilus, i, m., Romulus, 
Rostrum, i, n., a beak. 
Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj., red, 
Ruina, ae, f., ruin. 
Rue, -uere, -ui, -utum, to runy to rushy 

to hasten down, 
Rupes, is, f., a rock, 
Rursus, adv., again, 
Rus, ruris, n., a country, a farm, 
Rusticus, i, m., a countryman. 



Sabini, orum, m., the Sabines. 

Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj., sacred, 

Sacerdos, otis, c, a priest, a priestess. 

Sacra, orum, n. pi., sacrifice. 

Saepe, adv., often, 

Sagino, -are, -avi, -atum, to fatten, 

Sagitta, ae, f., an arrow, 

Salus, utis, f., safety, 

Salvus, a, um, adj., safe^ unpunished. 

Sanguis, inis, m., blood. 

Sapiens, tis, adj., wise ; subs., a wise 

man, 
Sapientia, ae, f., wisdom, 
Sapientissimus, a, um, adj. (superl. 

of sapiens), wisest. 
Sarcina, ae, f., apack^ a bundle, 
Sarpedon, onis, m., Sarpedon, 



VOCABULARY. 



195 



Satis, adj. and adv., enoughy ^uf- 

ficiently. 
Saturnus, i, m., Saturn, 
Saxum, i, d., a rock. 
Scboeoeus, i, m., ScTioeneus, 
Scio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to know. 
Scipio, onis, ra., Scipio, 
Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scriptum, to 

write. 
Scylla, ae, f., Scylla. 
Scyros, i, f., Scyros, 
Se, ace. and abl., Mmself^ Tierselfy 

tliemselves. 
Sector, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to fol- 
low. 
Secundus, a, um, adj., tJie second, 

^prosperous ; res secundae, pros- 

perity. 
Sed, coDJ., hut. 

Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, to sit. 
SemSle, es, f., Semele. 
Semper, adv., always. 
Senatus, us, m., senate, 
Senex, is, c, an old man or woman ; 

as an adj., old. 
Senior, adj. (comp. of senax), older. 
Sentio, seotire, sensi, sensum, to per* 

ceive^ to feel. 
Septem, num. adj., seven. 
Sepulcrum, i, n., a tomb. 
Sepultura, ae, f, turial. 
Sequor, sequi, sectitus sum, dep., to 

follow. 
Serenus, a, um, adj., serene, 
Sermo, onis, m., a speech. 
Sero, adv., late^ too late. 
Sero, serSre, sevi, satum, to sow. 
Servio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to serve. 
Servitus, litis, f., slavery. 
Servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve, 

to keep. 
Sexaginta, num. adj., sixty. 
Sextus, a, um, num. adj., sixth. 
Si, conj., if ; siquando, if at any 

time. 
Sibi, dat., to himself etc. 
Sic, adv., thu^^ so. 



Siccus, a, um, adj., dry, 
Sicilia, ae, f., Sicily. 
Sidon, onis, f., 8idon. 
Sidonius, a, um, adj., Sidonian, 
Sidus, eris, n., a star. 
Significo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ex- 
press. 
Silenus, i, m., Silenus. 
Silva, ae, f., a forest. 
Simiiis, e, adj., like. 
Simul, adv., at once, at the same time, 
Simul — simul, as soon as. 
Sine, prep., witliout. 
Singuli, ae, a, adj. pi., each, one hy 

one, every. 
Sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left. 
Sinus, us, m., a bosom, a bay. 
Siquis, siqua, siquod or siquid, pron., 

if any one or thing. 
Siquando, adv., if ever. 
Sitio, -ire, -ii, to thirst. 
Sitis, is, f., thirst. 
Societas, atis, f., alliance, intercourse, 

partnership. 
Socrates, is, m., Socrates. 
Sol, solis, m., the sun. 
Soleo, -ere, -itus sum, neut, pass,, to 

be accustomed. 
Solitudo, inis, f., solitude, 
Solon, onis, m., Solon. 
Solum, i, n., soil, ground. 
Solum, adv., alone, only. 
Solus, a, um, adj., alone, 
Somnus, i, m., sleep. 
Sonitus, us, m., sound, 
Sonus, i, m., a sound. 
Soror, oris, f., a sister. 
Spargo, spargere, sparsi, sparsum, to 

scatter. 
Sparti, orum, m. pi., Spartans, 
Spatiosus, a, um, adj., large. 
Species, ei, f., an appearance. 
Specto, -are, -avi, -atum, to behold, to 

regard. 
Spectatus, a, um, part,, tried, illus' 

trious. 
Spero^ -are, -avi, -atum, to expect. 



196 



VOCABULARY. 



Spiro, -are, -avi, -atum, to IreatTie^ to 
Mow. 

Splendidus, a, um, adj., illustrious. 

Splendor, oris, m., leauty. 

Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, spon- 
sum, to promise. 

Sponsa, ae, f., a hride. 

Spontis, gen. sponte, abl. sing, f., 'ijol- 
untarily. 

Statim, adv., immediately, 

Statuo, -uere, -ui, -titum, to deter- 
mine. 

Stella, ae, f., a star, 

Sterilis, e, adj., unfruitful, harren, 

Stirps, is, f., a root, a family. 

Sto, stare, steti, statum, to stand. 

Stolidus, a, um, adj.,/t>o^^s^. 

Strages, is, f., slaugMer, 

Strophades, um, f. pi., tTie Stropliades. 

Struo, struere, struxi, structum, to 
construct ; with insidias, to prepare 
an ambuscade, 

Stultitia, ae, i.^ folly. 

Stultus, a, um., Q.di].^foolis7i. 

Suadeo, suadere, suasi, suasum, to 



Suavitas, atis, f., sweetness. 

Sub, prep., with ace. or abl., under, 

Subduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, to 

withdraw, to withhold. 
Subeo, 'ire, -ivi and ii, -itum, to go 

under. 
Subito, adv., suddenly, 
Subllmis, e, adj., sublime; in sub- 
lime, aloft. 
Submerge, -merg^re, -mersi, -mer- 

sum, to overwhelm, 
Subrldeo, -ridere, -risi, -risum, to 

smile. 
Subsilio, -silire, -silui and silii, to 

leap. 
Subter, prep., under, 
Subvenio, -venire, -v6ni, ventum, to 

help. 
Subvolo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly up. 
Sui, subs, pron., of himself, etc. 
Sum, esse, fui, to he, to exist. 



Summus, a, um, adj. (superl. of su- 
p6rus, a, um), the highest, greatest. 

Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sumptum, to 
taJce. 

Super, prep., above^ upon, 

Superbe, adv., proudly. 

Superbia, ae, f., pride. 

Superbio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to beproud. 

Superbus, i, m., Superbus. 

Superbius, adv., comp. deg., too or 
more haughtily. 

Superfluus, a, um, adj., superfluous. 

Supero, -are, -avi, -atum, to surpass^ 
to C7'0ss, to conquer. 

Supersum, -esse, -fui, to survive, tore- 
main. 

Suppono, -ponere, -posui, positum, 
to substitute. 

Surgo, surgere, surrexi, surrectum, 
to rise, 

Suscipio, -cipSre, -cepi, -ceptum, to 



Suspicio, onis, f., suspicion. 
Suspicor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to 



Sustento, -are, -avi, -atum, to support, 
Sustineo, -tin ere, -tinui, -tentum, to 

hear, to sustain. 
Sustollo, sustollere, sustiili, sublatum, 

to raise. 
Suus, a, um, adj., pron., his, hers,itSy 

theirs. 
Sylva, ae, f., a forest. 
Syracusae, arum, f. pi., Syracuse, 



Talentum, i, n., a talent. 
Tarn, adv., so, so much. 
Tamen, conj., yet, nevertheless. 
Tandem, adv., at length, at last. 
Tango, -tang^re, tetigi, tactum, to 

touch. 
Tanquam, adv., as, as if, like, 
Tantalus, i, m., Tantalus, 
Tantopere, adv., so much, 
Tantum, adv., only, so much. 



VOCABULARY. 



197 



Tantus, a, nm, adj., so great, such; 

tanti, of so much value. 
Tarditas, atis, f., slowness. 
Tardo, -are, -avi, -atum, to retard. 
Tardus, a, urn, adj., slow. 
Tarquinius, i, m., Tarquinius. 
Tartarus, i, m. and -a, orum, pi. 

u., Tartarus. 
Taurica, ae, f., Taurica, 
Taurus, i, m., a lull. 
Tectum, i, n., a roof^ a house. 
Tempestas, atis, f., a storm. 
Templum, i, n., a temple. 
Tempus, oris, n., time, a season. 
Tenax, acis, adj., tenacious. 
Tenebrae, arum, f. pi., darhiess. 
Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, to hold. 
Tener, tenera, tenerum, adj., tender. 
Terni, ae, a, num. adj., three by three, 

three. 
Terra, ae, f., land. 
Terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to terrify. 
Territo, -are, -avi, -atum, freq. to 

terrify. 
Terror, oris, m., terror. 
Tertio, num. adv., the third time. 
Tertius, a, um, num. adj., the third. 
Testa, ae, f., a shell. 
Testamentum, i, n., « will, 
Testtido, -inis, f., a tortoise. 
Texo, texere, texui, textum, to weave. 
Thebae, arum, f. pi., Thebes. 
Thebanus, a, um, adj., Theban, 
Theseus, i, m., Theseus. 
Thessalia, ae, f., Thessaly. 
Thestius, i, m., Thestius. 
Thetis, idis and idos, Thetis. 
Timeo, -ere, -ui, to fear. 
Timidus, a, um, adj., timid, 
Timor, oris, m.^fear. 
Tinnitus, us, m., a tinkling. 
Tintinnabulum, i, n., a bell. 
Titio, onis, m., a firebrand, a brand. 
Titus, i, m., Titus. 
Tollo, tollere, sustiili, sublatum, to 

raise, to pick up. 
Tonitru, u, n., thunder. 



Totidem, indecl. adj., as many. 
Totus, a, um, adj., whole^ all. 
Trabs, is, f., a beam. 
Tracto, -are, -avi, -atum, ^o treat, 
Trado, tradere, tradidi, traditum, to 

deliver, to relate. 
Tranquillus, a, um, adj., tranquil. 
Trans, prep., across. 
Transduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum, 

to lead across. 
Transeo, -ire, -ii, -itum, to pass over, 
Transfigo, -figere, -fixi, -fixum, to 

pierce, 
Transveho, -vehgre, vexi, -vectum, 

to carry over. 
Tres, tria, num. adj. pi., three. 
Tribuo, -uere, -ui, -titum, to give, to 

bestow. 
Tricesimus, a, um, num. adj., the 

thirtieth. 
Triginta, num. adj. pi., indecl., thirty. 
Triplex, icis, adj., triple. 
Triptolemus, i, m., Triptolemus, 
Tristis, e, adj., sad. 
Triumpho, -are, -avi, -atum, to trir 

umph. 
Troja, ae, f., Troy, 
Trojanus, a, um, adj., Trojan, 
Tu, subs, pron., thou. 
Tuba, ae, f., a trumpet, 
Tubicen, inis, m,, trumpeter, 
Tullius, i, m., Tullius. 
Tum, adv., then. 
Tumultus, us, m., a tumult. 
Tumiilus, i, m., a mound, a tomb, 
Turma, ae, f., a troop. 
Tutus, a, um, adj., safe. 
Tuus, a, um, adj. pro., thy, thine, 

J5 

Ubertas, atis, f.^ fertility. 
Ubi, adv., where, when. 
Uiciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, to avenge. 
Ultimus, a, um, adj. (superl. of ul- 
terior), the last, 
Ulysses, is, m., Ulysses, 



198 



VOCABULAKY. 



Umbra, ae, f., a shade^ a shadow, 

Umbro, -are, avi, -atum, to shade, 

Una, adv., together, 

Unde, adv., whence. 

Unguis, is, m., a claw, a talon, 

Ungiila, ae, f., a claw, a talon, 

Unus, a, um, num. adj., one. 

Urbs, is, f., a city^ 

Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, to lurn. 

Ursus, i, m., « hear. 

Ut, conj., that, so thaty in order that ; 

adv., as. 
Uter, utra, utrum, adj., which? which 

of the two ? 
Uterque, utraque, utrumque, adj., 

loth, each. 
Utilis, e, adj,, useful. 
Utor, uti, usus sum, dep., to use, 
Utrum, adv., whether, 
Uva, ae, f., a graj^e^ a hunch of 



Uxor, oris, f., a wife. 



Yacuus, a, um, adj., empty ; vacuus 
viator, a destitute traveler. 

Yaleo, -ere, -ui, to he strong, to avail; 
YoXe, farewell. 

Yario, -are, -avi, -Stum, to change, 

Yasto, -are, -avi, -atum, to lay waste. 

Yates, is, m., ajpoet. 

Yebo, vebere, vexi, vectum, to car- 
ry, 

Yelox, ocis, adj., swift, 

Yendo, vendere, vendidi, venditum, 
to sell. 

Yenio, venire, v6ni, ventum, to come. 

Yenor, -ari, -atus sum, dep., to hunt. 

Yenter, tris, m., the hellyy the stom- 
ach. 

Yentus, i, m., wind, 

Yenus, eris, f., Venu^, 

Yer, veris, n., the spring, 

Yerber, 6ris, n., a hlow, 

Yerbum, i, n., a word. ~^ 

Yero, conj., hut ; adv., truly. 



Yerus, a, um, adj., true/ as a noun, 

verum, truth. 
Yescor, vesci, dep., to feed upon, to 

eat. 
Yestibiilum, i, n., vestibule. 
Yestigium, i, n., a footstep, a mark, 
Yestis, is, f., a garment, clothes, 
Yeto, -are, -ui, -itum, toforhid. 
Yetus, eris, adj., ancient, old. 
Yia, ae, f., a way, a path. 
Yiator, oris, m., a traveler, 
Yicinus, i, m., a neighbor, 
Yictoria, ae, f., victory. 
Yideo, videre, vidi, visum, to see, 
Yideor, videri, visus sum, to seem, to 

appear, to he seen. 
Yiduus, a, \xm, 2^6.]., widowed ; mulier 

vidua, a widow. 
Yigilantior, us, adj., (comp. of vigx- 

lans), 7nore watchful. 
Yiginti, num. adj., twenty. 
Yinco, vincere, vici, victum, to con* 

quer. 
Yinciilum, i, n., a chain. 
Yindico, -are, -avi, -atum, to claim, 
Yinum, i, n., wine. 
Yiolentus, a, um, adj , violent* 
Yir, viri, m., a man. 
Yirga, ae, f., a rod. 
Yirgilius, i, m., Virgil, 
Yirgo, inis, f., a virgin, 
Yirgiila, ae, f., a small rod, 
Yirtus, utis, f., virtue, valor, 
Yis, vis, i., power y strength, 
Yita, ae, f., life. 
Yitis, is, f., a vine, 
Yitium, i, n., vice. 
Yito, -are, -avi, -atum, to shun, 
Yivo, vivSre, vixi, victum, to live, 
Yivus, a, um, adj., living, alive, 
Yix, adv., scarcely. 
Yoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. 
Yolo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly. 
Yolo, velle, volui, to wish, to he will- 
ing. 
Yolucer, -eris, -ere, adj., winged ; 

subs., a hird. 



VOCABULARY. 



199 



Voluptas, atis, f., pleasure. 

Yos, pron. (from tu), ^e or you. 

Votum, i, n., a wishy a vow. 

Vox, vocis, f , a voice. 

Vulcanus, i, ra., Vulcan, 

Vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, to wound* 

Vulnus, eris, u., a xoound. 



Vulpeciila, ae, f., a little fox. 
Vulpe3, is, f., a fox, 
Vultur, uris, f., a vulture. 



Zetes, is, m., Zetes, a son of Boreas* 



EEFEREKOES 



TO 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S 

LATIN GEAMMAR. 



9* 



REFERENCES 



TO 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 



Fag's 85. — What is a substantive? §26,1. What is an adjective f §104. 
What IS the rule for the agreement of adjectives ? § 205. 

1. § 205. 2. § 93. 3. § 46. 4. § 48, 2. 5. § 106. 6. § 70. 

L. N. R. 7. § 109. II. 8. § 69, Exc. 2. 9. § 105, 3. ^10. § 106. 

11. § § 73, 2, 57. 12. § § 64, 1, 77, 2. ^13. § 72. 14. § 73, 1. 15. 

§73, Exc. 1. 13. § 77, 2. 17. §§69, 57. 18. § §69, Exc. 1, 57. 19. 

§ 78, 2, (5). 20. § § 78, 2, (4), 57. 21. § m. in. 22. § 90, Exc. 1. 

23. § § 41, 42, 1. 24. § § 44, 45. 25. § 44.: 26. § 44. 27. § 97. 

28. § § 66, 76, 3. 29. § 111. III. 30. § § 66, 71, 3. 31. § § 66, 70, 

Exc. 32. § § 66, 70. 

Page 86.— 1. § § 66, 71. 2. § 108. 1. 3. § § 66, 76, 3. 4. § § 125, 

5, 110, (a). 5. § § 125. 5, 110, (a). 6. § 78. 2, (2). .. § 124, 1, 2. 

8. § 126, 1. 9. § 87- '^hat does the genitive denote ? § 37, 2. What is 

the rule for the genitive after nouns f § 211. after adjectives f % 213. for the 

dative after adjectives f § 222, 3. 10. § 211. 11. Pa^e 29. 12. § § 59, 

1, 69. 13. § § 73, 1, 57. 14. § § § 58, 69, 57. 15. § 69, Exc. 1. 

16. §213. 17. § 69 18. § 69, Exc. 2. 19. §78, 2. 20. § 66, 76, 3. 

21. § 78, 2, (3). 22. § 87. 23. § 213.— 24. § 222, 3, Rem. 1. 25. 

§ 222, 3, Rem. 1. 

Paire Qlt^—What is the rule for the subject of a finite verbP § 209, (a). 
for the agreement of a verb ? 209, (b). What is a sentence ? § 200, 2. Of 
what may a sentence consist? §200, 5. What is a simple sentence? § 201, 
10. What is a proposition? §201,1. WJiat is the subject of a proposition ? 
§ 201, 2. What the predicate ? § 201, 3. What is the grammatical subject t 
§ 202, 2. What the grammatical predicate? § 203, 2. What is a compound 



204 EEFERENCES TO 

sentence? 201, 12. JSow are the members of a compound sentence connected? 
§203.111. 3. What are moods? 143, (a). How is the indicative mood used? 
§ 143, 1. What is voice? § 141, (a). What does a verb in the active voice repre^ 
sent f § 141, 1. What is the root of a verb ? § 150, 1. What are the personal ter- 
minations of the active voice? § 147» 3. What does the present tense represent? 
§ 145. I. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, present tense, active voice, in 

each conjugation, § 152. 1. § 209, (a). 2. § § § § 209, (b). 259, 145. I. 

141, 1. 3. § 78, 2, (2). 4. § 209, Rem. 1, (a). 5. § 209, Bern. 2. (2). 

6. § 66, Exc. 7. § 77, 2. 8. § 46. What does the imperfect represent? § 145. 

II. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, imperfect tense, active voice, in each 

conjugation. §152. 9. §145.11. 10. §78,2,(2). 11. §§ 78, 2, (4), 57. 

= 12. § § 73, 1, 57. 

Page SS.—What does the future tense denote ? §145. HI. Give the terminations 
of the indicative mood, future tense, active voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 1. 145. 

Ill 2. Page 29. 3. §77, 2,(2). 4. § 76, 1, Exc. 3. 5. § 76,3. 

What does the perfect tense represent? §145. IV. Give the terminations of the in- 
dicative mood, perfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 6. § 145. IV. 

7. § 41. 8. § 70, L. N. R. 9. § § 74, 57. 10. § 61. What does the 

pluperfect tense represent ? § 145. V. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, 

pluperfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. § 152. H. § 145. V, 12. 

§ 70, L. N. R. 13. § 69. 11 § § 74, 57. 15. § § 46, 47. What docs the 

future perfect tense denote? § 145. VI. Give the terminations of the indicative 

mood, future perfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 18. § 145. VI. 

17. § 70, L. K R. How is the subjunctive mood used ? § 143, 2. Give the 

terminations of the subjunctive mood, present tense, active voice, in each conjugation* 
§ 152. 18. § 260. 19. § § 74, 57. 20. § § § 66, 76, 3, 57. 

Pag'e Q^.—Give the terminations of the subjunctive mood, iw.perfect tense, active 

voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 1. § 61. 2. § 178o Give the terminations of 

the subjunctive mood, perfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. §152. 3. §§ 

73, 1, 57. 4. § § 61, 70, L- N". R. Give the terminations of the subjunctive 

mood, pluperfect tense, active voice, in each conjugation. §152. 5. § 154, Rem. 

7, (a). 6. § § 70, I<. ^. R. 57. S[ow is the imperative mood used? § 143, 3. 

Give the terminations of the imperative mood, active voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 

7. §267. 8. §162,4. 9. §267,(2). 10. § § § 159, 180, 162, 4. 

What does a verb in the passive voice represent ? § 141, 2. Whkt are the personal ter- 
minations of the passive voice? §147, 3. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, 

present tense, passive voice, in each conjugation. §152. 11. §141,2. 12. § 

78, 2. 13. § 133. 14. § § § 66, 76, 3, 57. Give the terminations of the in- 
dicative mood, imperfect tense, passive voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 15. § 145. 

II. 16. § 46. Give the terminations of the indicative mood, future tense, passive 

voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 17. § 145. IH.^ — 18. § 89. 

Pagre QQ^—Give the terminations of the indicative mood^ passive voice, perfect 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 205 

tense. '—pJuperfect tense:— future perfect tense. §152. 1. § §73,1,57. 2. § 

153. 3. § § 74, 57. 4. § 46. 5. § 78, 2, (2). Give the terminations of 

the subjunctive mood, passive voice, present tense: — imperfect tense :— perfect tense: 

pluperfect tense. § 152. 6. § § § 63, 1, (1), 74, 57. Give the terminations of the 

imperative mood, passive voice, in each conjugation. § 152. 7. § 70, L. N. R. 

Give the rulef or a noun in the predicate. §210. 8. §209, Rem. 1, (a). 9. §§ 

210, 69, Exc. 2. 10. 210, Rem, 3, (1). 11. § § 66, 57. 12. § § 78, 2, 

(2), 210, Rem. 3, (3), (b). What is the rule for adjectives, dc, standing in the 

predicate? § 210, Rem. 1, (a), 13. 210, Rem. 1, (a). 

Page 91.— 1. §105, 3.-2. §106. 3. § 111. III. 4. §46. 5. §lii. 

III. 6. § 46. 7. § 97. 8. § § 58, 69, Exc. 2. 9. §§277. I. 279, 15. 

("b). 10. § 78, 2, (2). Give the rule for the genitive after nouns. § 211. 11. 

§ 211. 12. § § § § 59, 2, 69, Exc. 1, 57, 210. 13, § 126, 1. 14. § 126, 

1. 15. § § 59, 1, 69. 16. § 69, Exc. 2. 17. § 254. 18. § 133. 19. 

§ 125, 5, 110, (a). 20. § 133. 21. § 78, 2, (2). 

Pag:e 92.-1. § 87. 2. § 162, 15. 3. § § 48, 2, 204. 4. § 211, 

Rem. 6. Give the rule for the genitive after adjectives. § 213. after partitives. § 212. 

5. §213. 6. §204. 7. §125,1. 8. §212. 9. §124, 1,2,3. 

10. §212. 11. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 12. 124, 1, 2, 3. 13. §69, Exc. 2. 

14. § § 133, 212, Rem. 1, Note 2. 15. 235, (2). Give the rule for the dative 

after adjectives. § 222, 3. after verbs. § 223. 16. § 222, 3, (a). 17. § 85. 

18. § § 88, 1, 87. 19. § 222, 3. 20. § 222, 3, Rem. 1. 21. § 125, 

2. 22. § 223. 23. § 223. 24. § 48, 2. 25. § 223, Rem. 2. 26. 

§ 279, 3, (d). 27. § 223, Rem. 2. 28. § 223, Rem. 2. 

Iag-e93.-l. §2.24. 2. § 225. HI. 3. § 226. 4. §226.- — 5. § 

109. II. 6. § 226. 7. § 221, Rem. 3. 8. § § 71, Exc. in R. 1, 57. 

9. §107. 10. § § 125, 5, 110, (a). 11. § 226. 12. § 227- 13. § 227. 

Give the rule for the object of a transitive verb. § 229. 14. § 229. 15. § 145. 

II 16. § 274, Rem. 6, (a). 17. §205, Rem. 15, (a). 18. § 231. 19. 

§ 231. 20. § 233, (1). 21. § 233, (1). 22. § 145. II. 1. 23. § 236. 

24. § 236. 25. § 237. 26. § 205, Rem. 15, (a). 27. § 237. Define a prepy 

osition. §195, 1. Give the rule for the accusative after prepositions. § 235, (1). 

28. § 236, (1). 

Pag-e 94.— 1. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 2. § 124, 1, 2, 3. Give the rule for the ablative 

after prepositions. §241. 3. §§241,235, (2). 4. §111. III. 5. § 241. 

6. § 145. IV. Rem. 7. §249.111. »8. §248.1.-9. §248.1. 10. 

§ 243. I. 11. § 248. 1. Give the rule for vd. and sub. § 235, (2). 12. § 235, 

(2). 13. § 235, (2). 14. § 235, C2). 15. § 235, (2). 16. § § 61, 3, 

75, Exc. 1, 17. § 125, 5. 18. § § § 66, 70, L. N. R. 57. 

Page Q5,-^Give the rule for the ablative of cause, &c. § 247.— /o^ utor, &c. 

§ 245. 1.— for a noun denoting the means, ty which the action of a verb is performed. 

§ 249. l.—f or verbs signifying to siboundt &c. § 250, 2, (2).— /or the price of a 



206 REFERENCES TO 

thing. § 252. for a noun denoting the time at or within which any thing is said to 
he or to be done. § 253. — i^or the name of a town in which any thing is said to be or 

to be done. § 254. 1. § 247. 2. § 87. 3. § § 119. III. 105, Rem. 4. -4. 

§ 245. I. 5. § 245. I. 6. 247, 1, (2). 7. § 249. I. 8. § 250, (2), 

Rem. 1. 9. § 250, (2), Rem. 1. 10. § 252. 11. § § § 60, 2, 70, I^. N- 

R. 253, 12. §253. 13. §211, Rem. 6. 14. §253. 15. §254. 18. 

§254. 

Pagre 96. — What is the comparison of an adjective P §122, 2. How many 
degrees of comparison are there? §122,3. What are the terminational endings of 
the comparative and superlative ? § 124, 2. What are the two methods of compari- 
son by the comparative degree? § 256, 1. What is the rule for the comparative de- 
gree, when quam is omitted? § 256, 2. 1. § § 66, Exc. 70. !>. N. R. 2. § 125, 

6. 3. § 256, 1. 4. § 125,5. — -5. § 78, 2, (5). 6. § 124, 1. 2, 3. 7. 

§ 125, 5. 8. § 256, 2. 9. § 69, Exc. 2. ^10. § 212, Rem. 1. 11. § 256, 

2. 12. § § 66, 70, Exc. in L. 13. 124, 1, 2, 3. 14. § 256, 2. Give the 

rule for words in apposition. § 204 15. § 204. 16. 222, 3, Rem. 1^ 17. 

§247. (2). 18. § 249. HI. 19. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 20. § 247. 21. § 204, 

Rem. 6. 22. § 253. 23. § 248. 1. WJiat mood does quum (cmn) take ? § 263, 

5. With what tenses and mood is qmnn in narration joined? §263, 5, Rem. 2. 

24. § 263, 5, Rem. 1. 25. § 249, I. 26. § 263, 5.-27. § 245. 1. 

Pa&e 97.-1. § 263, Rem. 2. 2. § 235, (2). 3. §204.-4. §263. 

Rem, 2. 5. § 223, Rem. 2. What is the rule for a clause denoting the purpose, 

&,Q. of a preceding proposition ? §262. <£. §181. 7. §262. 8. §235, 

(2). 9. § 249. III. 10. § 279, 3, (d). 11. § 235, (2). 12. § 235, (2). 

13. § 262, Rem. 5. 14. § 194, 1, 2. 15. § 262, Rem. 10, Note 7. 

What mood do dependent clauses containing an indirect question take ? § 265. 16, 

§ 265, Rem. 2. 17. § 265, Notel. 18. § 265, Rem. 2. What mood does a 

relative clause expressing a purpose, aim, or motive take? §264, 5. 19. § 

264, 5.- — 20. § 136. 

i Page QB.—Give the rule for the construction of relatives. § 206, Rem. 19, (a), 

1. § 206, Rem. 19, (a). 2. § 105, 3. 3. § 223. 4. § 206, (4). 5. 

1179. 6. §245.1. 7. §180. 8. §198. I. H. 11, Notel. 9. §264, 

5. What is the infinitive mood used to denote ? § 143, 4. What do the tenses of the 
infinitive denote? § 268, 2. What is the rule for the infinitive as tlie object of a 
verb ? § 270. After what verbs is the infinitive without a subject-accusative used ? 
§ 271. Whose action or state must an infinitive denote, after a verb without a sub- 
ject ? § 271, Rem. 3. What is the rule for the infinitive with a subject -accusative? 

§272.-10. §§143.4,270. — -H. § 233, (1). 12. §271, Note 1. 13. 

§ 142, 2. 14. § 142, 2. 15. § 247. 16. § 239. 17. § 269, (b). 

18. § 269, (h), 19. § 289, Rem. 4. 20. § 194, 4. 21. § § 205, 

Bern. 7, (1), 211, Rem. 8, (3). 22. § 239. 

Page 99.— 1. §272. 2. §272. 3. § 206, (13), (a). What is a par- 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 207 

tictple f § 148, 1. Give the rule for the agreement of participles. § 205. Bi/ 
wJiat are participles foil owed F §274,1. What do t7ie present, perfect, and future 

active participles respectively denote? § 274, 2. 4. § § 148, 1, 205. 5. 

§ 205, Rem. 7, (1). 6. § 274, 3, (a). 7. § 274, 3, (a). 8. § 125, 5- 

9. § 274, 3. (a). 10. § 210, —11. § 274, Rem. 5, (a). 12. § § 274, Rem. 

7» (a), 275. II. 13. §223. Give the rule for the ablative absolute. § 257. 

14. §257, Note 1. 15. §221,1. 18. §274, 3, (a). 17. §237. ^18, 

§205. Rem, 7, (1). 19. § 257, Rem. 7, (a). 20. § 257, Rem, 7. (a). 

Page IQO.— What are fferimds? §148, 2, (a). Wliat is a gerundive? §275. 
II. Rem. 2. How are gerunds governed, and by what cases are they followed ? § 275, 

I. What may the genitive of gerunds and gerundives follow ?% 275, III. Rem, 1. 

1. § 275. III. Rem. 1. 2. § 124. 1, 2, 3. 3. § 91. 4. § 276, II. III. Rem. 

I. How is the dative of gerunds and gerundives used? § 275. III. Rem. 2. 5. 

§ 275. III. Rem. 2. What does the accusative of gerunds and gerundives follow? 

§ 276. III. Rem. 3. 6. § 275. III. Rem. 3 7. § 275. II. III. Rem. 3. 

What does tJie ablative of gerunds and gerundives follow ? § 275. III. Rem. 4. 

8. § 275. III. Rem 4.-9. § 275. III. Rem. 4. 10. § 275. III. Rem. 4. 

II. §§248.1.274. 12. §275.11. HI. Rem. 4. 13. §237. What are 

supines? §148, 3. By ivhat cases are supines followed? § 276.1. What is the 

rule for supines in um? § 276, 11.— for the sxipine m u ? § 276. III. 14. § 276. 

II. ^15. § 276. III. 

Pagre 101. — What is an adverb ? § 190, 2. From wha are adverbs derived ? 
§192. How are adverbs compared ? § 194, 1, 2. What do adverbs modify or 

limit? § 277. 1. 1. §194, 4. 2. § § 191, Rem. 3, 277, Rem. 5, (c). What 

is a conjunction? § 198. What is the rule for copulative, disjunctive, and other co- 
ordinate conjunctions ? §278. 3. § 198.1. 4. § 198, 1, Rem. (e), 5. 

§ 198, 2. 6. § 198, 1, Rem. (e). 

FABLES. 

Page 105.-1. § 211, Rem. 2, (a). 2. §247. 3. § 231, Rem. 3, (b). 

4. § 262. 5. § 235, (2). 6. § 253. 7. § 125, 5. 8. § 253. 0. § 260. 

II. 10. §205 Rem. 7, (1), Note 1. 11. § 239, 12. § 162, 15. 13. 

§247. 14. § 100,3. -15. §231, Rem. 3, (b). 16. §257, Note 1. 

17. § 206, (17). 18. §257. 19. §278. 20. §229, Rem. 6. 21. § 

205, Rem. 7, (1). ^22. § § 142, 2, 265, Note, 1. 23. § 235, (2). 24. 

§ § 88, 1, 89. 25. § 225. I. 26. § § 176. 182, Rem. 3. 27. § 223. 

28. § 266, 1, Note 2. 29. § 183, (1), (2), 5. 30. § 209, Rem. 12, (2), 

31. § 230, Note, 3. 

Page 106.-1. § 241.— 2. § 208, Rem. 37. (a). 3. § 183, (1), (2), 5. — 

4. § 198, 9, Rem. (b). 5. 262, Rem. 5. 6. § 235, 1. 7. § 206, Rem. 

19, (a). 8. § 223. 9. § 107. Rem. 1. 10. §273, 2.— 11. § 205, Rem. 



208 REFERENCES TO 

7,(2). 12. §125,5. 13. §194,1, 2.— 14. §145.11.1.- — 15. §204. 

16. § 266, 3. 17.. § 204. 18. § 266, 3. 19. § 247. 20. § 279, 

3, (c).- 21. § § 205, Rem. 7, (2), 239. 22. § § 184, 3, Rem. 1, 169. 23. 

§ 235, (2). 24. § 145. II. 1. 25. § 257. 26. § 198, 9, Rem. (a). 27. 

§ 247 28. § 145. 1. 1. 

Pag-e 107.-1. § § 229, 274, 1. 2. § 235, (2). 3. § 92. I. 2. 4. 

§ 235, (2). 5. § 224. 6. § 226. 7. § § 205, Rem 7, (2), 224, Note 1. 

8. § 224. 9. § 239, (b). 10. § 145. II. 11. § 198, 11, Rem. (a), (c). 

12. § 247. 13. § 209, Rem. 1, (h). 14. § 135, Rem. 1. 15. § 245. 

I. 16. §224. 17. § 229, Rem. 6. 18. § 215, (1). 19. § § 169.184, 

Rem. 1. 20. § 145. II. 1, 21. § § § § 66, 68, 3, 82, Exc. 1, (a), 57. 22, 

§ 275. III. Rem. 4. 23. § 107. 24. § § § 75, Esc. 1, 83. II. Rem. 1, 84, 

Exc. 1. 25. § 207, Rem. 25.. 26. § 245. I. 27. § 178. 1. 

Pagre 108.-1. § 224 2. § 263, Rem. 2. 3. § 262, Rem. 1. 4. 

§247. 5. §134, Rem. 6. 6. § 279, 3, (d). 7. § 228, 1. 8. § 142. 

2. 9. § § 142, 4, (a), 233. 10. § 145. II. 1.^— U. § § 139, 1, 105, Rem. 

3. 12. § 52. 13. 267, Rem. 1. 14. § 247. 15. § 223, Rem. 2. 16. 

§198,5. 17. §§145. VI. 261. 18. §247. 19. § 239.— 20. §235, 

(2). 21. § 145. II. 1. 22. § 109. II. 23. § 125, 5. 24. § 59. 1. 25. 

§ 257. 26. § 119. III. 27. § 243. I. 28. § 212, Rem. 3, Note 1, (a), (b). 

29. § 265. 

Page 109.-1. §247. 2. § 263, 2, (1).— 3. §210. 4. §194,1,2. 

5. §235,(2). 6. §205, Rem. 7, (1). 7. § 247.- 8. § §138,5, 

207, Rem. 33, (a). 9. §223. 10. § §142, 4, (a), 271. 11. § § 183, 1, 

2, 209, Rem. 2, (1), (b). 12. § 239. 13. § 206, (4). 14. § 142, 2. 

15. § § 125, 5, 110, (a). 16. § 224. 17. § 125, 5.— 18. §205, Rem. 7,_ 

(1). 19. § 205, Rem. 15, (a). 20. §107. 21. § 205, Rem. 15, (a). 

22. § 266, 3. 23. § 198, 1, Rem. (c). 24. § 107. 25. § 245. I. 

Pagre llO.-l. § 231, Rem. 2. 2. §233. 3. §266, 3. 4. §207, 

Rem. 26, (c) 5. § 247. 6. § 279, 3, (d).— 7. § 223, Rem. 2. 8. 

§ 262. 9. § 261, 1. 10. § 265, Note 2. 11. § 247. 12. § 257. 13. 

§ 206,(17). 14. § 2^3, 5, Rem. 2. 15. § 261. 16. §207, Rem. 25. 

17. § 212. 18. § § 198, 7, Rein (a), 279, 3, (c). 19. § 245. H. 4. 20 

§ § 88, 1, 89. 21. § 273, 2. 22. § 260. II. Rem. 5. 23. § 268, 1. 

24. § 247. 25. § 260. II. Rem. 7, (2). 26. § 205, Rem. 7, (1), (2). 

27. § 239. 

Page lll.-l. § 71, 1. 2. § 248. 1. 3. § 267, Rem. 1. 4. § 198, 1, 

Rem. (c). 5. § 183, 5. 6. § 275. HI. Rem. 1. 7. § 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 

8. § § 205, Rem. 7, (1), 239. 9. § 162, 15. 10. § §148, 2, (a), 275, 

III. Rem. 3. 11. § 266, 1. 12. § 194, 1, 2. 13. § 271. 14. § 235, (1). 

15. § 282. 16. 257. 17. § 239. 18. § 224. 19. § 154, Rem. 6. 

20. § 229, Rem. 6. 21. § § 192. II. 2. 194, 1, 2.-22. § 260. 23. 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 209 

5 § 154, Rem. 3, 263, Rem. 4, (b). 24. § 119. III. 25. § 263, 6, Rem. 2. 

2G. § 271. -7. § 162, 7, (b). 

Pag-e U2.-1. § § 205, Is'ote 2, 210. Rem. 1, (a). 2. § § §62, 73, 1, 

57. 3. § 85. 4. § § 59, 1, 247. 5. § 260. 6. § 274, 3, (a). 7. 

§261, Eein.4. 8. §239. 9. §271, Rem. 3. 10. §264, 8, (1). ^11. 

§ 223, Rem. 1. 12. § 266, 3. 13. § 162, 15. 14. § 223. 15. § 203, 

Rem. 7, (2). 13. § 257. H. § 223, Rem. 2. 18. § § 184, Rem 1, (b), 

209, Rem. 3, (4). 19. § 224. 

Page 113.-1. 262, Rem. 3. 2. § § 135, 239. 3. § 247. 4. § 271. 

5. § § 263, 5, Rem. 2. 265, Note 2. 6. § 224. 7. § 265. 8. § 275. 

III. Rem. 4. 9. § § § 125, 5, 205, Rem. 7, (1). 239 10. § § 129 II. 6, 

111. III. 11. § 278. 12. § 224. 13. § § 43, 2, 91. 14. § 239. 15. 

§ 26, 6. 16. § 273, 2, (d). 17. § 262. 18. §247, (2). 19. § 263, 2, 

(1). 20. § 210. 21. § 126, 4, Rem. 1. 22. § 238, 2. 23. § 271. 24. 

§ 247. 25. § 239. 26. § 235, Rem. 4. 27. § 223, Rem. 2. 28. §247. 

29. §194, 4. 30. § 198, 9. 31. § 247. 

Pag-e 114.-1. § 133, 4. 2. § 262 ,Rem. 4. 3. § 245. I. 4. § 18.2. 

5. § 270, Rem. 3. 6. § 198, 11, Rem (a). 7. § 107. 8. § 253. 9. 

§ 262. 10. 210. 11. § 224, Rem. 1, (a). 12. § 240. 13. § § 214, 

Rem. 2, Note 2, 231, Rem, 5, (a), (b). 14. § 247. 15. § 211, Rem. 5. 

16. § 214, 17. § 264, 1, (a). 18. § 235, (2). 19 § § § 61, 1, 73, Exc. 1, 

252. 20. § 76, Exc. 3. 21. § 264, 5. 22. § 247. 23. § 263, 5, Rem. 

2. 24. § 247. 25. § 210. 

Pag-e 115. -1. § 28. 2. § 247. -3. § 254, Rem. 3. 4. § 235, (4). 

5. § § § 62, 74, 85. 6. § 224. 7. § 205, Rem. 7, (1). 8. § 265. 9. 

§ 230, Note 3. 10. § 264, 8, (1). 11. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 12. § 279, 3, (d). 

13. § 233, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 14. § 257. 15. § 235, (2). 16. § § 248. I. 

274, 1.- — 17. §247. 18. § 238, 2. 19. § 241. 20. §264, 8, (1). 

21. § 126, 4, Rem. 1. 22. § 239. 23. § 224. 24. § 263, 5, Rem. 2. 

25. § 239. 28. § ISO. 27. § 272. 

Page 116. -1. § 171, Exc. 6. 2. § 100, 3. 3. § 172, Page 134. 4. 

206, (17). 5. § 257. 6. § 273, 2. 7. § 206, (17). 8. § 263, 5, 

Rem. 1, (a). 9. § 119. III. 10. § 257. H. § 231. 12. § 210. 13. 

§265. 14. §250,2,(1). 15. §231. 16. §251. 17. § 208, Rem. 

37, (a). 18. § 273, 2. 19, § 266, 1. 20. § 224, Rem. 2. 21.. § 238, 

2. 22. § § 104, 11, 128, 5. 23. §235, (2). 24. § 264, 8, (1). 

Page 117.-1. § 275. III. Rem. 4. 2. §253, Rem. 4, (a). 3. § 271. 

4. §235,(1). 5. §263,5, Rem. 2. 6. §247. 7. §271. 8. §206, 

(13), (a), (17). 9. § 257. 10. § 211, Rem. 6, (3). U. § 183. (2), 2. 

12. § 213, Rem. 4, (4). 13. §§205, Rem. 17, 253. 14. §231, Rem. 3, 

(a). 15. § 133, Rem. 2. 16. §262. 17. §239 18. § 229. 19. 

§222,3. 20. §256, Rem. 16. 21. §230, Note 3. 22. § 178,1. 



210 EEFERENCES TO 

—23. § 172, Page 133. 24. § 263.-25. § 182, Rem. 3. 26. § § 205, 

Rem. 7, (1), 239. 27. § 247. 28. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 

Pag-e 118.--1. § 274, 3, (a). 2. § 206, (17). 3 § 224. 4. § 239. 

5. § 231, Rem. 3, (b). 6. §239. 7. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 8. § 273, 2. 

9. § 261. 10. § 205. 11 §. 205, Rem. 7, (2). 12. § 126, 4, Rem. 1. 

13. § 172. 14. § 257. 15. § 237, Rem. 4, 18. § 236. 17. § 212, 

Rem. 3, Notel, (a). 18, § 198. Ill, Rem. (e). 19. §133, 4. 20. §274, 

1. 21. §247. 22. § 134. 23. § 251, Rem. 1. 21 §264,5. 25. 

§ 78, 2, (2). 26. § 257.-27. § 265. 28. § 229, Rem. 6. 29. § 215, 

(1). 30. § 184, 3, Rem, 1, 31. § 206, (4). 32. § 264, 5. 

Pag-e 119.--1. § 134, Rem. 6. 2. § § 62, 235, (2). 3. § § 118, 1, 205, 

Rem. 7, (1). 4. § 235, (1). 5. §107. 6. § 212. 7. §107, Rem. 2. 

8. § 257. 9. §263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 10. § 231, Rem. 3, (b). 11. § 212. 

Rem. 1. 12. § § 182, Rem. 2, 276. II. Rem. 3. 13. § 265. 14. § 222, 

3. 15. § § 162, 14, 263, 5 Rem. 1, (a). 16. § 247. 17. 162, 7, (a). 

18. § § 105, Rem. 3, 139, 1. 19. § 256, Rem. 16, (2). 20. § 125, 5.— 

21. § 256, 2. 22. § 87. 23. § 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 24. § 247. 25. 

§ 263, 1. 26. § 136, Rem. 1. 27. § ISO. 28. § 262, Rem. 3. 29. 

§205, Rem. 7, (2). 30. § 223. 31. § 257. 32. § 249. II. 33. 

§ § 230, Note 3, 210, Rem. 1, (a). 

Pag-e 120.--1. § 263, 5, Rem. 2. 2. § § 83. II. 2. 211. 3. § 231, 

Rem. 5, (a). 4. § 162, 14. 5. § 239. 6. § Deiis, page 29. 7. § 266, 

1. 8. § § 162, 15, 225. HI- 9. § 256, Rem. 16. 10. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 

11. § 222, 3. 12. § 247. 13. § 239. 14. § 224.— 15. § 260. 

—16. § 249. III. 17. § § 61, 235, (2). 18. § 162, 7, (a). 19. § 100, 

3. 20. § 247. 21. § 162, 7, (a). 22. § § 62, 83. II. 2. 23. § 261. 

24. § 223. 25. 250, 1. 26. § 205. 

Pagre 121.-1. §162, 15. 2. §239.- — 3. §247. 4. §224. 5. 

§ § 209, Rem. 12, 145. Y. 3. § 257. 7. § 136. 3. § 235, (2). 9. 

§183,(2), 4. 10. §223. 11. §172, TgIIo.— 12. § 142, 4, (a). 18. 

§ § 66, 71, Esc. in R. 3. 14. § 229. 15. § § 208, Rem. 37, (a), 223.- 

16. § 266, 1. 17. § 206, (3), (a) 18. §260, Rem. 6. 19. § 239. 20. 

§ § 162, 14, 272. 21. § 222, 3. 22. 260. 23. § 230, Note 3. 24. 

§ § 67, Exc. 4, 76, Exc. 3.-25. § 248. 1. 26. § 279, 10, (c). 27. § 108. 1. 

28. §262,— 29. §199, Rem. 3.- — 30. § 264, Note. 

Page 122.— 1. § § 67, 70, L. N. R. 2. § 100, 3. 3. § 145. lY. Rem. 

4. § 229. 5. § 223. 6. § 266, 3. 7. § 253. 8. § 206, (17). 

9. § 235, (1). 10. § 263, 5, Rem. 2. H. § 271. 12. § 198, Note 1. 

13. § § 148. 1, 205, Rem. 7, (1). 14. § 263, 5. Rem. 2. 15. § 239. 

16. §269, (b). 17. §256, 2. 18. §238,2. 19. §198.11. 11, Rem. 

(c). 20. § 183, 3, Note 3. 21. § 265.-22. § 180.— 23. § § 143, 1, 

145. VI. 24, §§§71, Exc. 2, Page 44, 231, Rem. 2. 25. §209, Eem. 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 211 

6, Note 7. 26. § 247, 2. 27. § 274, Rem. 6, (a). 28. § 248. T. 29. 

§ 125, 5. 30. § 229, Rem. 6. 31. § 215, (1). 

Pag-e 123.-1. § 204. 2. § § § 66, 76, 2, 57.: 3. § 249. II. 1 

§ 208, Rem. 37, (a). 5. § 223. 6. § £64, 5. 7. § 211, Rem. 5, (1). 

8. § 266, 2. 9. § 279, 3, (c). 10. § 239. H. § 205, Rem. 7, (1). 

12. § 78, 2, (2). 13. §162, 14. 14. § 261. 15. § 223, Rem. 2. 

16. §251. 17. §257. 18. §162,7, (a). 19, §274,1. 20. §247. 

21. §94. 22. §239. 23. §§179, 274, Rem. 6, (a). 24. §257. 

■ — 25. § 247, 2. 26. § § 208, 224. 27. §272. 

Page 124.-1. § 262, Rem. 1. 2. § 212, Rem. 2, (^). 3. § 193. I. 3, 

(c). 4. § § 78, 2, (4), 247. 5. § 206, (17). 6. § 247. 7. § 110, (a). 

8. § 257. 9. § 224, Rem. 2. 10, § 223, Rem. 2, (1), (a), 11. § 253. 

12. § 266, 3. 13. § 260, Rem. 6, (b). 14. § 198. II. 7. 15. § 193. II. 

2. 16. § § 135, 207, Bern. 28, (a). 17. § 223. 18. §274, Rem. 7, (a). 

19. § 276, II. Rem. 2. 20. § § 182, 209, Rem. 12. 21. § 257. 22. 

§273,2. 23. §206, (17). 24. § 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 25. § 100,3. 

26. § 275. III. Rem. 1. 

Pag-e 125.-1. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 2. § 224. 3. §125, 5. 4. § § 172, 

265. 5. § 207, P-em. 23, (a). 6. § 231, Rem. 3, (b). 7. § 125, 5. 

8. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 9. § 265. 



MYTHOLOGY. 

Page 129.-1. § 204, 2. § § § 58, 69, 229. 3. § § 64, 1, 77, 3. 

4. § § 138, 5, 207, liem. 33, (a). 5. §204. 6. § 205.— 7. § 249. HL 

" — 8. §235,(2). 9. § 118, Rem. 1. 10. §239. 11. §264,1.2. 12. 

§ 247, 3. 13. § 133, 4. 14. § § 162, 7, (a), 263, 5, Rem. 2. 15. § 54. 

16. § 211, Rem. 6. 17. § 253. 18. § 236. 19. § 211, Rem. 6. 20. 

§.145. IL 4. 21. §262, Rem. 1. 22. § 247, Rem. 5. 

Pag-e 130.-1. § 204. 2. § 78, 2, (2). 3. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 4. § § 96, 

(b), 254. 5. § § 176, 182, Rem. 3. 3. § § § 75, Exc. 2, 306, 2, 248. I. 

7. § 247. 8. §249.111. 9. §194, 1, 2. 10. §257. 11. §247. 

12. §§51, 210. 13. §124,1,2,3. 14. §204. 15. §247,3. 

16. §174. 17. § §77, 2, 229. 18. § 223. 19. § 80. L Esc. 2. 20. 

§ 44. 21. § 205, Rem. 7, (1). 22. § 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 23. § § 272, 

266, 2. 24. § 43, Dat. and. Abl. pi. 25. § 272. 26. § 266, 2, Rem. 4. 

—27. § 231, Rem. 3, (b). 28. § 248. L 29. § 223, Rem. 2. 30. § 263, 

5. 31. § 227. 

Pag-e 131.-1. §241. 2. §260.11. 3. §209, Rem. 12. 4. § ?24. 

5. § 224, Rem. 2. 6. § 74, Greek Nouns, 2. 7. § 224, 8. § 231, 

Rem. 2. 9. § 224. 10. § 206, (17). IL § 263, 5, Rem. 2. 12. 



212 REFERENCES TO 

§ 257. — 13. § 206, (17).- — 14. § 262. 15. § 257. 16. § 172, Nosco. 

17. § 257, Notel. 18. § 249. HI. 19. § 182, Rem. 3. 20. § 78, 2, 

(Q). 21. § 44. 22. § 247. 23. § § § 61, 5, 70, L. ]^. R. 210. 

Pag-e 132.— 1. §253. 2. § 236, Rem. 5. 3. § 230. 4. § 142, 2. 

5. Page 44. 6. Page 29, § 222, 3. 7. § § 145. H. 1, 262.- 8. § 92, 

e. 9. § 206, (4). 10. § § 235, (1), 195, Rem. 6. — -11. § 162, 14. 12. 

§211, Rem. 5,(1). 13. §247. 14. §274.-15. § 224. 16. Page 53. 

17. § 74, Greel£lTouns, 2. 18. Page 29. 19. §207, Rem. 23, (a). 

20. § 224. 21. § 267, (2). 22. § 209. Rem. 12.— 23. § 257. 24. 

§ 223, Rem. 2. 25. § 43, Dat. and. Abl. pi. 26. § 74, Greek Nouns, 2. 

27. § 273, 2. 28. § 74, Exc. 4. 29. § 162, 14. 30. § 223. 31. § 266, 

2, Rem. 4. 

Pag-e 133.-1. § 76, 1. 2. § 279, 3, (c). 3. § 229. 4. § 239. 5. 

§ 272. 6. § 163, Rem. Note 1, 7. § 257. 8. § § 126, 1, 224. 9. 

§ 237. ^10. § 174. 11. § 224, Rem. 2. 12. § 208, (7), (a). 13. §204. 

14. §257, Rem. 7, (a). 15. § 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 16. § 261, 1. 17. 

§ 54. 18. § 247. ^19. § 239. 20. § 212. 21.. § 73, 1. 22. § 229. 

23. § 206, (17). 24. § 172. 25. §257. 26. §239. 27. §210. 

28. § § 74, Greek Nouns, 2, 254 29. § 70, L. N. R. 

Pag-e 134.-1. § 222, 3. 2. § § 194, 1, 2, 198, Note 1. 3. §78, 2, 

(2). 4. § 162, 7, (a). 5. § 209, Rem. 2, (1), (b). 6. § 266, 2. 7. 

§ 271. 8. §73, 1. 9. §§ § 99, Rem. 2, 92, 4, 237. ^10. § 174. ^11. 

§ § 177, 266, Note. 12. § § 239, 70, !>. N. R. 13. § § 73, 1, 79. U 

§237. 15. § § 178, 1, 263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 13. § 224. 17. § § 75, 230. 

18. §257. 19. § 237, Rem. 4. 20. §124,1,2,3. 21. §48,2. 

22. § § 262, 273, 2. 23. § 204. 24. § 210. 25. § 205, Rem. 15, (a). 

26. § 69, Exc. 2. 27. § 241. 28. § 224. 29. § 172, Fero. 30. 

§198, Notel. 31. §265. 32. § 249. II. 33. §247, 3. — -34. § 224. 

35. § 264, 5. 

Pag-e 135.-1. § 279, 3, (c). 2. § 193, 13. 3. § 253. 4. § 253. 

5. § 247, 3. 6. § § 58, 69. 7. § 205, Rem. 7, (1). 8. § §145. II. 1, 

J^31, Rem. 2. 9. § 279, 3, (d). 10. § § 73, Exc. 2, 239. 11. § § 162, 

14, 272. 12. § 273, 4, (a), Note 5. 13. § 273, 4, (a). 14. § 193, 2. 

15. § § 66, 76, 3. 16. § § 58, 75. 17. Page 53. 18. § 265. 19. 

§ 204. 20. § 172. 21. § 78, 2, (3). 22. § § 273, 2, 266, Note. 23. 

§ § 206, (17), 257. 24. § 230, Note 3. 25. § § 66, 70. 26. § 253. • 

27. §263,5. 28. §239. 

Pag-e 136.-1. § § 274, 1, 223. 2. Page 50. 3. § 264, 5. 4. § 172. 

5. § §274, 2, 183, 6. 6. § 162, 14. 7. § 154, Rem. 3. 8. § 222, 

3. 9. § 211, Rem. 6. 10. § 264, 5. H. § 249. III. 12. § § 206, (17), 

224, Rem. 2. 13. § § 247, Rem. 2, (b), 274, 1. 14. § 168. 15. § 235, 

Rem. 4.— 16. § 255, 1. 17. § 237, Rem. 5, (b). 18. § 241. 19. § § 58, 



ANDREWS AND STODDAKD'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 213 

75, Exc. 2. 20. § 70, L. N. R. 21. § 262. 22. § 257. 23. § § 182, 

Rem. 3, 232. 24. § 23S, 1. 25. § 212. 26. §204. 27. § 250. 

Pag-e 137.-1. § 263, 5, Rem. 2. 2. § § 96, (b), 237. 3. § § 75, Exc. 

I, 84, Exc. 1. 4. § 262, Rem. 4. 5. § 266, 1. 6. § § 206, (17), 279, 

16. 7. § 260, Rem. 1, (2). 3. § 204. 9. § 145. II. 10. § 257. 

II. §154, Rem. 5. 12. § § 77, 2, (1), 57- 13. §241. 14. §206, 17). 

^15. § 247. 16. § 264, 5. 17. § 266, 1. 18. § 273, 4, (a). 19. 

§ 162, 7, (b). 20. § §172, 266, 1. 21. § § 262, 231, Rem. 3, (b). 22 

§ 263, 5, Rem. 2. 23. § 142, 2. 24. § 247, (2). 25. § 239. 26. 

§ 222, 3. 27. § 256, 2. 23. § 124, 1, 2, 3. 29. § 209, Rem. 12, (2). 

SO. 231, Rem. 2. 31. § § 258, Rem. 1, (a), 273, 2. 

Pag-e 13S.-1. § 209, Rem. 2, (1), (b). 2. § 211, Rem. 6, 3. § 247. 

4. § 145. II. 1. 5. § § § 110, (a), 205, Rem. 7. (1), 248. 1.- — 6. § 266, 1. 

—7. §262. 8. §261. 9. §162,7, (a). 10. §248. I. 11. §241. 

12. § 247. 13. § 230. ^14. § 206, (17).— 15. § 235, (2). 16. § 263, 5, 

Rem. 2. 17. § 174. 18. § 247. 19- § 239. 20. § 279, 10. (d). 21. 

§204. 22. §209, Rem. 3. (5). ^23. §162,14. 24. §266,1. 25. 

§ § 58, 75, Exo. 2. 26 § 247. 27. § 211, Rem. 2. 

Pag-e 139,-1. § 262. 2. § 224. 3. § 274, 3, (a). 4. § 248. 1. 

5. § § 235, (2), 237, Rem. 5, (a), (b). 6. § 145. II. 4. 7. § 231, Rem. 3, 

(b). — 8. § 324, 2. 9. §§74,79, (b). 10. § 230. H- § § 198,11, 

Notel, 193, 2. 12. § 260. 13. § § 58,70, D. N. R. 14. § 96, (b).— 15. 

§ 247, 3. 16. § 44. 17. § 241. 18. § § 96, (b), «fec. 224. 19. § §194, 

256, Rem. 9, (a). 20. § 274, 3, (a). 21. § 247. 22. § 229, Rem. 3, 

1. 23. § 251. 24, § 248. 1. 25. § 247, 3.-26. § 241. 27. § § 145. 

11.1,263, 5, Rem. 1, (a). 

Pagre 140.-1. §224. 2. §9, 1. 3. §210. 1 § 211, Rem. 5, (1). 

5. § 172, Eero 6. § § 262, 231. 7. § 266, 2. 8. § 239. 9. § 162, 

14. 10. § 251. 11. § 85, Esc. S. 12. § 162, 7, (a). 



EXERCISES 



IN 



LATO PROSE COMPOSITION. 



EXERCISES m Um PROSE COMPOSITION. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 

VOCABULARY. 

Europa, ae,/. Europe. 

Corona, ae,/. crown. 

Regina, ae,/. queen. 

Ala, ae,/. wjm^. 

Columba, ae,/ ^c?!?^. 

Provincia, ae,/ province, 

Gallia, ae,/ GauL 

Filia, ae,/ daughter. 

Gloria, ae,/ glory. 

Peninsula, ae,/ peninsula. 

TRANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Of a crown. — Of a queen. — Crowns. — Of crowns. — 
Wings. — ^With wings. — Of doves. — Of a province. — Prov- 
inces. — Of Gaul. — Of a daughter. — O daughter ! — 
Daughters. — Of glory. — For glory. — With glory. 

SECOND DECLENSION. 

VOCABULARY. 

Puer, eri, m, hoy. 

Ager, agri, m. field. 

Vir, viri, ra, man. 

Ociilns, i, m. eye. 

Liber, libri, m. looK 
10 



218 EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 



Ludus, i, w. 


game. 


Proelium, i, n. 


'battle. 


Donum, i, n. 


gift- 


Periciilum, i, n. 


danger. 


Amicus, ij m. 


friend. 



TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Of a boy.— Of a field.— Fields.— Boys.— Of boys.— For 
the fields. — Of a man. — Men. — Of men. — "With men. — Of 
the eye. — With the eye. — ^For the eyes. — For a book. — 
With a book. — Books. — Of books. — For a game. — Games. 
— Of games. — For a gift. — Gifts.— Of gifts. — With danger* 
— ^Dangers. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

YOCABgLAEY. 



Rex, regis, m. 


Mng. 


Lex, legis, /. 


law. 


Consul, consiili?, m. 


consul. 


Imperator, imperatoris, m. 


general. 


Trater, fratris, m. 


'brother. 


Nomen, nominis, n. 


name. 


Foedus, foederis, n. 


treaty. 


Pater, patris, m. 


father. 


Victor, victoris, m. 


conqueror* 


Onus, oneris, n. 


burden. 


Flumen, fluminis, n. 


river. 


Mensis, is, m. 


month. 



TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Of a king. — Kings.- — For kings.— Laws. — Of laws. — 
For the consul. — With the consuls. — With the general. — 
O generals ! — For a brother. — O brother ! — Brothers. — 
Names. — Treaties. — Of a father. — Fathers^^ — For the con- 
queror. — Of conquerors. — With a burden. — Of burdens. — 
Of a river. — ^Rivers. — Of the month. 



EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 219 

FOURTH DECLENSION. 



YOCABULAKY. 




Impetus, us, m. 


attach. 


Exercitus, us, m. 


army. 


Cantus, us, m. 


song. 


Currus, us, m. 


chariot. 


Fluctus, us, m. 


wave. 


Senatus, us, m. 


senate. 


Idus, Idiium,/. ^^. 


Ides. 


Cornu, us, n. 


horn. 


Manus, us,/. 


hand. 


Portus, 


harhor. 



TRANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Attack. — Attacks. — Of an army. — For the army. — ^With 
an army. — Armies. — For a song. — Songs. — Chariots. — 
Waves. — Of the Senate. — Ides. — For the Ides. — Of a horn. 
— Horns, — With the hand. — Hands. — ^For the hands.— 
Harbor, — Harbors. — Of the harbors. 

FIFTH DECLENSION. 

VOCABULARY. 

Dies, ei, m. and/. day. 

Res, ^i,/. thing. 

Spes, ei,/. hope, 

Meridies, ei, m, midday. 

Fides, Si,/. faith. 

Acies, ei,/. line of tattle. 

Species, ei,/. ^ appearance. 

TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Of the day. — ^Days. — Of the thing. — Things. — Hopes. — 
Of midday. — With faith. — Of a line of battle. — Lines of 
battle. — For appearance. — Appearances. 



220 



EXERCISES IN LATIN PBOSE COMPOSITION. 



ADJECTIVES. 
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 





YOCABULARY. 


Bonus, a, um, 




good. 


Magnus, a, um, 




great. 


Multus, a, um, 




many. 


Plemis, a, um, 




full. 


Meus, a, um, 




my. 


Tuus, a, um, 




fhy. 


Suus, a, um. 




Ms^ herSj its (own). 


Avidus, a um, 




desirous. 


BeatuSj a, um, 




happy. 


Verus, a, um. 




true. 


Miser, misera, miserum. 


miserahle. 


Pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, 


leautiful. 


Fidus, a, um. 




faithful. 


Aureus, a, um, 




golden. 


Martius, a, um, 




belonging to Mars. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

THREE ENDINGS. 

VOCABULARY. 

Acer, acris, acre, sTiarp, seure* 

Equester, equestris, equestre, equestrian. 

Silvester, silvestris, silvestre, woody. 

Voliicer, volucris, volucre, winged. 

TWO ENDINGS. 
VOCABULARY. 



I^obilis, e, 
Brevis, e, 
Fortis, e, 
Omnis, e, 



nolle, 
short, 
trave. 
every ^ all, the whole. 



EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 221 



Utilis, e, 


useful. 


Similis, e, 


nice. 


Mirabilis, e, 


wonderful* 


ONE ENDING. 


VOCABULAEY. 


Felix, felicis, 


'hap2yy. 


Potens, potentis, 


powerful. 


Dives, divitis, 


rich. 


IiToceiis, nocentis, 


hurtful. 


Sapiens, sapientis, 


wise. 


Atrox, atrocis, 


fierce. 


Prudens, prudentis, 


prudent. 



EXERCISES UPO]Sr THE SUBSTAITTIYE AKD ADJEC- 
TIVE. 

TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

The beautiful queen. — ^A golden crown. — His Gaul. — 
His provinces. — Of the beautiful doves. — For her daughter. 
— ^With its wings. — A beautiful boy. — His fields. — Great 
glory. — ^Useful books. — For brave men. — With beautiful 
eyes. — ^The month of March. — Of many games. — ^Wonder- 
ful presents. — With many dangers. — A faithful friend. — 
Good kings. — A severe law. — For the prudent consul. — All 
the generals. — ^A rich brother. — With a good name. — Faith- 
ful treaties. — His father. — Many conquerors. — A beautiful 
river. — ^With a powerful attack. — Noble army. — Of a gold- 
en chariot. — Her hand. — For a good harbor. — Short days. 
— A great thing. — ^With great hopes. — ^With good faith. 
— A miserable appearance. — The Ides of March. — ^An 
equestrian battle, 

EXEECISES TJPO¥ A SUBSTANTIVE DEPEKDmG UPON" 
ANOTHEK SUBSTANTIVE OR UPON AN ADJECTIVE. 

TRANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

The crown of the queen. — ^The province of G^ul. — The 



222 EXEECISES IN LATIN PEOSE COMPOSITION. 

queens daughter. — A friend of the boy. — ^The boy's books. 
— The games of boys. — The gift of a friend. — ^The king's 
crown. — The brother of the king.— The name of the con- 
suL — The army's attack. — The hand of the general. — The 
chariot of the king. — The aj)pearance of day. — The name 
of the thing. — Desirous of glory. — The wing of the dove. — 
Hurtful to the eyes. — The hope of glory. — -The song of 
faith. — Useful to the fields. — The name of the month. — The 
law of the senate. — Full of danger. — The crown of the 
beautiful queen. — The beautiful daughter of the queen. — 
The hand of the brave general. — The brothers of the good 
king. — ^The golden chariot of the king. — The beautiful 
wing of the dove. — A good friend of the boy. — Hopes of 
great glory. — The gift of a prudent friend. 

EXEECISES UPON THE VERB SUM, I AM, WITH A 
SUBJECT AND ADJECTIVE, AND WITH A PREDI- 
CATE NOUN. 

TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

The queen is beautiful. — ^The daughter of the queen is 
beautiful. — The boy was good. — Good boys will be happy. 
— The king has been prudent. — Books are useful. — The 
gift was wonderful. — ^The battle will be severe. — ^The day 
may be beautiful. — The harbor might be good. — The law 
may have been severe. — Gaul is a province. — The danger 
might be great. — The boy is my brother. — Be good.— 
Europe is a peninsula. — My friends will be true. 

^, EXERCISES UPON VERBS BELONGING TO THE FIRST, 
SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 

VOCABULARY. 

Amo, are, avi, atum, to love, 

Laudo, are, avi, atum, to praise, 

Stella, ae, /. a star. 



EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 



223 



Ignis, is, m. fire, 

Yolo, are, ilvi, iitum, to fly, 

Latro, are, iivi, atum, to harlc, 

Muto, are, avi, atum, to change. 

Moneo, ere, ui, itum, to advise. 

Fulgeo, ere, fulsi, to shine. 

Yideo, ere, vidi, visum, to see. 

Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 

Equus, i, m. a horse. 

Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, to hum. 

Eego, regere, rexi, rectum, to rule. 

Mitto, ere, misi, missum, to send. 

Yox, Yocis^/. a mice. 

Tempus, oris, n. time. 

Ludo, ere, lusi, lusum, to play, 

Fugio, ere, fugi, fugitum, to flee. 

Cano, ere, cecini, cantum, to sing, 

Epistola, ae, /. a letter. 

Curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, to run. 

Lego, ere, legi, lectum, to read. 

Canis, is, c. a dog, 

Cresco, ere, crevi, cretum, to grow. 

Capio, ere, cepi, captum, to capture. 

Yirtus, utis, /. mrtue, valor. 

Aris. is, /. a Urd. 

Arbor, oris,/. tree. 

Audio, Ire, ivi, itum, to hea/i\ 

Dorm.io, ire, ivi, itum, to sleep. 

TRANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

I love. — I was praising. — The horse runs. — The boy- 
sleeps. — He will advise. — They have seen. — ^The boy was 
running. — He had ruled. — We will have sent. — Thou mayst 
hear. — Let us sing. — The king rules. — He might love. — 
The boys had played. — They may have advised. — Birds fly. 
^Boys read. — Rule thou. — Hear ye. — Trees grow. — ^Dogs 
bark. — The stars were shining. — Fire will burn. — The ene- 
my have fled. — I am loved. — We are praised. — They are 
advised. — A voice is heard. — The times are changed. — The 



224 



EXERCISES IK LATIN PEOSE COMPOSITION. 



letter will be sent. — The boys will be praised. — Thou hast 
been heard. — I may be advised. — The enemy might have 
been captured.— The virtue of the king is praised. 

EXERCISES ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE VARIOUS RULES 
OF SYI^TAX. 

YOCABULAET. 



Philippus, i, m. 


Philip, 


Macedonia, ae,/. 


Macedonia. 


Alexander, dri, m. 


Alexander. 


Desum, deesse, defui, 


to he wanting. 


Romulus, i, m. 


Romulus. 


Conditor, oris, m. 


founder. 


Roma, ae, f. 


Borne. 


Parens, tis, c. 


parent. 


Oarus, a, um, 


dear. 


Victoria, ae,y. 


mctory. 


Gratus, a, um, 


acceptable. 


Romanus, 1, m. 


a Roman. 


Pastor, oris, m. 


a sliepJierd, 


Monstro, are, avi, atum, 


to show. 


Via, ae, /. 


way. 


Servio, ire, ivi, itum. 


to serve. 


Ci vitas, atis,/. 


state. 


Oivis, is, c. 


citizen. 


Pareo, ere, ui, itum, 


to obey. 


Indico, ere, xi, ctum, 


to declare. 


Bellum, i, n. 


war. 


Carthaginiensis, is, c. 


a Carthaginian. 


Habeo, ere, ui, itum, 


to have. 


Labor, oris, m. 


labor. 


Vinco, ere, vici, victura, 


to conquer. 


Templum, i, n. 


a temple. 


Miles, itis, c. 


a soldier. 


Pngno, are, avi, atum, 


to fight. 


Septem, 


seven. 


Homo, inis, c. 


a man. 


Hora, ae,/. 


an hour. 



EXERCISES IN LATIN PSOSE COMPOSITION. 



225 



Yicus, i, m, 

Disto, are, 

ITovem, 

Millia, iuro, n. pi, 

Caesar, aris, m. 

Contendo, ere, di, turn, 

Id, prep. 

Hannibal, alls, m. 

Duco, ere, xi, ctum, 

Italia, ae,/. 

Eeduco, ere, xi, ctum, 

Dico, ere, xi, ctum, 

Yerum, i, n. 

Latinus, i, m. 

Eegno, are, avi, atum, 

Hispania, ae,/. 

Occasus, 4s, m, 

Sol, solis, m. 

Ariovistus, i, m. 

Copia, ae,/. sing.; copiae, arum, ^Z. 

Castra, orum, n, pL 

Ruo, ere, ui, utum, 

Mons, tis, m, 

Umbro, are, avi, atum, 



a milage. 

to le distant. 

nine. 

mile, 

Caesar, 

to hasten, 

with ace. into ; with abl. in* 

Hannibal, 

to lead, 

Italy. 

to lead lack, 

to speak. 

truth. 

Latinus. 

to reign. 

Spain, 

setting. 

the sun, 

Ariovistus. 

plenty^ forces. 

a camp, 

to set. 

a mountain. 

to shade. 



TEANSLATE INTO LATIN. 

Philip, king of Macedonia, was the father of Alexan- 
der. — We, consuls, are wanting. — Your father is a wise 
man. — Romulus was the founder of Home. — ^Parents are 
dear to us. — Victory was acceptable to the Romans. — The 
shepherd showed the way to the boy. — We will serve the 
state. — The citizens obey the laws. — The Romans declared 
war against the Carthaginians. — The queen loves her 
daughter. — The king had a golden crown. — Labor conquers 
all things. — Good men love virtue, — Rome had beautiful 
temples. — Caesar hastens into Gaul. — Hannibal led the 
army into Italy. — The soldiers fight seven hours. — The 
villages are distant nine miles. — The arm^ -^as led back to 



226 EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 

Rome. — Boys, you have spoken the truth. — The consul was 
praised on account of his valor. — Latinus reigned in Italy. — 
Hannibal was in Spain. — At the setting of the sun, Ario* 
vistus led his forces back into the camp. — The sun setting, 
the mountains are shaded. 



The JSTational Series of Standard Sckoot-'Sooks. 

ENGLI SH GHAM MAH. 
CIARO DIAGRAM S YSTEM, 

Clark's First Lessons in Grammar ... so 

Clark's English Grammar i oo 

Clark's Key to English Grammar . . . . *75 
Clark's Analysis of the English Language • 60 
Clark's Grammatical Chart • . • v . . .*3 75 

The theory and practice of teaching grammar in American schools is 
meeting with a thorough revolution from the use of this system. While 
the old methods offer proficiency to the pupil only after much weary 
plodding and dull memorizing, this affords from the inception the ad- 
vantage of practical Object Teaching^ addressing the eye by means of il- 
lustrative figures ; furnishes association to the memory; its most power- 
ful aid, and diverts the pupil by taxing his ingenuity. Teachers who are 
using Clark's Grammar uniformly testify that they and their pupils find 
it the most interesting study of the school course. 

Like all great and radical improvements, the system naturally met at 
first with much unreasonable opposition. It has not only outlived the 
greater part of this opposition, but finds many of its warmest admirers 
among those who could' not at first tolerate so radical an innovation. All 
it wants is an impartial trial, to convince the most skeptical of its merit. 
No one who has fairly and intelligently tested it in the school-room has 
ever been known to go back to the old method. A great success is al- 
ready established, and it is easy to prophecy that the day is not far dis- 
tant when it will l3e the only system of teaching English Grammar. As 
the System is copyrighted, no other text-books can appropriate this ob- 
vious and great improvement. 

Welch's Analysis of the English Sentence • i 25 

Eemarkable for its new and simple classification, its method of treat- 
ing connectives, its explanations of the idioms and constructive laws of 
the language, &c. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

» «^ » 

Young Citizen's Catechism 75 

Explaining the duties of District, Town, City, County, State, and 
United States Officers, with rules for parliamentary and commercial busi- 
ness—that which every future " sovereign" ought to know, and so few are 
taught. 

Mansfield's Political Manual ; i 50 

This is a complete view of the theory and practice of the General and 
State Governments of the United States, designed as a text-book. The 
author is an esteemed and able professor of constitutional law, widely 
known for his sagacious utterances in matters of statecraft through the 
public press. Recent events teach with emphasis the vital necessity that 
the rising generation should comprehend the noble polity of the American 
government, that they may act intelligently when endowed with a voice 
in it. 

1 



The JSTationaZ Series of Standard ScJioot-^ooks. 



GEOGRAPHY 



THE 

NATIONAL GEOGEAPHIOAL SYSTEM. 



I. Monteith's First Lessons in Geography, % 38 

II. Monteith's Introduction to the Manual, • 75 

III. Monteith's New Manual of Geography, • i 20 

IV. Monteith's Physical ^ Intermediate Geog. 2 oo 

V. McNally's System of Geography, • • • 2 25 

The only complete course of geographical instruction. Its circulation 
is almost universal — its merits patent. A few of the elements of its popu- 
larity are found in the following points of excellence. 



1. PRACTICAL OBJECT TEACHINa. The infant scholar is first introduced 
to a 'picture whence he may derive notions of the shape of the earth, the phenomena 
of day and night, the distribution of land and water, and the great natural divisions, 
which mere words would fail entirely to convey to the untutored mind. Other pic- 
tures follow on the same plan, and the child's mind is called upon to grasp no idea 
without the aid of a pictorial illustration. Carried on to the higher books, this system 
culminates in No. 4, where such matters as climates, ocean currents, the winds, pecu- 
liarities of the earth's crust, clouds and rain, are pictorially explained and rendered 
apparent to the most obtuse. The illustrations used for this purpose belong to the 
Lighest grade of art. 

2. CLEAE, BEAUTIFUL, AND CORRECT MAPS. In the lower numbers 
the maps avoid unnecessary detail, while respectively progressive, and affording the 
pupil new matter for acquisition each time he approaches in the constantly enlarging 
circle the point of coincidence with previous lessons in the more elementary books. 
In No. 4, the maps embrace many new and striking features. One of the most 
effective of these is the new plan for displaying on each map the relative sizes of 
countries not represented, thus obviating much confusion which has arisen from the 
necessity of presenting maps in the same atlas drawn on different scales. The maps 
of No. 5 have long been celebrated for their superior beauty and completeness. This 
is the only school-book in which the attempt to make a coviplete atlas also clear and 
distinct^ has been successful. The map coloring throughout the series is also notice- 
able. Delicate and subdued tints take the place of the startling glare of inharmonious 
colors which too frequently in such treatises dazzle the eyes, distract the attention, 
and serve to overwhelm the names of towns and the natural features of the landscape. 

8 



The JVationaZ Series of Standa7*d SchooZSooks\ 



GEOGRAPHY-Continued. 

3. TEE VAEIETT OF MAP EXERCISE. Starting each time from a different 
basis, the pupil in many instances approaches the same fact no less than six times., 
thus indelibly impressing: it upon his memory. At the same time this system is not 
allovred to become -wearisome— the extent of exercise on each subject being graduated 
by its relative importance or difficulty of acquisition. 

4. TEE GHAEACTES AND ASRANGEMEITT OF TEE DESCRIPTIVE 
TEXT. The cream of the science has been carefully culled, unimportant matter re- 
jected, elaboration avoided, and a brief and concise manner of presentation cultivated. 
The orderly consideration of topics has contributed greatly to simplitity. Due atten- 
tion is paid to the facts in history and astronomy which are inseparably connected 
■with, and important to the proper understanding of geography — and such only are 
admitted on any terms. In a word, the National System teaches geography as a 
science, pure, simple, and exhaustive. 

5. ALWAYS UP TO TEE TIMES. The authors of these books, editorially 
speaking, never sleep. No change occurs in the boundaries of countries, or of coun- 
ties, no new discovery is made, or railroad built, that is not at once noted and re- 
corded, and the next edition of each volume carries to every school-room the new or- 
der of things. 

6. SUPERIOR GRADATION. This is the only series which furnishes an avail- 
able volume for every possible class in gi-aded schools. It is not contemplated that a 
pupil must necessarily go through every volume in succession to attain proficiency. 
On the contrary, two will suffice, but three are advised ; and if the course will admit, 
the whole series should be pursued. At all events, the books are at hand for selection, 
and every teacher, of every grade, can find among them one exactly suited to his class. 
The best combination for those who wish to abridge the course consists of Nos. 1, 3, 
and 5, or where children are somewhat advanced in other studies when they com- 
mence geography, Nos. 2, 3, and 5. Where but two books are admissible, Nos. 2 and 
4, or Nos. 3 and 5, are recommended. 

7. FORM OF TEE VOLUMES AND MEOBANICAL EXECUTION. The 
maps and text are no longer unnaturally divorced in accordance with the time-hon- 
ored practice of making text-books on this subject as inconvenient and expensive as 
possible. On the contrary, all map questions are to be found on the page opposite the 
map itself, and each book is complete in one volume. The mechanical execution is 
unrivalled. Paper and printing are everything that could be desired, and the bind- 
ing is— A. S. Barnes and Company's. 



Ripley's Map Drawing $1 25 

This system adopts the circle as its basis, abandoning the processes by 
triangulation, the square, parallels, and meridians, &c,, which have been 
proved not feasible or natural in the development of this science. Suc- 
cess seems to indicate that the circle " has it." 

National Outline Maps 

For the school-room walls. In preparation, 

9 



The J\ral;io7iat Series of Standard Schoot-^ooks. 



ff ATIC S 



BAYIll'IAflOm eOMIl. 

ARITHMETIC. 

1. Davies' Primary Arithmetic .| 25 

2. Davies' Sntellectual Arithmetic 40 

3. Davies' Elements of Written Arithmetic 50 

4. Davies' Practical Arithmetic 1 00 

Key to Practical Arithmetic *1 00 

5. Davies' University Arithmetic 1 50 

Key to University Arithmetic *1 50 

ALQEBRA. 

1. Davies' New Elementary Algebra 1 25 

Key to Elementary Algebra .*1 25 

2. Davies' University Algebra , ... 1 75 

Key to University Algebra *1 75 

3. Davies' Bourdon's Algebra 2 50 

Key to Bourdon's Algebra .*2 50 

GEOMETRY. 

1. Davies' Elementary Geometry and Trigonometry . . , 1 50 

2. Davies' Legendre's Geometry 2 50 

3. Davies' Analytical Geometry and Calculus . . . . . 2 75 

4. Davies' Descriptive Geometry 3 50 

MENSURATION. 

L Davies' Practical Mathematics and IVIensuration . . . 1 50 

2. Davies' Surveying and Navigation 2 75 

3. Davies' Shades, Shadows, and Perspective 4 00 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE. 

Davies' Grammar of Arithmetic . .* 50 

Davies' Outlines of Mathematical Science ■^'1 00 

Davies' Logic and Utility of Mathematics *1 50 

Davies & Peck's Dictionary of Mathematics . , , . ,*4 00 

10 



The J^ationat Series of Standard Sc?iool':Sooks. 

DAVIES' NATIONAL COUESE of MATHEMATICS. 

ITS RECORD. 

In claiming for this series the first place among American text-books, of -wliateTer 
class, the Publishers appeal to the magaificent record whicli its volumes have earned 
during the thirty-five years of Dr. Charles Davies' mathematical labors. The unre- 
mitting exertions of a life-time have placed the modern series on the same proud emi- 
nence among competitors that each of its predecessors has successively enjoyed in a 
course of constantly improved editions, now rounded to their perfect fruition — for it 
seems indeed that this science is susceptible of no further demonstration. 

During the period alluded to, many authors and editors in this department have 
Btarted into public notice, and by borrowing ideas and processes original with Dr. 
Davies, have enjoyed a brief popularity, but are now almost unknown. Many of the 
series of to-day, built upon a similar basis, and described as ''modem books,'' are 
destined to a similar fate ; while the most far-seeing eye will find it difficult to fix the 
lime, on the basis of any data afforded by their past history, when these books will 
cease to increase and prosper, and fix a still firmer hold on the affection of every 
educ-ated American. 

One cause of this unparalleled popularity is found in the fact that the enterprise of 
the author did not cease with the original completion of his books. Always a practi- 
cal teacher, he has incorporated in his text-books from time to time the advantages 
of every improvement in methods of teaching, and every advance in science. During 
all the years in which he has been laboring, he constantly submitted his own theories 
and those of others to the practical test of the class-room — approving, rejecting, or 
modifying them as the experience thus obtained might suggest. In this way he has 
"been able to produce an almost perfect series of class-books, in which every depart- 
ment of mathematics has received minute and exhaustive attention. 

Nor has he yet retired from the field. Still in the prime of life, and enjoying a ripe 
experience which no other living mathematician or teacher can emulate, his pen is 
ever ready to carry on the good work, as the progress of science may demand. Wit- 
ness his recent exposition of the " Metric System," which received the official en- 
dorsement of Congress, by its Committee on Uniform "Weights and Measures. 

Daviks' System: is the acknowledged Natioital Standakd fos thb United 
States., for the following reasons : — 

1st. It is the basis of instruction in the great national schools at West Point and 
Annapolis. 

2d. It has received the quasi endorsement of the National Congress. 

Sd. It is exclusively used in the public schools of the National Capital. 

4th. The officials of the Government use it as authority in all cases involving mathe* 
matical questions. 

5th. Our great soldiers and sailors commanding the national armies and navies 
were educated in this system. So have been a majority of eminent scientists in this 
country. All these refer to " Davies" as authority. 

6th. A larger number of American citizens have received their education from this 
than from any other series. 

7th. The series has a larger circulation throughout the whole country than any 
other, being extensively used in ^very ^tate in tha Union, 

11 



The JV'ational Series of Standm^d School-!Sooks. 

MATHEMATICS-Continued. 

ARITHMETICAL EXAMPLES. 

Reuck's Examples in Denominate Numbers % 50 
Reuck's Examples in Arithmetic i oo 

These volumes differ from the ordinary arithmetic in their peculiarly 
practical character. They are composed mainly of examples, and afford 
the most severe and thorough discipline for the mind. While a hook 
which should contain a complete treatise of theory and practice would be 
too cumbersome for every-day use, the insufficiency oipradtical examples 
has been a source of complaint. 

HIGHER MATHEMATICS. 

Church's Elements of Calculus 2 50 

Church's Analytical Geometry 2 50 

Church's Descriptive Geometry, with Shades, 

Shadows, and Perspective 5 00 

These volumes constitute the '*West Point Course" in their several 

departments. 

Courtenay's Elements of Calculus • • • • 3 75 

A work especially popular at the South. _. 

Hackley's Trigonometry 3 75 

With applications to navigation and surveying, nautical and practical 
geometry and geodesy, and logarithmic, trigonometrical, and nautical 
tables. 

THE METRIC SYSTEM. 

The International System of Uniform Weights and Measures must hereafter he 
taught in all common-schools. Professor Charles Davies is the official exponent of 
the system, as indicated by the following resolutions, adopted hy the Committee of the 
House of Representatives, ona " Uniform System of Coinage, Weights, and Measures,*' 
February 2, 186T :— 

Resolved^ That this committee has observed with gratification the efforts made by 
the editors and publishers of several mathematical works, designed for the use of com- 
mon-schools and other institutions of learning, to introduce the Metric System of 
Weights and Measures, as authorized by Congress, into the system of instruction of 
the youth of the United States, in its various departments ; and, in order to extend 
further the knowledge of its advantages, alike in public education and in general use 
by the people, 

Be it further resolved., That Professor Charles Davies, LL.D., of the State of New 
York, be requested to confer with superintendents of public instruction, and teachers 
of school?., and others interested in a reform of the present incongruous system, and, 
by lectures and addresses, to promote its general introduction and use. 

The official version of the Metric System, as prepared by Dr. Davies, may be found 
in the Written, Practical, and University Arithmetics of the Mathematical Series, and 
is also published separately, price postpaid, five cents. 

12 



iBi^p^ai 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



